Photofocus

Get the show here or get it on iTunes — Please, post a review on iTunes.

Welcome to Beyond Technique, a podcast empowering photographers to bring their businesses to the next level.

 

All images copyright Christian VIzl All images copyright Christian Vizl

 

Today we chat with award-winning underwater photographer Christian Vizl. We discuss in detail:

  • the role of conservation in his body of underwater work
  • how having a higher purpose can drive your photography business forward
  • how he creates such clear, brilliant photos
  • how he raises awareness for the plight of underwater life
  • the art of storytelling through underwater, and how it influences conversation efforts
  • the effects of our daily lifestyle on the environment
  • simple changes we can make that will help marine life
  • how PhotoShelter helps him run his business
  • his book coming out in April 2019

You can find Christian at:

Start your 14 Day FREE trial of PhotoShelter, plus 20% off a Standard or Pro Account for a year. Use the coupon code PHOTOFOCUS20

PhotoShelter Banner

PhotoShelter gives people and organizations easy ways to manage their photos  - from delivering, storing, selling, sharing - all from one place. Their platform offers simple and smart ways to share, store, deliver and sell your highest quality work. They handle the biggest files and solve some of the biggest business challenges for professional photographers.

Get social! Follow PhotoShelter online:

 

Have suggestions on future topics you want us to cover? Email us:

  • Skip Cohen: skip@mei500.com
  • Chamira Young: chamira@photofocus.com 

 

Share This Podcast!

Please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes.

Direct download: Beyond_Technique_Photofocus_Podcast_September_19_2018_High.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 12:40pm EDT

Welcome to the Mind Your Own Business Podcast!

Get the show here or get it on iTunes — Please, post a review on iTunes.

 

All images copyright Scott Bourne Photography All images copyright Scott Bourne Photography

 

Today we chat with photographer, author, educator, Olympus visionary and President of Skylum, Scott Bourne about the following topics:

 

  • Staying cutting edge in your technique, as well as how you run your business
  • Fine-tuning your skillset
  • The importance of education
  • The impact your About Page can have
  • Personal and business growth, and how it occurs outside of your comfort zone
  • Re-evaluating your business processes
  • The role that listening to other's opinions can have in how you run your photography business
  • How to find inspiration when you feel "clogged" or uninspired
  • Scott's personal tips for being productive when time is limited
  • Scott's top recommendation for learning how to sell
  • Which do you need first, a client or a camera? Scott answers this question
  • The benefits of getting involved in your community organizations
  • The one thing that never changes in marketing
  • Exciting upcoming news with Skylum
  • The importance of loving what you do, and how it drives your business forward

 

You can find Scott at:

  • Skylum.com: Cutting edge photography editing software
  • ScottBourne.com: Check out Scott's work
  • FB and Twitter @scottbourne
  • Instagram: @bourne.scott

 

Have suggestions on future topics you want us to cover? Email us:

  • Skip Cohen: skip@mei500.com
  • Chamira Young: chamira@photofocus.com 

 

Share This Podcast!

Please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes.

Direct download: Mind_Your_Own_Business_Photofocus_Podcast_September_14_2018_High.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 10:26am EDT

In this episode:

Photographer and Educator Sue Bryce shares her insight on The Portrait Masters Conference coming up in September.

Topics:

  • Why we need a portrait specific conference
  • How to maximize your experience at any conference
  • Why you should build relationships with vendors
  • Why you should network with other photographers
  • Why Portraits is the best business in the world and the best subject
  • Why portraits are important

If you like these Infocus Interviews, please support our partners and sharing these links with your friends! ThinkTapLearn.com, Luminar by Skylum Software

We like to hear from you!

Here's your chance to interact with the team by leaving a follow-up question in the comments section. We do our best to answer all questions in a timely manner.

You Can Be the Next Guest Host on Our Podcast

Do you have an idea for a topic or want to hear from your favorite photographer or influencer in our industry? Send an email to Vanelli at v@photofocus.com with the subject line of INFOCUS INTERVIEW IDEA. Write a brief description of your topic or idea. If you are recommending someone, please include their name, contact information and state if you would like to be a guest host.

Direct download: Infocus_Interview_Show_with_Sue_Bryce_August_31_2018.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 1:00pm EDT

In this episode:

Working Photographer and Educator Spyros Heniadis shares his insight on how to organize your digital images.

Topics:

  • How to organize your digital images in any digital assets management program
  • Develop a proper naming convention for your images
  • Using Lightroom’s star and flag features to organize images
  • How to use Lightroom CC and Lightroom Classic together
  • Understanding the 321 Backup concept

If you like these Infocus Interviews, please consider supporting our partners and sharing these links with your friends! ThinkTapLearn.com, Luminar by Skylum Software

Do you have an idea for a topic or want to hear from your favorite photographer or influencer in our industry? Send an email to Vanelli at v@photofocus.com with the subject line of INFOCUS INTERVIEW IDEA. Write a brief description of your topic or idea.

Direct download: InFocus_Interview_Show_with_Spyros_Henratis_August_24_2018.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 1:00pm EDT

Welcome to Beyond Technique, a podcast empowering photographers to bring their businesses to the next level.

 

All photos copyright Jamey Price Photography.

 

Today we chat with motorsports and automotive photographer Jamey Price. We discuss in detail:

 

  • the power of being able to leverage your network
  • the benefit of being nice to people in the industry
  • the role of patience when growing a photography business
  • the role that stamina plays in photo sessions
  • how PhotoShelter makes Jamey's life easier
  • how Jamey overcame a big mistake in his business
  • how unexpected bumps in the road can turn out for the better
  • the challenge of online communication with clients and contacts
  • Jamey's advice for newbie photographers who want to break into motorsports and automotive photography
  • and more!

You can find Jamey at:

 

Start your 14 Day FREE trial of PhotoShelter, plus 20% off a Standard or Pro Account for a year. Use the coupon code PHOTOFOCUS20

PhotoShelter Banner

 

PhotoShelter gives people and organizations easy ways to manage their photos  - from delivering, storing, selling, sharing - all from one place. Their platform offers simple and smart ways to share, store, deliver and sell your highest quality work. They handle the biggest files and solve some of the biggest business challenges for professional photographers.

Get social! Follow PhotoShelter online:

 

Have suggestions on future topics you want us to cover? Email us:

  • Skip Cohen: skip@mei500.com
  • Chamira Young: chamira@photofocus.com 

 

Share This Podcast!

Please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes.

Direct download: Beyond_Technique_Photofocus_Podcast_August_15_2018_High.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 10:51am EDT

Get the show here or get it on iTunes — Please post a review on iTunes.

[Editor's note: A word of caution: There is some strong language and topics in this episode. In an abundance of respect in our listeners, we've chosen to list this one episode as explicit.]

In this episode, Skip Cohen and Chamira Young chat with boudoir photographer and educator Jen Rozenbaum.

 

Images copyright Jen Rozenbaum

 

We discuss in detail:

  • How photography allowed Jen to rediscover joy and re-integrate herself into the world
  • How Jen empowers women to celebrate their femininity shamelessly
  • How we should be more of ourselves
  • Creating a space of non-judgement and connection with photography clients
  • How we can change lives and embracing our power
  • Embracing natural beauty
  • The topic of beauty within our culture, and how that definition shifts
  • Not being afraid to take risks in order to find your passion
  • Taking risks, believing in yourself, and experiencing life
  • Life lessons, and what Jen learned about herself through the challenge of breast cancer

 

 

You can find Jennifer at:

 

 

Enhance your revenue stream: sign up for Adobe Stock and submit your video content!

 

 

Check out Adobe Stock's Content Guide For Shooting Ideas!

 

Have suggestions on future topics you want us to cover? Reach out!

  • SkipCohenUniversity.com
  • @SkipCohen on Twitter and Facebook
  • skip@mei500.com
  • Chamira Young: chamira@photofocus.com 

 

 

Share This Podcast!

Please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes.

Direct download: Mind_Your_Own_Business_Photofocus_Podcast_August_10_2018_High.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 11:59am EDT

In this episode:

Photographer, Educator, Author and a Canon Explorer of Light, Roberto Valenzuela shares his tips on Lighting to Communicate.

Topics:

  • Lighting to Communicate
  • Why you need to Practice
  • YouTube Channel
  • Window Light vs. Reflector vs. Flash
  • Picture Perfect Lighting Workshop
  • Learning to be Proficient

If you like these Infocus Interviews, please consider supporting our partners and sharing these links with your friends! ThinkTapLearn.com, Luminar by Skylum Software

Do you have an idea for a topic or want to hear from your favorite photographer or influencer in our industry? Send an email to Vanelli at v@photofocus.com with the subject line of INFOCUS INTERVIEW IDEA.

Direct download: Infocus_Interview_Show_with_Roberto_Valenzuela_August_3_2018.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 1:00pm EDT

In this episode:

Photographer, Educator, and Author Rick Sammon shares how to plan a photo trip.

Topics:

  • How his Route 66 book is used as a planner and an onsite reference resource.
  • What apps are great to help plan for sun location, tides and viewing location.
  • How to use Pristine vision as an exercise to get the unique shots
  • Gathering ideas about the type of shots you want to get by looking at postcards and Google Images.
  • Rick walks us through a plan using the Oregon Coast as an example

If you like these Infocus Interviews, please consider supporting our partners and sharing these links with your friends! ThinkTapLearn.com, Luminar by Skylum Software

Do you have an idea for a topic or want to hear from your favorite photographer or influencer in our industry? Send an email to Vanelli at v@photofocus.com with the subject line of INFOCUS INTERVIEW IDEA.

Direct download: Infocus_Interview_Show_with_Rick_Sammon_July_27_2018.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 1:00pm EDT

In this episode:

Photoshop tutor and retoucher Andrew Kavanagh talks about the benefits of joining a Facebook group. Andrew runs one of the most successful Facebook Groups “Photoshop and photography” with over 300K members.

Topics:

  • What motivated Andrew to create the group
  • How members learn from top professionals
  • A resource to ask questions and share ideas.
  • Use of Facebook’s new Units section

If you like these Infocus Interviews, please consider supporting our partners and sharing these links with your friends! MPB.com, ThinkTapLearn.com

Direct download: InFocus_Interview_Show_with_Andrew_Kavanagh_July_27_2018.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 9:50am EDT

Welcome to Beyond Technique, a podcast empowering photographers to bring their businesses to the next level!

 

Images copyright Jay Watson

All images copyright Jay Watson Photography

 

We discuss in detail:

  • how Jay got started in photography
  • the art of staying focused
  • finding the right match in clients
  • building relationships and keeping in touch intelligently
  • the role PhotoShelter plays in the success of his business
  • the role of professionalism
  • self-correcting your professional path
  • advice for those wanting to break into lifestyle and editorial photography

 

Bonus! Here are 10 Tips of Jay's Tips for New Photographers

1. Start assisting. Make yourself available to other photographers. Start from the ground up as a volunteer assistant, 2nd assistant, and then to a 1st assistant as you get more experience.

2. Learn more about the photo business. Join EP, APA, or ASAP. Each site has terrific resources for business related info. Get the single best resource I have ever read: "Best Business Practices For Photographers" book by John Harrington. It’s a book. Study it!

3. Don't be afraid. Start shooting commercial jobs now and don't be afraid to ask for money. Yes you need experience, but you also can't afford to work for free. Learn about marketing, pricing, estimating, billing, and contracts Don’t take on an assignment that is over your head. Always be able to deliver.

4. Don't be so hard on yourself. Nobody ever said photography was easy, cheap, or fast. These are all misconceptions. It’s okay to make mistakes and to be frustrated. It takes years to gain experience. Embrace the hard work, and try to enjoy the process along the way.
 
5. Shoot great content that matches what your target audience needs. Hi ya!

6. Build the best website you can. Showcase your best work with 2-4 galleries (or genres of work) with roughly 12-30 images in each gallery. Don't build a gallery for every genre of photography. Show your focused strengths. Shoot a creative self portrait that is just as strong and creative as the work in your portfolio. Treat the bio portrait like an assignment portrait. Write a strong bio that avoids cliches in 2-3 short paragraphs. Mention your specialties, your experience, and a few personal facts about you. The site should be on your own domain name.

For both new and working photographers looking to refresh their careers:

7. Work on improving your technical skills. Experiment with new tools. Commercial work demands that you can produce work with some level of predictability. The more you know, the more reliable you become. It also builds up your own confidence, and will open up new creative doors. If you are lacking in certain skills like lighting or retouching - practice and look for a good workshop to fill the void.

8. Start a new body of work. New theme. New genre. Give yourself a new outlet to explore without any expectations.

9. Make art or photography part of your daily lifestyle. This means being active every single day of your life. This could be time spent looking at images, reading new techniques, practicing new skills, testing new gear, writing down ideas, sending emails to potential clients, researching, sharing/posting images, working on your portfolio, or of course shooting something new.

10. Don't let yourself get in the way. You can always find a reason not to shoot. Excuses like "I need more time, more money, more equipment, better locations, or better subjects" will easily keep you from moving forward. Make due with what you have, rent gear, and find creative workarounds. It’s never going to get easier. You know what to do so just do it.

 

You can find Jay at:

  • Jaywatson.com
  •  Find Jay on Twitter and Instagram at @jaywatsonphoto

 

Start your 14 Day FREE trial of PhotoShelter, plus 20% off a Standard or Pro Account for a year. Use the coupon code PHOTOFOCUS20

PhotoShelter Banner

PhotoShelter gives people and organizations easy ways to manage their photos  - from delivering, storing, selling, sharing - all from one place. Their platform offers simple and smart ways to share, store, deliver and sell your highest quality work. They handle the biggest files and solve some of the biggest business challenges for professional photographers.

Get social! Follow PhotoShelter online:

 

Have suggestions on future topics you want us to cover? Email us:

  • Skip Cohen: skip@mei500.com
  • Chamira Young: chamira@photofocus.com 

 

Share This Podcast!

Please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes.

Direct download: Beyond_Technique_Photofocus_Podcast_July_17_2018_High_Final.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 9:00am EDT

In this episode, Skip Cohen and Chamira Young chat with Rudy Guttosch from Illuminati Instrument Corp.

 

We discuss in detail:

  • how the process of creating an image is a mix of both art and science
  • the process of launching a physical product
  • the concept of released a minimum viable product
  • the power of utilizing your network
  • the role of customer feedback
  • the synthesis of people, ideas, and relationships
  • bridging the gap between creating a prototype and full-fledged product
  • building momentum in new endeavors
  • the benefits of being kind to people you work with and for

 

Enhance your revenue stream: sign up for Adobe Stock and submit your video content!

 

Have suggestions on future topics you want us to cover? Reach out!

  • SkipCohenUniversity.com
  • @SkipCohen on Twitter and Facebook
  • skip@mei500.com
  • Chamira Young: chamira@photofocus.com 

 

Share This Podcast!

Please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes.

Direct download: Mind_Your_Own_Business_Photofocus_Podcast_July_13_2018_High.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 11:39am EDT

In this episode:

Specializing in volume sports portraiture, portrait photographer Weston Maggio shares how he produces Volume Photography and still gets Studio Portraits results.

Topics:

  • What is Volume Sports Photography.
  • How long to spend with a subject.
  • What gear is needed.
  • What to expect during a shoot with 50 Plus subjects.
  • Business side of high Volume Photography

If you like these Infocus Interviews, please consider supporting our partners and sharing these links with your friends!  MPB.com, ThinkTapLearn.com

Direct download: InFocus_Interview_Show_with_Wes_Maggio_July_6_2018.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 1:00pm EDT

In this episode, Skip Cohen and Chamira Young chat with photographer Cindy Harter Sims.

 

All images copyright Cindy Harter Photography All images copyright Cindy Harter Photography

 

 We discuss in detail:

  • how the journey of self-discovery can fuel your photography business development
  • how to make financial plans for your business that help ensure success
  • the importance of nailing technique down through unrelenting practice
  • connecting with clients
  • the phenomenon of how clients mirror their photographer's energy during a session
  • the role that constant education - via workshops and conferences - play in developing as a photographer
  • how personal projects can help you learn and grow

 

You can find Cindy at:

 

Enhance your revenue stream: sign up for Adobe Stock and submit your video content!

 

Have suggestions on future topics you want us to cover? Email us:

  • SkipCohenUniversity.com
  • @SkipCohen on Twitter
  • Skip Cohen: skip@mei500.com
  • Chamira Young: chamira@photofocus.com 

  

Share This Podcast!

Please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes.


In this episode:

Personal Brand Strategist Jonathan Tilly shares how to build your brand on Instagram.

Topics:

  • Choosing a good name before setting up your profile
  • The purpose of your Instagram
  • What content should be on your Instagram
  • Creating interaction with followers  
  • How to schedule Instagram post
  • Building an Instagram scheduling day
  • The benefits of Instagram Stories

 

If you like these Infocus Interviews, please consider supporting our partners and sharing these links with your friends! TruLife acrylic, MPB.com, ThinkTapLearn.com

 

Direct download: Infocus_Interview_Show_with_Jonathan_Tilley_June_29_2018.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 1:00pm EDT

In this episode:
Master Craftsmen Photographer and Lumix Ambassador James Schmelzer shares his insight on continuous lighting and the benefits of Mirrorless cameras.

Topics:
- Why he switched to Lumix
- Continuous lighting
- The future of continuous lighting and mirrorless
- Wrap around lighting

If you like these Infocus Interviews, please consider supporting our partners and sharing these links with your friends! TruLife acrylic, MPB.com, ThinkTapLearn.com

Direct download: InFocus_Interview_Show_with_James_Schmelzer_June_22_2018.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 1:00pm EDT

Get the show here or get it on iTunes — Please, post a review on iTunes.

Welcome to Beyond Technique, a podcast empowering photographers to bring their businesses to the next level!

 

 

We discuss in detail:

  • How being diverse in your photography skillset can be a strong asset, and how it can actually enrich your work
  • The multiple types of photography that goes into a single wedding gig
  • The important role that networking plays in the success of your photography business
  • The role that constant education plays in the development of every photographer
  • How business and marketing skills are instrumental in a successful photography business
  • How PhotoShelter plays a role in how Bob presents his work
  • How Bob is selling his fine art

You can find Bob at:

 

Start your 14 Day FREE trial of PhotoShelter, plus 20% off a Standard or Pro Account for a year. Use the coupon code PHOTOFOCUS20

PhotoShelter Banner

PhotoShelter gives people and organizations easy ways to manage their photos  - from delivering, storing, selling, sharing - all from one place. Their platform offers simple and smart ways to share, store, deliver and sell your highest quality work. They handle the biggest files and solve some of the biggest business challenges for professional photographers.

Get social! Follow PhotoShelter online:

 

Have suggestions on future topics you want us to cover? Email us:

  • Skip Cohen: skip@mei500.com
  • Chamira Young: chamira@photofocus.com 

 

Share This Podcast!

Please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes.


In this episode, Skip Cohen and Chamira Young chat with Pro Photo Daily Editor and Motion Arts Pro David Schonauer.

 

We discuss in detail:

  • The art of getting your work published
  • The criteria he used to pick certain images as an editor
  • The value of authentic networking and relationship building
  • Building relationships with a magazines for the long term
  • Entering competitions to get your work seen
  • The importance of doing your homework and research beforehand
  • The importance of portfolio reviews
  • The value of face-to-face interactions when you want to get your work seen
  • Being personable and pleasant in your communication skills
  • Making the most of showing your work at conventions
  • Tips for having an effective website Contact Page
  • Picking your marketing strength and sticking with it

 

Join the American Photography OPEN Competition. Accepting submissions until August 24!

Details: https://apopen.awardsplatform.com/

Enter: https://www.ai-ap.com/cfe/apopen/

 

Enhance your revenue stream: sign up for Adobe Stock and submit your video content!

 

Have suggestions on future topics you want us to cover? Reach out!

  • SkipCohenUniversity.com
  • @SkipCohen on Twitter and Facebook
  • skip@mei500.com
  • Chamira Young: chamira@photofocus.com 

 

Share This Podcast!

Please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes.

Direct download: Mind_Your_Own_Business_Photofocus_Podcast_June_8_2018_High.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 8:00am EDT

In this episode:

Sophisticated Wedding Portrait and Glamour Photographer Lou Freeman shares her insight on portrait photography.

Topics:
- How her commercial and portrait work has influence one another
- Photographing people, it’s all about finding their essence
- How to purposefully find specific types of clients
- How People are attracted by what they see
- How to build a portfolio
- The power of printed pictures over digital a portfolio
- Photographing a show for a client
- Relationships are most important. Know other business
- Make a visceral experience
- Does your portfolio say what you want it to say?

If you like these Infocus Interviews, please consider supporting our partners and sharing these links with your friends! TruLife acrylic, MPB.com, ThinkTapLearn.com

Direct download: InFocus_Interview_Show_June_1_2018_with_Lou_Freeman.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 10:00am EDT

In this episode:
Photographer and Photoshop Guru Scott Kelby shares his insight on the value of formal education verses self taught.

Topics:

  • YouTube as a great resource for reference material
  • How he learned about lighting
  • The value of online education courses: Kelby One, Creative Live, LinkedIn Learning / Lyndia.com and ThinkTapLearn
  • Conferences such as Photoshop World, Shutterfest, WPPI, PPE
  • Hands on workshops and training.

If you like these Infocus Interviews, please consider supporting our partners and sharing these links with your friends! TruLife acrylic, MPB.com, ThinkTapLearn.com

Direct download: InFocus_Interview_Show_May_25_2018_with_Scott_Kelby.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 10:00am EDT

Get the show here or get it on iTunes — Please, post a review on iTunes.

Welcome to Beyond Technique, a podcast empowering photographers to bring their businesses to the next level!

In this episode, Skip Cohen and Chamira Young dive deep into a discussion with photographers
Leah Nash and Christopher Onstott. They are a fun-loving photography duo, both former photojournalists turned lifestyle photographers.

 

All images copyright NashCo Photography All images copyright NashCo Photography

 

We discuss in detail:

  • What made them transition from photojournalism into editorial/advertising, portraiture
  • The art of finding clients
  • Putting clients at ease in hectic work situations
  • Controlling the "vibe" during a photo session, and making clients' lives easier
  • Getting good images in the absence of ideal lighting situations
  • The role storytelling plays with photography
  • Relationship building
  • Special projects - what they shoot when they're not working
  • how they use PhotoShelter to directly serve their clients
  • the importance of backing up images

 

You can find Leah and Christopher at:

 

Start your 14 Day FREE trial of PhotoShelter, plus 20% off a Standard or Pro Account for a year. Use the coupon code PHOTOFOCUS20

PhotoShelter Banner

PhotoShelter gives people and organizations easy ways to manage their photos  - from delivering, storing, selling, sharing - all from one place. Their platform offers simple and smart ways to share, store, deliver and sell your highest quality work. They handle the biggest files and solve some of the biggest business challenges for professional photographers.

Get social! Follow PhotoShelter online:

 

Have suggestions on future topics you want us to cover? Email us:

  • Skip Cohen: skip@mei500.com
  • Chamira Young: chamira@photofocus.com 

 

Share This Podcast!

Please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes.

Direct download: Beyond_Technique_Photofocus_Podcast_May_16_2018_High.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 3:00am EDT

Get the show here or get it on iTunes — Please post a review on iTunes.

In this episode, Skip Cohen and Chamira Young chat with photographer and educator Scott Kelby.

We discuss in detail:

  • Scott's beginnings in sports photography
  • getting images right in camera from the very beginning
  • the danger of haphazardly saying "I'll fix it in Photoshop"
  • the art of "anticipation" and research in sports photography
  • the two secrets of sports photography
  • automotive photography
  • finding momentum in your passion for photography
  • the role of finding your own style
  • the benefits of collaborating with a team, especially when you're in need of creative vision
  • the in's and out's of a successful fashion photography photo shoot
  • Photowalks, community, and charity
  • the value of relationship-building and face-to-face contact

 

You can find Scott at:

 

Enhance your revenue stream: sign up for Adobe Stock and submit your video content!

 

Have suggestions on future topics you want us to cover? Reach out!

  • SkipCohenUniversity.com
  • @SkipCohen on Twitter and Facebook
  • skip@mei500.com
  • Chamira Young: chamira@photofocus.com 

 

Share This Podcast!

Please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes.

Direct download: Mind_Your_Own_Business_Photofocus_Podcast_May_11_2018_High-2.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 1:55pm EDT

Remember to check out our great sponsors including TruLife acrylicMPB.com, ThinkTapLearn

In this episode photojournalist Rick Friedman talks about how he uses the Rogue Lighting System--along with speedlights--to create a portable lighting studio. He also shares how he uses gels to add a special look to his lighting.

Total time 22m:10s starting at 1m:50s  

In the second half of the show, commercial photographer Eddie Tapp shares his experience with his first drone, tips on how you can get started with drone photography, how to control a drone, what to look for when buying a drone and where to buy one.

Total time 17m:24s starting at 24m:03s  

Direct download: InFocus_Interview_Show_May_5_2018.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 10:00am EDT

Get the show here or get it on iTunes — Please, post a review on iTunes.

Welcome to Beyond Technique, a podcast empowering photographers to bring their businesses to the next level!

All photos copyright Kristina Varaksina. All photos copyright Kristina Varaksina.

 

In this episode, Skip Cohen and Chamira Young dive deep into a discussion with fashion, advertising, and portrait photographer Kristina Varaksina.

We discuss in detail:

  • being your own "art director"
  • developing your own unique style
  • the other complementary skills that help her photography business
  • the fine points of professionalism when dealing with clients - communication and understanding their needs
  • the importance of communicating with your clients in the very beginning so that everyone is on the same page
  • the many places to find inspiration for our own personal photography style
  • how PhotoShelter was a game changer for her website needs
  • the art of storytelling with your images
  • the role of introspection and personal projects
  • working with a team

 

You can find Kristina at:

 

Start your 14 Day FREE trial of PhotoShelter, plus 20% off a Standard or Pro Account for a year. Use the coupon code PHOTOFOCUS20

PhotoShelter Banner

PhotoShelter gives people and organizations easy ways to manage their photos  - from delivering, storing, selling, sharing - all from one place. Their platform offers simple and smart ways to share, store, deliver and sell your highest quality work. They handle the biggest files and solve some of the biggest business challenges for professional photographers.

Get social! Follow PhotoShelter online:

 

Have suggestions on future topics you want us to cover? Email us:

  • Skip Cohen: skip@mei500.com
  • Chamira Young: chamira@photofocus.com 

 

Share This Podcast!

Please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes.

Direct download: Kristina_Varaksina_Beyond_Technique.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 8:16am EDT

Get the show here or get it on iTunes — Please post a review on iTunes.

In this episode, Skip Cohen and Chamira Young chat with renowned photographer Anne Geddes.

All images copyright Anne Geddes All images copyright Anne Geddes

 

We discuss in detail:

  • How storytelling relates to photography
  • How to be authentic in your work
  • Finding your personal creativity and style, and the importance of being able to control light
  • How to find the photographic "bliss" that will drive your work forward
  • Building relationships with clients, whether they are 3 months old or 30 years old
  • Making your subjects feel comfortable
  • Being confident during portrait sessions, even if you're nervous - fake it 'til you make it!
  • Building trust with clients and their stories
  • Raising awareness for important causes
  • Finding balance with business, family, and life

 

Check out Anne's "Baby Look at You Now" Project on Instagram

See Anne's baby photography subjects all grown up!

 

 

You can find Anne at:

 

Enhance your revenue stream: sign up for Adobe Stock and submit your video content!

 

Have suggestions on future topics you want us to cover? Reach out!

  • SkipCohenUniversity.com
  • @SkipCohen on Twitter and Facebook
  • skip@mei500.com
  • Chamira Young: chamira@photofocus.com 

 

Share This Podcast! 

Please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes.

Direct download: Mind_Your_Own_Business_Photofocus_Podcast_April_13_2018_High.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 11:54am EDT

Remember to check out our great sponsors including TruLife acrylicMPB.com, ThinkTapLearn

In this episode, Photojournalist Rick Friedman talks with Vanelli. Rick has photographed every US Presidential campaign since Jimmy Carter! Rick shares how his Photojournalist days has influence his portrait sessions, how to nail your exposure, the Pitfalls of “Chimping”, Tips to control overshooting and how to expose for the element you can’t control.

Total time 21m:55s starting at 2m:00s

In the second half of the show, Levi Sim talks with International Wedding Photographer Peter Treadway. Peter share why he likes focusing only on weddings, how international clients find him,  strategies for coping while away from family, the pitfalls of being a traveling photographer, tips to becoming a traveling photographer, and how he and his good friend and partner parted ways.

Total time 19m:17s starting at 24m:11s

Direct download: InFocus_Interview_Show_April_6_2018.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 10:00am EDT

Remember to check out our great sponsors including TruLife acrylicMPB.com, ThinkTapLearn

 

In this episode, Vanelli had a chance to sit down with Commercial Photographer Eddie Tapp while he was in Florida giving a lecture to The Camera Club of Brevard. Eddie talks about Learning to see the delicacy of light, The 4 Qualities of light--Spectacular Highlights, Diffused Highlights, Diffused Shadows, and Hard Shadows– and he gives a few tips on how to learn to see the light.

In the second half of the episode, Levi Sim talks with Photographer, Filmmaker and Hunter Steve Speck. Steve talks about how to create a visual story using video and still images. He uses his hunting experiences as an example.

Direct download: InFocus_Interview_Show_March_30_2018.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 10:00am EDT

Remember to check out our great sponsors including TruLife acrylicMPB.com, ThinkTapLearn

In this episode:

Kevin Ames talks with MPB founder Matt Barker. Kevin and Matt talk about How buyers and sellers of used photo equipment use MPB to purchase and sell their gear and the many benefits of MPB.

In the second half of the episode, Wedding Photographer Iris Acevedo talks about how she kept up with her business while coping with an injury and she gives a few tips on how to work with a spouse as your business partner.

Direct download: The_Infocus_Interview_Show__Photofocus_Podcast.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 10:00am EDT

Get the show here or get it on iTunes — Please, post a review on iTunes.

Welcome to Beyond Technique, a podcast empowering photographers to bring their businesses to the next level!

In this episode, Skip Cohen and Chamira Young dive deep into a discussion with editorial, corporate, and advertising photographer Todd Spoth.

 

Images copyright Todd Spoth Images copyright Todd Spoth

 

We discuss in detail:

  • how paying attention to details about your client can help facilitate trust
  • the role psychology plays in photography
  • bridging the gap between starting a business and landing work in publications
  • the role of building and maintaining relationships
  • attending workshops and photography events in order to make friends in the industry
  • the role of confidence in networking and during photo sessions
  • the importance of paying attention to details when it comes to running your business
  • the role of PhotoShelter in presenting work in the best light
  • using your time wisely when you wear all of the hats in your business

 

You can find Todd at:

 

Start your 14 Day FREE trial of PhotoShelter, plus 20% off a Standard or Pro Account for a year. Use the coupon code PHOTOFOCUS20

PhotoShelter Banner

PhotoShelter gives people and organizations easy ways to manage their photos  - from delivering, storing, selling, sharing - all from one place. Their platform offers simple and smart ways to share, store, deliver and sell your highest quality work. They handle the biggest files and solve some of the biggest business challenges for professional photographers.

Get social! Follow PhotoShelter online:

 

Have suggestions on future topics you want us to cover? Email us:

  • Skip Cohen: skip@mei500.com - SkipCohenUniversity.com
  • Chamira Young: chamira@photofocus.com 

 

Share This Podcast!

Please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes.

Direct download: Beyond_Technique_Photofocus_Podcast_March_21_2018_High.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 12:07pm EDT

Get the show here or get it on iTunes — Please post a review on iTunes.

 

In this episode, Skip Cohen and Chamira Young chat with veteran photographer Lynn Goldsmith.

 

All images copyright Lynn Goldsmith All images copyright Lynn Goldsmith

 

We discuss in detail:

  • Photography as a means of creative expression
  • Having a holistic view of yourself as a person and photographer
  • Being an idea-maker and spreading ideas
  • Photography as a means of self discovery
  • The role of photography in storytelling
  • the advantages of trying new approaches and the concept of "pattern interrupts"
  • image licensing
  • copyright, fair use, and how it relates to photography
  • having a team mindset, and treating people right

 

Lynn Goldsmith's GoFundMe Raising Awareness for Copyright Protection

Any money beyond the payment of legal fees will be donated to artist rights organizations who aid in protecting the copyright of photographers.

 

You can find Lynn at:

 

Enhance your revenue stream: sign up for Adobe Stock and submit your video content!

 

Have suggestions on future topics you want us to cover? Email us:

  • SkipCohenUniversity.com
  • @SkipCohen on Twitter and Facebook
  • skip@mei500.com
  • Chamira Young: chamira@photofocus.com 

 

Share This Podcast!

Please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes.

Direct download: Mind_Your_Own_Business_Photofocus_Podcast_March_9_2018_High.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 7:00am EDT

Get the show here or get it on iTunes — Please post a review on iTunes.

Welcome to Beyond Technique, a podcast empowering photographers to bring their businesses to the next level!

In this episode, Skip Cohen and Chamira Young dive deep into a discussion about food photography with Christina Peters.

Photos copyright Christina Peters Photography

 

We discuss in detail:

  • how food photography ties into product, still life, headshot, and livestock photography
  • accommodating to client requests
  • how wedding photographers can benefit from learning how to shoot food
  • constantly experimenting and finding your style
  • the effectiveness of including tear sheets on your website
  • the importance of effective website layout design

 

You can find Christina at:

 

Start your 14 Day FREE trial of PhotoShelter, plus 20% off a Standard or Pro Account for a year. Use the coupon code PHOTOFOCUS20

PhotoShelter Banner

PhotoShelter gives people and organizations easy ways to manage their photos  - from delivering, storing, selling, sharing - all from one place. Their platform offers simple and smart ways to share, store, deliver and sell your highest quality work. They handle the biggest files and solve some of the biggest business challenges for professional photographers.

Get social! Follow PhotoShelter online:

 

Have suggestions on future topics you want us to cover? Email us:

  • Skip Cohen: skip@mei500.com - Skip Cohen University
  • Chamira Young: chamira@photofocus.com 

 

Share This Podcast!

Please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes.

Direct download: Beyond_Technique_Photofocus_Podcast_February_21_2018_High.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 8:14am EDT

 

In this episode, Skip Cohen and Chamira Young chat with photographer and marketing expert Sarah Petty.

We discuss in detail:

  • Common marketing mistakes many photographers make
  • tips on pricing
  • the difficulty of being a "shoot and burn" photographers
  • picking a business model early on
  • the strategic things smart photographers do
  • ways to build relationships with our clients
  • the lack of correlation between taking great photos and making money (especially when you're not business-minded)
  • the drawback of trying to please everyone
  • the power of saying "no"
  • practical steps for planning your marketing for 2018
  • systemizing your business
  • how to create your marketing plan
  • where to get the most "bang for your buck"

 

You can find Sarah at:

 

Enhance your revenue stream: sign up for Adobe Stock and submit your video content!

 

Have suggestions on future topics you want us to cover? Email us:

  • SkipCohenUniversity.com
  • @SkipCohen on Twitter
  • Skip Cohen: skip@mei500.com
  • Chamira Young: chamira@photofocus.com 

 

Share This Podcast!

Please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes.

Direct download: Mind_Your_Own_Business_Photofocus_Podcast_February_9_2018_High.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 12:45am EDT

Remember to check out our great sponsors including TruLife acrylic face mounted prints and join the raffle for huge prizes here.

In this episode, Levi Sim talks with photographer Bill Konway about his career in photography spanning more than 30 years and a whole lot of changes. This episode is brought to you by TruLife face mounted acrylic prints.

They discuss:
-Bill's start in photojournalism
-Stories from Bill's days at the paper
-Transition from dark room to film scanning
-Transition from Large format to 35mm
-Transition to freelance work
-Transition to commercial work in the outdoor and hunting/fishing industry
-Strategies for retaining clients

Direct download: pf_podcast_2-2-18.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 10:20pm EDT

Levi sits down with Sharky James.

 

They talk about their photographer heroes, the industry and more including how he got started in the industry.

 

Then a fun round table with Pamela Berry, Levi Sim, Bobbi Lane and Kevin Ames as they discuss 2018 trends, goals and tradeshows for the upcoming year.

Direct download: Jan19th2018podcast_mixdown.output_01.mp3
Category: -- posted at: 3:24pm EDT

Get the show here or get it on iTunes — Please post a review on iTunes.

Welcome to Beyond Technique, a podcast empowering photographers to bring their businesses to the next level!

In this episode, Skip Cohen and Chamira Young dive deep into a discussion about the benefits of having a special photography projects with Stacy Pearsall.

We discuss in detail:

  • How Stacy was brought out of a dark place through the Veteran's Portrait Project
  • How having special projects can making a change in the community
  • How special products can bring emotional freedom to photographers
  • The benefits of being helpful to others
  • How PhotoShelter helps Stacy present her images online
  • How each image tells a story
  • Effectively connecting with and telling the story of your subject 

You can find Stacy at:

Start your FREE trial of PhotoShelter

PhotoShelter Banner

PhotoShelter gives people and organizations easy ways to manage their photos  - from delivering, storing, selling, sharing - all from one place. Their platform offers simple and smart ways to share, store, deliver and sell your highest quality work. They handle the biggest files and solve some of the biggest business challenges for professional photographers.

Have suggestions on future topics you want us to cover? Email us:

  • Skip Cohen: skip@mei500.com - Skip Cohen University
  • Chamira Young: chamira@photofocus.com 

 Share This Podcast!

Please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes.

Direct download: Beyond_Technique_Photofocus_Podcast_January_17_2018_High.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 4:00am EDT

In this episode, Skip Cohen and Chamira Young dive deep into a discussion about customer service with expert Shep Hyken.

We discuss in detail:

  • how to stand out with our photography clients
  • making every moment count
  • building loyalty
  • the combination of customer service + a great product
  • the expectations of the customer
  • cultivating customers for life
  • the process of operating beyond our own personal assumptions as photographers
  • identifying every single touch point with our clients
  • "Moments of truth"
  • the "F-bomb" of customer service
  • mediocrity as an enemy
  • creating moments of magic
  • tips for actually being effective on social media
  • responding to personal complaints on social media

You can find Shep at:

  • Hyken.com - His free newsletter to get tips on customer service
  • ShepTV.com - His YouTube Channel with 500+ videos

Enhance your revenue stream: sign up for Adobe Stock and submit your video content!

Have suggestions on future topics you want us to cover? Email us:

  • Skip Cohen: skip@mei500.com - Skip Cohen University
  • Chamira Young: chamira@photofocus.com 

Share This Podcast!

Please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes.

Direct download: Mind_Your_Own_Business_Photofocus_Podcast_January_12_2018_High.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 4:00am EDT

The Infocus Interview Podcast | Photofocus Podcast December 22nd 2017

Levi sits down with Kevin Dooley

How long has he been shooting profesionally?

  • How has he maintained his business?
  • How did he get into wildlife photography
  • Africa talk
  • How to understand animals?
  • What trips are coming up?
  • Where can we find out more information?
  • Gear talk
  • What to consider when going on a safari?

 

Next Levi talks with Jim Welninski

  • Who is Jim?
  • What kind of photographer is Jim?
  • Should we compete and why?
  • Experience taking pictures and how
  • How to think about photography?
  • Post Production talk
  • What should we think about when shooting HDR?
Direct download: dec22apodcast_mixdown.output.mp3
Category:general -- posted at: 9:29pm EDT

Get the show here or get it on iTunesPlease post a review on iTunes.

 In this episode, Skip Cohen and Chamira Young chat with photographer and educator Tony Corbell about running a brick and mortar photography studio.

We discuss in detail:

- The in’s and out’s of having a studio space
 
- The advantages and also challenges of running a brick and mortar studio
 
- Work/life balance
 
- Realistic pricing when running a physical studio
 
- Building trust within your community
 
- Effective networking and collaboration
 
- the essential equipment list for every studio
 

You can find Tony at:

 

Enhance your revenue stream: sign up for Adobe Stock and submit your video content!

 

Have suggestions on future topics you want us to cover? Email us:

  • Skip Cohen: skip@mei500.com
  • Chamira Young: chamira@photofocus.com 
  •  

Share This Podcast!

Please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes.

 
Direct download: Mind_Your_Own_Business_Photofocus_Podcast_December_9_2017_High.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 5:00am EDT

Levi Sims sits down with Julio Cortez who is an AP photographer

How does Press photos work?

Getting paid?

What is Dollar Rule?

What is Julio's speciality?

What's Julio's gear set up?

Workflow when out in the feild

Where to find Julio?

 

Next Levi sits down with Mike Goldner from Astisan HD

Who is Mike Goldner?

Difference between labs

Lighting and how it's affecting your prints

Why your prints look different from your screen?

Printer differences

Color Space talk

UV light exposure and what it does to your prints and how to combat it

What's a acrylic print?

Putting prints into your environment

 

Direct download: dec1podcast_mixdown.output.mp3
Category: -- posted at: 11:59pm EDT

Richard Harrington sits down with Brad Malcolm from Perfectly Clear

  • What's new with the latest update?
  • Discussion of the plug-in w/more applications
  • What is intelligent auto?
  • What other features and adjustments should we know about?
Direct download: PC_Podcast_mixdown.output.mp3
Category: -- posted at: 1:51pm EDT

In this episode, Skip Cohen and Chamira Young chat with Tamara Lackey about the role that education plays in running a successful photography business.

We discuss in detail:

  • The importance of physical interaction in education
  • Thinking on your feet and the ability to interact with people
  • Evolving as a person vs being stagnant (sometimes we become blind to our own imperfections)
  • PPE, WPPI, Imaging USA, and Shutterfest
  • Pre-determining what do you want to learn BEFORE going to a conference. Making a game plan and taking notes
  • After a conference, reserving a "cool down" period in order to implement what you learned
  • The importance of learning how to market consistently
  • The challenge of having a healthy work/life balance

 You can find Tamara at:

 

Sign up for Adobe Stock and submit your video content!

Have suggestions on future topics you want us to cover? Email us:

  • Skip Cohen: skip@mei500.com
  • Chamira Young: chamira@photofocus.com  

Share This Podcast!

Please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes.

Direct download: Mind_Your_Own_Business_Photofocus_Podcast_November_10_2017_High.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 4:00am EDT

In this episode, Skip Cohen and Chamira Young chat with Bryan Caporicci about the concept of "Experience Design," also known as creating great experiences for your clients. We discuss in detail:

  • The various shifts the photography industry is going through
  • The concept of having empathy for your clients, and putting yourself in their shoes
  • Shifting your focus to put the client's experience at the center of your photography business
  • The biggest pain point on both fronts – for both photographers and their clients, as well as what we can do about it
  • Mapping out the customer experience and exploring ways we can personalize the client experience

You can find Bryan at:

SproutingPhotographer.com: You will find Bryan's podcast, as well as his articles and calculators for photographers who want to improve their business.

 

Have suggestions on future topics you want us to cover? Email us:

  • Skip Cohen: skip@mei500.com
  • Chamira Young: chamira@photofocus.com 

 

Share This Podcast!

Please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes.

Direct download: Mind_Your_Own_Business_Photofocus_Podcast_October_13_2017_High-1.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 4:00am EDT

This month we focus on... focus!  That is right after our eclipse wrap-up until the next eclipse gets close.

 

Links from the show:

Photomatix Facebook Page:
www.facebook.com/hdrsoft

Pepper’s San Francisco Eclipse Photos:
www.pepperazzi.photos

 

 

Story of the epic eclipse photo by Andrew Studer and Ted Hesser:

http://travel.resourcemagonline.com/2017/08/the-story-behind-the-viral-photo-of-a-rock-climber-in-front-of-the-solar-eclipse/17997/

 

Find Levi:

www.levisim.com
instagram.com/photolevi

Find Pepper:

www.panoramanetwork.com
instagram.com/rpepper

Have suggestions or questions to be used on the show? Email us here:

-Levi Sim: levi@photofocus.com

-Ron Pepper: pepper@photofocus.com

Get the show here or get it on iTunes — Don’t forget to post a review on iTunes.

Direct download: Problem_Solving_Sept_2017_mixdown.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 1:55am EDT

In this episode, we chat with portrait photographer Lori Nordstrom about promoting your photography business. Specifically, we chat about:

  • The importance of doing your research before reaching out to prospective clients
  • The concept of "owning your zipcode"
  • Picking up the phone for reaching out to businesses
  • Using emails to reach out to individuals
  • Building your network and making lists
  • The timeline of putting on a promotion for your photography business
  • Throwing special portrait parties and the process of upselling afterwards
  • The concept of cause-related marketing, as well as giving back to your community
  • Planning your charitable marketing campaigns to make a profit -- which allows you to give more

Check out Lori's 20 Marketing Ideas (free!) Ebook:

You can find Lori at:

Have suggestions on future topics you want us to cover? Email us:

  • Skip Cohen: skip@mei500.com
  • Chamira Young: chamira@photofocus.com  

Share This Podcast!

Please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes.

Direct download: Mind_Your_Own_Business_Photofocus_Podcast_September_8_2017_High.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 4:00am EDT

This month we close out our eclipse ideas with advice from an expert, then some quick advice for anyone unsure about sensor dust.

 

Links from the show:

Q&A on solar eclipse HDR: https://www.hdrsoft.com/resources/hdr-for-solar-eclipse.html

Jean-Marc Lecleire, Astrophotographer: https://www.facebook.com/jeanmarc.lecleire

HDRsoft Facebook Page:  www.facebook.com/hdrsoft

onXmaps:  https://www.onxmaps.com

 

Find Levi:

www.levisim.com
twitter.com/photolevi

Find Pepper:

www.panoramanetwork.com
twitter.com/ronpepper

Have suggestions or questions to be used on the show? Email us here:

-Levi Sim: levi@photofocus.com

-Ron Pepper: pepper@photofocus.com

Get the show here or get it on iTunes — Don’t forget to post a review on iTunes.

Direct download: ProbelmSolvingAug2017.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 8:07am EDT

In this episode, we chat with wedding photographers Justin and Mary Marantz about:

  • the element of timeless storytelling through images
  • building trust and connecting with each couple in a unique way
  • repelling the wrong clients and attracting the right clients
  • the value of printed, physical products
  • putting together a great album for your clients
  • knowing your why
  • creating a truly wonderful experience for your clients
  • dealing with the stress of shooting weddings
  • being prepared with both equipment and knowledge
  • dealing with the challenges of social media when shooting weddings

You can find Justin and Mary at:

 

Have suggestions on future topics you want us to cover? Email us:

  • Skip Cohen: skip@mei500.com
  • Chamira Young: chamira@photofocus.com 

 

Share This Podcast!

Please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes.

Direct download: Mind_Your_Own_Business_Photofocus_Podcast_August_11_2017_High.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 3:00am EDT

Levi Sim and Ron Pepper discuss how location access can help make better photos, and ideas for access that anyone can try.  First we'll follow up on last month's show about the eclipse.

 

Find Levi:

www.levisim.com
twitter.com/photolevi

Find Pepper:

www.panoramanetwork.com
instagram.com/rpepper

Have suggestions or questions to be used on the show? Email us here:

-Levi Sim: levi@photofocus.com

-Ron Pepper: pepper@photofocus.com

Direct download: ProblemSolvingJuly2017.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 9:41pm EDT

In this episode, we chat with renowned fashion photographer Lindsay Adler about:

  • The pivotal moments in her life that influenced her career
  • The importance of studying business in addition to photography
  • Seeking wise council from others
  • Knowing the technical reasons behind why an image is "good" or "bad"
  • Finding your own style and seeing photography as an art
  • Taking constructive criticism and using it to your advantage to improve your skills as a photographer
  • Building relationships with related vendors
  • The artists that have influenced her work
  • The struggle between being happy with your work and also continuously striving to improve

You can find Lindsay Adler at:

- Lindsey on Instagram @lindseyadler_photo
- LindsayAdlerPhotography.com
- LearnwithLindsay.com

Have suggestions on future topics you want us to cover? Email us:

- Skip Cohen: skip@mei500.com
- Chamira Young: chamira@photofocus.com

Share This Podcast!
- Please share this podcast with your friends and also subscribe via iTunes.

Direct download: Mind_Your_Own_Business_Photofocus_Podcast_July_14_2017_High.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 3:00am EDT

Levi and Pepper talk about the upcoming full eclipse of the sun and some ideas to make the opportunity unique to you. We also take a minute to think about basing a photo business on a single platform -- which might suddenly change!

Find Levi:

www.levisim.com
twitter.com/photolevi

Find Pepper:

www.panoramanetwork.com
twitter.com/ronpepper

Have suggestions or questions to be used on the show? Email us here:

-Levi Sim: levi@photofocus.com

-Ron Pepper: pepper@photofocus.com

Direct download: podcastJune16.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 3:02am EDT

The Photofocus InFocus Interview Show Special Interview. I’m your host, Vanelli.

On today's show we have photographer and inventor of the Platypod, Larry Tiefenbrunn interviewed by Levi Sim.

The PhotoFocus InFocus Interview Show is brought to you by the Generous Support of:

  • HDRsoft – makers of Photomatix software and where right now you can go to the Photofocus site and get 44 FREE presets.
  • Perfectly Clear by Athentech – the software that makes our pictures look GREAT with minimal effort.
  • B&H – providers of quality gear at great prices.

Each week we have new and dynamic podcasts for you here at Photofocus, so make sure you tune in every week. We love to know what you thought of the show and you can always give me Feedback @vanelli on Twitter or in the comments section on the Photofocus podcast post page for this episode.

Until next time, this is Vanelli encouraging you to get out there and Be Creative!
Get the show here or get it on iTunes — Don’t forget to post a review on iTunes.


The Photofocus InFocus Interview Show for June 2, 2017. I’m your host, Vanelli.

On today's show we have internationally respected lecturer and teacher Katrin Eismann, Wildlife and Aviation Photographer, Jake Peterson and bird photographer Clay Taylor of Swarovski Optics.

Katrin Eismann interviewed by Vanelli.

  • The philosophy of photography as it relates to amateurs and professionals.

Jake Peterson interviewed by Chamira Young

  • Developing Patiences to get the shot
  • Tips on starting out in Wildlife photography
  • How to get paid for Wildlife photos

Clay Taylor interviewed by Levi Sim

  • The history of SWAROVSKI OPTIK and how it relates to photographers
  • EL Binoculars
  • Popularity of Birding
  • Connecting digital cameras to spotting scopes

The PhotoFocus InFocus Interview Show is brought to you by the Generous Support of:

  • HDRsoft – makers of Photomatix software and where right now you can go to the Photofocus site and get 44 FREE presets.
  • Perfectly Clear by Athentech – the software that makes our pictures look GREAT with minimal effort.
  • Drobo – makers of storage devices that protect our livelihood
  • B&H – providers of quality gear at great prices.

Each week we have new and dynamic podcasts for you here at Photofocus, so make sure you tune in every week. We love to know what you thought of the show and you can always give me Feedback @vanelli on Twitter or in the comments section on the Photofocus podcast post page for this episode.

Until next time, this is Vanelli encouraging you to get out there and Be Creative!
Get the show here or get it on iTunes — Don’t forget to post a review on iTunes.

Direct download: InFocus_Interview_Show-Photofocus_Podcast_June_5_2017.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 1:00pm EDT

In this episode, we chat with celebrity fashion and beauty photographer Matthew Jordan Smith about:

  • How making connections brings lifelong clients
  • The importance of relationship building
  • Doing your homework and preparing prior to the photo shoot
  • Doing your research and knowing your client
  • The convergence of various hard and soft skills
  • The importance of being versatile
  • The importance of having personal/special projects
  • “You've got to shoot to feed your soul.”
  • The role of continuously educating yourself as a photographer
  • Matthewjordansmith.com
  • Matthew Jordan Smith on Instagram 

     

  • Check out Matthew's upcoming live workshops HERE.

Have suggestions on future topics you want us to cover? Email us:

-Skip Cohen: skip@mei500.com

-Chamira Young: chamira@photofocus.com

 

Share This Podcast!

Please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes.

Direct download: Mind_Your_Own_Business_Photofocus_Podcast_June_2_2017_High.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 1:00am EDT

The PhotoFocus InFocus Interview Show FOR MAY 26, 2017. I’m your Host Vanelli.

On today's show Levi Sim has a full interview of travel photographer and Panasonic Rep Mark Toal. Mark talks about how he got into photography and how micro 4/3 cameras allow him to always have a camera with him. He shares his insights on what makes his photos compositionally intriguing and how by living in different locations has influenced his photography.

On today’s show we have:

Mark Toal interviewed by Levi Sim
- Mark talks about how he got into photography. 
- How micro 4/3 cameras allow him to always have a camera with him.
- Mark hares his insights on what makes his photos compositionally intriguing.
- How by living in different locations has influenced his photography.

 

Direct download: InFocus_Interview_Show_-Photofocus_Podcast_May_26_2017.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 9:57am EDT

We're back talking about portraits when you have only brought one light.  Levi is very accomplished at doing this and he has great advice -- and stories!

 

Find Levi:

www.levisim.com

twitter.com/photolevi

 

Find Pepper:

www.panoramanetwork.com

twitter.com/ronpepper

 

Have suggestions or questions for a future episode? Email us:

-Levi Sim: levi@photofocus.com

-Ron Pepper: pepper@photofocus.com

 

Share This Podcast!

Please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes.

Direct download: ProblemSolvingMay2017_1_mixdown.m4a
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 5:00pm EDT

In this episode, we chat with celebrity wedding photographers Bob and Dawn Davis about:

  • Trends within the wedding and portrait industry
  • Educating your clients
  • The value of encouraging physical prints
  • Understanding the importance of sharing your images with related wedding vendors
  • Cultivating relationships with wedding vendors
  • How to separate yourself from other photographers
  • Saying "no" to clients who are not a good fit for you
  • The importance of controlling your light when making an image
  • Creating images with "good bones" straight out of camera
  • BobandDawnDavis.com

 

Have suggestions on future topics you want us to cover? Email us:

-Skip Cohen: skip@mei500.com

-Chamira Young: chamira@photofocus.com

 

Share This Podcast!

Please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes.

Direct download: Mind_Your_Own_Business_Photofocus_Podcast_May_12_2017_High.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 12:30am EDT

This episode's topic: The Art of the Headshot: Skip Cohen and Chamira Young chat with Headshot Photographer Peter Hurley

  • The client experience is hugely important.
  • Communication during the session is the key
  • People skills and giving direction are key factors in making a great headshot
  • The art of fun conversation is helpful during a session
  • Confidence can be learned
  • The concept of capturing "residual laughter"
  • The concept of "camera invisibility"
  • "Hurleyisms" app for one-liners to use during photo sessions - Hurleyisms.com
  • Headshotcrew.com - Peter's coaching site
  • Headshotcrew.com/workshops - to get more info on Peter's photography workshops

 

Have suggestions on future topics you want us to cover? Email us:

-Skip Cohen: skip@mei500.com

-Chamira Young: chamira@photofocus.com

 

Share This Podcast!

Please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We'd also love to get your feedback.

Direct download: Mind_Your_Own_Business_Photofocus_Podcast_April_14_2017_High.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 12:30am EDT

Ron Pepper & new co-host Levi Sim start the show off by thanking Scott for paving the way. Then they dive into buying cars and what to consider as a photographer. In addition they get into some long exposure issues you may come across.

Direct download: ProblemSolvingApril2017_mixdown.output_01.mp3
Category: -- posted at: 9:48pm EDT

Scott and Marco discuss these new products and mirrorless topics on their final episode of the #Mirrorless Show at Photofocus:

  • Scott and Marco host their final mirrorless show at Photofocus. They will now move on to their new Photo Podcast Network at www.PhotoPodcasts.com where the new mirrorless and inspiration podcast episodes will be produced and hosted.
  • Scott just returned after hosting eagle photography workshops in Alaska for two weeks. He shares his experience with his new mirrorless Olympus OM-D E-M1 MK II in regards to capturing birds in flight in comparison to using his top of the line DSLR.
  • Marco shares an update to the Fuji X-T and X-Pro line "eye cup gate" that seems to affect quite a few users.
  • Olympus discontinued its lenses for the "old" Four Thirds system.
  • GoPro plans to eliminate 270 jobs as part of a restructuring program.
  • Nikon now wants to get serious about mirrorless cameras.
  • Panasonic is planning to dismantle its digital camera division and add it to another business unit in order to streamline cost.
  • Ban of electronic devices and digital cameras on some flights to the US and UK.
  • We have a Photofocus Mirrorless Flickr group that is open to our listeners and photos taken with all mirrorless camera brands. If you want to join just let us know through the "request invitation" button on the group and drop us a quick line there. We'll add you to the group then. And please ask for the invite via the web browser and not via the Flickr App. The invite process via the app has not been working reliably.

Please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or to post a quick review on iTunes for us.

For more information on Scott Bourne follow him on Twitter: @ScottBourne

For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam

About this show:

On the monthly #Mirrorless episode of the Photofocus podcast, Scott and Marco will discuss the news from the mirrorless camera world related to innovations, trends, gear and accessories. And they will introduce mirrorless camera manufacturers by interviewing the respective managers of those manufacturers. And they invite pro photographers who make their living working with mirrorless cameras to share some tips and tricks on their workflow.

Direct download: The_Mirrorless_Show__Photofocus_Podcast_March_28_2017.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 12:00am EDT

Scott and Marco discuss these topics on this #Inspiration episode of the Photofocus podcast:
  • The inspiration show is moving with Scott and Marco to a new place. In the future, we will broadcast our shows on the PhotoPodcastNetwork.com
  • Marco and Scott discuss some of the important inspiration aspects of photography that they have shared here on Photofocus in the past.
  • Scott's photo book of the month pick is: Mountain Lights - In search of the dynamic landscape - by Galen Rowell. This book was first published in 1986 and it was one of the influential factors that moved Scott over to outdoor photography. More books from Galen Rowell can be found here: http://www.mountainlight.com/books.html

Please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or to post a quick review on iTunes for us.

For more information on Scott Bourne follow him on Twitter: @ScottBourne

For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam

About this show:

On the monthly #Inspiration episode of the Photofocus podcast, Scott and Marco discussed the art, history and motivation in photography that often gets lost in today's media rich world. Slow down, look closer and put more intent into photography to increase your creativity and final results. And simply spread the pure love of photography.

Direct download: The_Inspiration_Show__Photofocus_Podcast_March_14_2017.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 12:00am EDT

We have a new co-host on the show

Scott Bourne has headed off to do some new projects and is stepping away from the Mind Your Own Business podcast, but stay tuned, because we might just talk him into coming back as a guest! In the meantime, Chamira Young, an active marketing driven photographer from the midwest and who's been behind the scenes helping Scott and Skip produce each podcast is stepping into the co-host seat.

Skip's Cohen: "I love the idea of Chamira's perspective on so many different aspects of being a professional photographer and business owner. She knows her stuff and I'm excited about what I feel the two of us can bring to the party!"

Stay tuned as the Mind Your Own Business Podcast expands into some new areas together with a stellar guest list on each new episode.

 

This episode's topic: Making your business stand out. Skip Cohen and Chamira Young discuss how photographers can make their businesses rise above the competition.

1. Get involved in your community. Stand out as more than just another service provider/vendor. People like buying products and services from businesses that give back. Throwing a strategic portrait party, or creating a calendar are two example projects where you can tie in an organization/charity to give back to.

2. Own your own zip code:
 Pound the pavement and knock on doors. There are companies that can complement yours. Reach out. Host a networking luncheon with other businesses (caterers, wedding planners) and get to know them.

3. Having a consistent, helpful website and blog: Your blog is about what's in your heart, and your website is about what you sell. They both can be a form of educating your ideal audience. Also, be aware of who your target audience is. For example, if you are in the portrait social category, many times your audience will be women.

4. Keeping in touch in throughout the year: Email newsletters and cards. Use your own images. Unmarketing, by Scott Straten, is a great read on really engaging your audience.

5. Use video to build your brand: Video can be a powerful marketing tool for potential clients to get to know you. I've started using video footage from my shoots. I have my assistant do it. You want to keep in mind your target audience for these videos, right? Your clients and potential clients. So it's not a technical video teaching about the correct exposure and composition, but rather we focus on people having a great time during their session. It's more of an emotional connection that you are trying to build.

Are there any ways you make your photography business stand out that we didn't mention? Tell us in the comments for this podcast, or send us an email. Have suggestions on future topics you want us to cover? Email Us:

Skip Cohen: skip@mei500.com

Chamira Young: chamira@photofocus.com

 

Share This Podcast!

Please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We'd also love to get your feedback.

Direct download: Mind_Your_Own_Business_Photofocus_Podcast_March_1_2017_High.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 12:30am EDT

Scott and Marco discuss these new products and mirrorless topics on this episode of the Photofocus #Mirrorless Show:

  • Scott shares his impressions regarding mirrorless cameras from the WPPI trade show for wedding and portrait photographers in Las Vegas.
  • Fujifilm updated their X-mount lens roadmap and added a XF 80mm f2.8 R LM OIS WR Macro that should be available in mid-2017. They have also announced the release of two unspecified lenses for 2018. One will be an ultra wide angle zoom and the other a telephoto prime lens.
  • Marco discusses the advancement of mirrorless cameras into the pro world by looking at what cameras the winning photos of the 2017 World Press Photo awards were captured with.
  • Nikon announced that they have canceled the development of the for mid-2016 planned and since long overdue DL mirrorless camera line. What will this move mean for Nikon's future?
  • Canon announced their newest addition to their EOS M mirrorless camera line. The new model is called the EOS M6 and it replaces the EOS M3. The EOS M6 lacks only a few features of the top model M5 (like a built in EVF) and will be available in April 2017.
  • Fotodiox has announced lens adapters for the new Fuji GFX medium format camera. The all manual adapter is available for Canon EF-Mount, Nikon F-Mount, Olympus OM-Mount, Contax and Mamiya 645 mount lenses.
  • Marco shares his experience with a phenomenon that he describes as the "Fuji eye cup gate". And he seems to be not alone with this issue.
  • Sony announced two new full frame lenses for their Sony E-Mount. The Sony FE 100mm F2.8 STF GM OSS will cost US-$1500 and is supposed to produce a beautiful bokeh due to an APD element and 11-blade aperture. It has a macro switch with a 60cm or 1.9ft minimum focus distance (.25x magnification) and is dust and weather sealed. The second lens is the Sony FE 85mm F1.8. It is a fairly compact and lightweight portrait lens with a 9-blade aperture, double linear motor system and is also dust & weather sealed. The lens has no IS and it will cost US-$600. Both lenses will ship in March 2017.
  • Panasonic released a FW update for its G80/85 cameras. The FW 1.2 upgrade eliminates the whirring noise caused by its in-body image stabilization. That is especially useful during video recording. The new FW also adds support for Dual IS with the Leica DG Vario-Elmar 100-400 F4-6.3 ASPH lens.
  • Leica also announced a FW 1.3.4.0 upgrade for their new Leica M10 camera. The upgrade reduces black out times in live view, adds faster scrolling through the menu and now allows for 15 custom settings.
  • Scott answers a listener question from Bruce who is having issues with overloaded and unlogical camera menu systems.
  • We have a Photofocus Mirrorless Flickr group that is open to our listeners and photos taken with all mirrorless camera brands. If you want to join just let us know through the "request invitation" button on the group and drop us a quick line there. We'll add you to the group then. And please ask for the invite via the web browser and not via the Flickr App. The invite process via the app has not been working reliably.
  • We have picked our monthly featured photographer and image from our Photofocus Mirrorless group. Our monthly Photofocus Mirrorless feature photo and photographer of the month is: Gediminas Karbauskis with his image Discourse.

Please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or to post a quick review on iTunes for us.

For more information on Scott Bourne follow him on Twitter: @ScottBourne

For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam

About this show:

On the monthly #Mirrorless episode of the Photofocus podcast, Scott and Marco will discuss the news from the mirrorless camera world related to innovations, trends, gear and accessories. And they will introduce mirrorless camera manufacturers by interviewing the respective managers of those manufacturers. And they invite pro photographers who make their living working with mirrorless cameras to share some tips and tricks on their workflow.

Direct download: The_Mirrorless_Show___Photofocus_Podcast_February_28_2017.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 12:00am EDT

On today’s show we have:

Peter Hurley interviewed by Chamira Young
- How he got started taking head shots
- What the Head Shot Crew is and how it can benefit you
- Developing your portfolio with diversity
- How one bad shot in your portfolio can kill your job prospects

Kaylee Greer interviewed by Levi Simm
- Heroic Dog Photography
- Applying Portrait photography techniques to dog photography
- How Social Media makes this the best time to be a working photographer

Terry White interviewed by Kevin Ames
- Muse software for simple web design
- My Portfolio web service for creating and hosting your portfolio
- Guided Upright and Face Aware Liquify features in Photoshop
- and much more


Scott and Marco discuss these topics on this #Inspiration episode of the Photofocus podcast:
  • Scott shares the interesting things and inspiration that he saw at WPPI 2017 in Las Vegas.
  • Triggered by a listener question about the "religion of shallow depth of field and bokeh" Scott and Marco discuss the different aspects and reasons why one should or should not use fast lenses and when to shoot them wide open and when not to do that.

Please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or to post a quick review on iTunes for us.

For more information on Scott Bourne follow him on Twitter: @ScottBourne

For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam

About this show:

On the monthly #Inspiration episode of the Photofocus podcast, Scott and Marco will discuss the art, history and motivation in photography that often gets lost in today's media rich world. Slow down, look closer and put more intent into photography to increase your creativity and final results. And simply spread the pure love of photography.

Direct download: The_Inspiration_Show__Photofocus_Podcast_February_14_2017.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 12:00am EDT

Ron Pepper and Scott Bourne discuss the various types of distortion and how to fix them including barrel and pin cushion distortion along with chromatic aberration and rolling shutter. They also discuss the various lens and software choices that can fix all of these problems.

Direct download: The_Problem_Solving_Show_Photofocus_Podcast_February_11th_2017.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 7:27pm EDT

Scott Bourne and Richard Harrington answer viewers photography questions.

Q&A Podcast Questions

1. Michael in Cincinnati, OH

I am a hobbyist photographer and recently decided to calibrate my monitor. I used a Spyder5Pro and after calibration the colors on my monitor have a very slight magenta look to them. I did multiple calibrations and even calibrated another computer in the same lighting conditions, yet I got the same result. Is this normal? Should I even bother calibrating my monitor given that most of my images are being viewed in digital form on displays I have no control over? I am not printing.

2. Matt in Ontario, CA

My question is, from a business perspective, what is the proper etiquette for photographers seeking locations, permissions, and permits. Should money be exchanged for locations, or is asking permission and giving credit appropriate. And I’m sure shooting on private property is much different than shooting on public property.

3. Casey in Toledo, OH

I am photographing graffiti on walls for reproduction on art prints and I need to get top to bottom, side to side tack sharp focus on the entire wall. Any suggestions?

4. Cindy in Hollywood, CA

I am photographing groups of 40-50 people for work. I am looking for tips that will help me get everyone in the shot and in focus. So far my early attempts are boring even when they work.

5. Brad in Atlanta, GA

I would like to know if in your opinion it’s worth buying old film lenses and trying to adapt them to work on modern digital cameras.

6. Heath in Los Angeles, CA

Since so many of today’s digital cameras are “weatherproof” is there any need to buy old fashioned rain gear for my cameras? I shoot landscapes in all sorts of weather and have just purchased a weatherproof camera but wanted to know if you think the extra protection is worth the investment.

7. Ray in Orlando, FL

I have heard Scott say he’s not a fan of Sony cameras but I know that Richard uses them (at least for video) and not trying to start a war here or anything but would love a little back and forth between you two as to why/why not.

8. Evan in Everett, WA

I noticed that Fuji is bringing out a medium format mirrorless camera. What is the difference between 50mp on that camera and 50mp on some of the big name DSLRs. Also what would be the use for such a camera and what are the trade offs when shooting with that format?

9. Dan in Chicago, IL

I see that the Photofocus team regularly attends or speaks at the major photo trade shows like PPA, WPPI and PPE. Are such shows really that helpful and do you think they are still relevant? Would a similar financial investment in other forms of education and networking pay off?

10. John in Omaha, NE

I am stuck trying to find interesting photographic subjects. When I was new at photography everything seemed interesting. Now, especially living in Nebraska, I am bored out of my mind. How do you stay engaged and interested in photography when there’s nothing of interest around you to shoot?

Direct download: The_Q__A_Show_Photofocus_Podcast_Fevruary_7th_2017.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 10:01pm EDT

In this renewed, reinvigorated episode of The Mind Your Own Business Podcast, Scott Bourne and Skip Cohen discuss outsourcing, taxes, insurance, book keeping, and helping your business run better.

Specific topics of discussion include the following:

  • The photographers that take care of taxes, insurance, and book keeping are the ones that are successful.
  • The importance of insuring your gear.
  • The different types of business insurance.
  • Tools to help you run your business better, such as 17hats and Sproutstudio.
  • Project management tools to keep track of your team, such as Slack and Basecamp.
  • The importance of answering your phone and returning messages.
  • Giving people as much information as you can on your website.
  • Cleaninng up your skillset so that you don't have to spend long periods of time cleaning up your images.
  • Outsourcing your image editing where appropriate.

 

Scott's Insurance Agent's Information:

Howard Burkholz (specializes in insurance for photographers)
877-485-8600
801-451-8880

 

Email Us or Leave a Comment Below:

Email us Scott Bourne at scott@photofocus.com or Skip Cohen at skip@mei500.com

  • What tasks/roles do you outsource for your photography business?
  • What vendors have you used that you like?
  • Is there an area we didn't cover on the podcast that you need help? 

 

Interested in Mentoring?

Interested in getting mentored by Scott and/or Skip? Email Scott at scott@photofocus.com to get more information.

Share This Podcast!

Please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We'd also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? Email Scott at scott@photofocus.com

Direct download: Mind_Your_Own_Business_Photofocus_Podcast_February_1_2017_High.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 12:30am EDT

Scott and Marco discuss these new products and mirrorless topics on this episode of the Photofocus #Mirrorless Show :

  • Panasonic has also announced four updated lenses. The updated lenses are:
  1. LUMIX G X VARIO 12-35mm F2.8 II ASPH. POWER O.I.S. (H-HSA12035) ($1000)
  2. LUMIX G X VARIO 35-100mm F2.8 II POWER O.I.S. (H-HSA35100) ($1100)
  3. LUMIX G VARIO 45-200mm F4.0-5.6 II POWER O.I.S. (H-FSA45200) ($450)
  4. LUMIX G VARIO 100-300mm F4.0-5.6 II POWER O.I.S. (H-FSA100300) ($650)
  • The 12-35 F2.8 II and the 35-100 F2.8 II both start shipping in March. The 45-200 F4.0-5.6 II and the 100-300mm F4.0-5.6 start shipping in February.
  • Fujifilm also announced the fourth generation of their X100 fixed lens compact camera. The X100F has the same 24 MPix sensor that can also be found on the X-Pro 2. It also gains more AF-Points (increased from 49 to 91) and it also has the ISO-Dial and AF-Point selection joystick that can also be found on the X-Pro 2. But weather sealing, a tilting LCD or touch control screen still did not make it into the fourth version of this camera... The X100F will cost US-$1299 or €1399.
  • Marco had the opportunity to test the recently announced Leica M10. Leica goes back to the roots with this "real rangefinder" camera and streamlined the size, functions and button layout, while improving the quality of the 24 MPix full frame sensor. Marco really likes this new M10 that costs US-$6595.
  • As promised, Scott shares his real world experiences after a month and a half in the field with the Olympus OM-D EM1 II. Do all those great specs actually work in the field to make this a serious competitor to the big DSLR's?
  • We have a Photofocus Mirrorless Flickr group that is open to our listeners and photos taken with all mirrorless camera brands. If you want to join just let us know through the "request invitation" button on the group and drop us a quick line there. We'll add you to the group then. And please ask for the invite via the web browser and not via the Flickr App. The invite process via the app has not been working reliably.
  • We have picked our monthly featured photographer and image from our Photofocus Mirrorless group. Our monthly Photofocus Mirrorless feature photo and photographer of the month is: Dominick with his image "Untitled".

Please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or to post a quick review on iTunes for us.

For more information on Scott Bourne follow him on Twitter: @ScottBourne

For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam

About this show:

On the monthly #Mirrorless episode of the Photofocus podcast, Scott and Marco will discuss the news from the mirrorless camera world related to innovations, trends, gear and accessories. And they will introduce mirrorless camera manufacturers by interviewing the respective managers of those manufacturers. And they invite pro photographers who make their living working with mirrorless cameras to share some tips and tricks on their workflow.

Direct download: The_Mirrorless_Show___Photofocus_Podcast_January_28_2017.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 12:00am EDT

This is the PhotoFocus InFocus Interview Show FOR JAN 21ST, 2017. I’m your Host Rod Harlan.
We have an all new quick & condensed, all the stuff with none of the fluff format for 2017, so let’s get started.

On today’s show we have:

Peter Treadway & David Williams interviewed by Levi Simm
- Wedding and Travel Photography
- how competitive they are with each other
- their disagreement about the value of getting your name attached to some work
- and how hard it is to make money as a professional photographer along with some tips on how to succeed

Glenn Dewis interviewed by Chamira
- and what a pleasure it has been for me watching his career blown up in a massively successful way this decade,
- Glenn talks about putting in a effort to find your style,
- and to try copying other people’s work until you find your own style, among other great insights

Amanda Powell (a wedding & boudoir photographer) & PhotoshopWorld’s own Dave Moser interviewed by Levi Simm
- where they discuss helping women look and feel their best…… in a very casual and fun interview

The PhotoFocus InFocus Interview Show is brought to you by the Generous Support of:

HDRsoft - makers of Photomatix software and where right now you can go to the Photofocus site and get 44 FREE presets.

Perfectly Clear by Athentech - the software that makes our pictures look GREAT with minimal effort.

Drobo - makers of storage devices that protect our livelihood

B&H - providers of quality gear at great prices.

Each week we have new and dynamic podcasts for you here at Photofocus, so make sure you tune in every week. I’d love to know what you thought of the show and you can always give me Feedback @RodHarlan on Twitter or in the comments section on the Photofocus podcast post page for this episode.

Until next time, this is Rod Harlan encouraging you to get out there and Be Creative!


Scott and Marco discuss these topics on this #Inspiration episode of the Photofocus podcast:
  • Get to know an inspirational photographer: This month Marco introduces you to the American street, portrait and landscape photographer Joel Meyerowitz (born 1938 in NY). After quitting his job as an art director, Joel started in the 1960's to shoot the streets of NY with 35mm B&W and color film. He adopted color film permanently in 1972 - which made him one of the early adopters in the art photography world. Check out his amazing work on his website at www.joelmeyerowitz.com
  • To kick off the year of inspiration for your photography, Scott and Marco discuss different ideas for personal photo projects in 2017. But instead of committing to just a 365 day (1 photo per day) project, they also discuss what you should consider if you want to plan your own photo project in order to make it a success.
  • They cover some of the different kind of photo projects and for whom they could work out best.
  • Have you thought of a 12 x 1-month project with different topics or genres (Portrait, Sports, Street, Wildlife, Landscapes, Architecture, Macro, etc...)?
  • If you can't commit to daily or weekly photo projects, why not plan to capture a certain subject (churches, bus stops, public post boxes etc. in your town)?
  • It's no secret that Scott and Marco love to print their images and they share some project ideas that involve printing your work.
  • There are plenty of analog film based projects that they discuss.
  • Scott's photo book of the month pick is: The Moment it Clicks by Joe McNally http://blog.joemcnally.com/2008/02/12/the-moment-it-clicks/ ). Joe wrote what this book is about in the preface:
  •  "...It’s about being a photographer.It’s about the sheer joy of clicking the shutter…repeatedly! The sweet sound of the shutter and the explosion that occurs in your head and your heart when you make the shot. The deal is the shot, you know. You make the picture and you know something just froze solid in a shifting world. Something stabilized, for all time. You just hung your hat on a moment that otherwise would be gone forever, and now you can go back and take a look at that moment, be it amazing or ordinary, any time you want..."

Please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or to post a quick review on iTunes for us.

For more information on Scott Bourne follow him on Twitter: @ScottBourne

For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam

About this show:

On the monthly #Inspiration episode of the Photofocus podcast, Scott and Marco will discuss the art, history and motivation in photography that often gets lost in today's media rich world. Slow down, look closer and put more intent into photography to increase your creativity and final results. And simply spread the pure love of photography.

Direct download: The_Inspiration_Show__Photofocus_Podcast_January_14_2017.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 12:00am EDT

BEST OF SHOW! This is a replay from July 11, 2016. New episode next month.

In this episode of The Problem Solving show, Scott Bourne and Pepper discuss the problems photographers face. They then offer solutions to help solve these problems.

In today's episode, they discuss the importance of having the right tool for the job.

Specific topics of discussion include the following:

-The concept of being "polycamerous"

-Working with various camera systems

-Taking 360 panoramas with the Ricoh Theta

-The lightweight, high quality Lumix cameras

-Fuji cameras as a "serious compact" system

-The ways that Canon and Nikon are upping their game

-Choosing the camera that's the best solution for the given situation you are in

-Taking into account the weight of your camera body and lens

-Feeling free to add gear to your list without feeling like you're "cheating" on your camera brand

-Switching to a less professional-looking camera in order to better blend into your surroundings

-Sometimes the smaller camera is the better camera for particular jobs

Please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We'd also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future?

 

Direct download: Problem_Solving_Podcast_Photofocus_Podcast_Jan_11_2017.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 12:04am EDT

The Q & A Show | Photofocus Podcast January 7th, 2017

CATEGORIES Audio, Podcasts
TAGS #photofocus #photography #podcast #business #Q&A #Audio

Scott Bourne answers viewers photography questions.

Q&A Podcast Questions

#1 From Grae in Reedley, CA

What tricks, or otherwise do you have for shooting in low and mixed outdoor lighting? Specifically in the area of photographing active fires (think firemen, not camping.) On the side I shoot active scenes with local fire departments and am looking to improve night scenes.

#2 From Jeremy in Grass Valley, OR

How does crop factor affect a lens? Would an 8.5mm lens on a 10x crop factor sensor give you the nice pleasing look of an 85mm lens (pretending that the glass quality were the same for both)? I've always thought that it was the compression/distortion that made a lens good/bad for portraits and I would think that a wider lens--even on a crop factor camera--would still lack the compression of a longer traditional portrait lens.

#3 From Todd in Gary, IN

I am thinking of getting a compact camera for travel. Do they still make any point and shoot cameras and are they worth considering in an age of great smart phone cameras?

#4 From Amy in Lima, OH

I am thinking of getting an action camera like the GoPro. I noticed lots of companies are making these little cameras now. Is the GoPro still the king of the hill?

#5 From Abby in San Diego, CA

I’ve seen people use a flashlight in low light situations to paint an autofocus target on a dimly lit subject. Does this really help and if so how does it work?

#6 From Hanson in Miami, FL

I’d like to design some photo shoots where the pictures come out looking like the subjects were lit on a movie set. Do either of you know how they design and set up the lights to give that Hollywood effect to a scene?

#7 From George in Washington, D.C.

Is there any advantage to studying other forms of art such as painting or sculpture in order to improve photography? I am trying to develop a better eye and wondered if going cross discipline could help. Have you ever tried this or heard of anyone doing it?

#8 From Yuki in Tokyo, Japan

I am planning a trip to the USA to photograph national parks and monuments. Does your government allow people to make photographs on National Park land? Will I need to get a permit? Is it legal?

#9 From Alison in Walla Walla, WA

I want to start photographing head shots since I will be moving to New York to work with the theater community. Are there any tips or tricks to shooting a good head shot you can share?

#10 From Dick in Elgin, ILL

What is the advantage of setting your white balance in camera verses just adjusting it in post (assuming you shoot RAW?)

#11 From Henry in New Orleans, LA

This is for Scott - when you photograph birds in flight, do you shoot in aperture or shutter priority and why?

#12 From Lawrence in Boston, MA

I want to shoot with strobes. Do I still need a light meter or can I rely on the camera’s metering system assuming I am using TTL flash heads?

Direct download: The_Q__A_Show_Photofocus_Podcast_January_7th_2017.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 1:15am EDT

Get the show here or get it on iTunesDon't forget to post a review on iTunes.

In this renewed, reinvigorated episode of The Mind Your Own Business Podcast, Scott Bourne and Skip Cohen discuss some powerful New Year's resolutions to set up to put your photography business on the path of success for 2017.

Want to add to this list of resolutions? Send Scott an email at scott@photofocus.com to tell him yours. For the first dozen people who email Scott within the United States, Skip will send them a free copy of his book Going Pro: How to Make the Leap From Aspiring to Professional Photographer.

Specific topics of discussion include the following:

  • Keep in mind that the first quarter of 2017 is typically a slow time for most markets. Therefore, it's the perfect time to do some house cleaning for your photography business.
  • Clean up your online galleries. Only show "wow" images on your website.
  • Plan to get your book keeping and marketing in order. It's time to get your systems in place.
  • Build a stash of blog posts for the first quarter (and then some). Aim to release new blog posts 3 days a week.
  • Start working TODAY on your holiday promotions for the year. Aim for 6 promotions.
  • Start planning your 2018 photo calendar creation. Come up with a cause related theme that ties into a community charity, and also bring in some of the members of the community to be featured in your calendar. Add some key dates in the community to bring into the calendar.
  • Pick a cause to work with for the year.
  • Sometime in January, have lunch with your number one competitor.
  • Start preparing for tax time.
  • Plan the conventions and workshops you will attend.
  • Try to be as nice as you can to other photographers.
  • Study other types of photography and art. It can complement your existing skill set.
  • Pledge to up your game and bring up the quality of your work. Aim to be spectacular across the board in your business.

Please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We'd also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future?

Direct download: Mind_Your_Own_Business_Photofocus_Podcast_January_1_2017_High.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 12:30am EDT

Scott and Marco have a special last #Mirrorless show of 2016 for you. Marco had the chance to interview Zack Arias for our mirrorless show at the Gulf Photo Plus Berlin event. Zack is a highly regarded and internationally famous commercial and portrait photographer based in Atlanta, Georgia.

In the discussion Zack shares his thoughts and opinions on the following topics:
  • How the image quality of mirrorless cameras convinced him to drop his full frame DSLR gear for good.
  • How and when he uses his mirrorless camera over his digital medium format Phase One camera for his jobs.
  • What he thinks about the new Fuji GFX mirrorless medium format camera.
  • Leaf shutter vs. focal plane shutter in medium format cameras and why the price of each technology needs to be put into account.
  • Zack’s thoughts on the more or less neglected portable flash systems from mirrorless camera manufacturers.
  • Zack has published a new e-book for photographers who are or want to get into the business of photography. Zack shares his experiences, successes and mistakes that he made in his career as a photographer. The e-book “Get to Work” is currently on sale for $25 and can be purchased on his website here: http://dedpxl.com/product/get-to-work/
  • We have a Photofocus Mirrorless Flickr group that is open to our listeners and photos taken with all mirrorless camera brands. If you want to join just let us know through the "request invitation" button on the group and drop us a quick line there. We'll add you to the group then. And please ask for the invite via the web browser and not via the Flickr App. The invite process via the app has not been working reliably.

Please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or to post a quick review on iTunes for us.

For more information on Scott Bourne follow him on Twitter: @ScottBourne

For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam

About this show:

On the monthly #Mirrorless episode of the Photofocus podcast, Scott and Marco will discuss the news from the mirrorless camera world related to innovations, trends, gear and accessories. And they will introduce mirrorless camera manufacturers by interviewing the respective managers of those manufacturers. And they invite pro photographers who make their living working with mirrorless cameras to share some tips and tricks on their workflow.

Direct download: The_Mirrorless_Show___Photofocus_Podcast_December_28_2016.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 12:00am EDT

The PhotoFocus InFocus Interview Show FOR DEC 21ST, 2016. I’m your Host Rod Harlan.

This month we have a special show honoring the life and wisdom of Master Commercial Advertising and Fine Art Photographer and Abundant Educator Jim DiVitale. Jim sadly passed away December 13th after a brave battle with cancer and the entire industry, including his many many friends, will miss him dearly. In today’s show we’ll be listening to 2 Jim DiVitale interviews, each of them just stuffed full of golden nuggets of information, that if we listen to Jim, will make us all better at both our craft and our business.

But first I want to thank our 4 sponsors that make it possible for us to bring you these 2 interviews without commercial interruptions. It’s really great that their are companies like:
HDRsoft - makers of Photomatix
Athentech – makers of Perfectly clear
Drobo - with their storage devices protecting our livelihood
and B&H - who bring quality gear at such great prices

…that there are companies like these that understand the importance of shows like this. So thank you to them.

And with that, I want to start our show with photographer Kevin Ames interviewing Jim just this past June 2016 for a show called Photography is Life. In the interview you will get a taste of all that Jim has accomplished in his life, along with how he got started in the industry, the early days in the film advertising industry, his move to digital as one of the early pioneers, doing things right the first time (which was his personal mantra) and keeping long term clients satisfied for decades upon. Let’s listen as Jim shares in his own words about his fascinating life.

______________

This next interview comes from a long talk I had with Jim at PhotoshopWorld in Sept of 2012. I first met Jimmy D, as I used to call him, thru Scott Kelby back at PhotoshopWorld in 1999. What I loved about Jimmy was that that no matter how much he knew or how smart he was, he was always after more knowledge. His thirst for knowledge about a subject he was curious about had no bounds. From the first day I met him until the last time we spoke he was always asking me about video production or video editing, or motion graphics, or video codecs or new software advances… and when he wasn’t asking he was SHARING such great knowledge about his craft, giving insight and great tips & techniques to anyone who asked.

As a freelancer and small business owner, I always jumped at the chance to pick Jimmy’s brain about how I could improve my business. He was always quick to share the latest techniques as well as tried and true business principles that had worked for him for decades. In the interview you are about to hear, Jim DiVitale shares marketing tips and tricks he used to pay the bills, set himself apart from other photographers, and continue making his business a success. You’ll learn from this interview not just how clever Jim was, but also how much hussle he had in his day to day work life. Like all great businessmen, Jim worked at it day in and day out, but he did it all with poise and grace that set him apart from the norm. Here’s Jim in his own words…

___________________________


Well that’s the end of our special InFocus Interview show for Dec 21st 2016, spending time with our dear friend Jim DiVitale. While he will be missed he will not be forgotten. To see any of Jim work or to read, watch or listen to any of his training, all you need to do is just Google his name. He did a great job of making sure his SEO was always on point.

Each week we have new and dynamic podcasts for you here at Photofocus, so make sure you tune in every week. I’d love to know what you thought of the show and you can always give me Feedback @RodHarlan on Twitter or in the comments section on the Photofocus podcast post page for this episode.

Until next time, this is Rod Harlan encouraging you to get out there and Be Creative!


Scott and Marco discuss these topics on this #Inspiration episode of the Photofocus podcast:
  • Get to know an inspirational photographer: This month Scott introduces you to Neil Leifer (born 1942). Neil is an American photographer and filmmaker mainly known for his work for Sports Illustrated and Time magazine. Neil has captured some of the most iconic sports photos of our time. Most of you will know his famous photo of Muhammad Ali after he poses over the knocked out Sonny Liston in 1965. Neil Leifer has 170 of his pictures published on the cover of Sports Illustrated and 40 cover photos for Life magazine. Check out his amazing work on his website at http://neilleifer.com
  • Scott and Marco discuss the recently published list of the 100 most influential images of all time curated by TIME magazine. What make these photos so influential and how did the photographers overcome the technical limitations of cameras at that time? Check out these 100 amazing photos here: http://100photos.time.com
  • Do you always need the latest and greatest camera gear in order to take amazing photos and what can you if you can't or don't want to invest too much money into your photo equipment?
  • Learning the fundamental techniques of photography (like in the analog and manual focus film days) may enable you to make older cameras much longer while still taking amazing photos.Just look at the old iconic work of master photographers.
  • There are fairly inexpensive software solutions out there that can yield pro results in post processing. We discuss a few alternatives.
  • Marco's photo book of the month pick is: Road to Seeing by Dan Winters ( http://www.danwintersphoto.com/BOOKS/4/thumbs-caption ). In this book, Dan shares his personal road to seeing, how he started with photography and his philosophy. This is a highly inspirational book with many photos and illustrations to go along with the writing. Here are 3 quotes from the book that give you an idea of the content:
  1. "I make it a habit to approach every picture as though it were my last."
  2. "The “Why” precedes the “How.” This, I believe, should be the goal of all art."
  3. "The soul of the image is ultimately the only relevant issue when viewing a photograph."

Please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or to post a quick review on iTunes for us.

For more information on Scott Bourne follow him on Twitter: @ScottBourne

For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam

About this show:

On the monthly #Inspiration episode of the Photofocus podcast, Scott and Marco will discuss the art, history and motivation in photography that often gets lost in today's media rich world. Slow down, look closer and put more intent into photography to increase your creativity and final results. And simply spread the pure love of photography.

Direct download: The_Inspiration_Show__Photofocus_Podcast_December_14_2016.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 12:00am EDT

Ron Pepper and Scott Bourne discuss how to fix focusing problems with lenses, as well as autofocusing when you don’t expect too. They also cover a lens cleaning regimen as well as the benefits of joining a camera manufacturers Pro services.

Direct download: The_Problem_Solving_Show_Photofocus_Podcast_December_11th_2016.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 7:36pm EDT

Scott Bourne and Richard Harrington answer viewers photography questions.

Q&A Podcast Questions

#1 From David Keneipp Manhattan Beach CA

Question about exposing to the right. I still use my Nikon DSLR for some things, but I've lately been shooting more with my Fuji X-E2 because of the film simulations that can look great right out of the camera. I often shoot JPEG+RAW in case I need some bigger adjustments in post. I know shooting to the right (i.e., overexposing) will give me more data, but doesn't that defeat the goal of trying to get the JPEG to look right without additional processing? Maybe I'm comparing apples and oranges here. I hope you can get me sorted out.

#2 From Kevin Miller Las Vegas

My son and I want to have a short photo outing and are planning to go to Page Arizona toward the end of February. We will probably be there two days. I remember you have talked about photographing the slot canyons there. Can you give us some advice as first time visitors to that area?

#3 From Stephen in the Philippines

I'm writing about Graduated ND Filters. Due to the advent of HDR, Bracketing Techniques, the “Digital Graduated filter" in Adobe LR and the overall power of the RAW file, do we still need Graduated ND filters when photographing landscapes?

#4 From Robbie in San Francisco

This is for Scott. How fast does the shutter speed need to be to guarantee sharp birds in flight. Do you shoot in SHUTTER PRIORITY mode to guarantee the shutter speed you want when shooting BIF?

#5 From Bruce in Brigham City, UT

I like the old-fashioned vignette effect that portrait artists used on almost every portrait in the 50s and 60s. But is this too old fashioned to use today? I noticed Lightroom has a preset for this.

#6 From Duke in Melbourne, FL

I use Macs along with Photoshop & Lightroom but am thinking of switching to Windows 10 because I am not happy with Apple’s new direction. The question I have is how painful would that switch be? I subscribe to CC. Can I just add that to a new Windows machine and if so how do I delete it from my Mac before I sell it on Ebay?

#7 From Kendra in Chicago, IL

This is probably the stupidest question ever but I don’t know who to ask but you guys. If I change my camera’s diopter does that change how the camera focuses by a corresponding amount?

#8 From Sophia in Redding, CA

When I look at my images in Lightroom and Photoshop they seem to be very noisy even if I shoot at (what I consider to be) very low ISOs. Am I doing something wrong?

#9 From Bob in Houston, TX

How do you decide what to include in a photo and what to leave out - more to the point - how do you know what is distracting in a scene?

#10 From Sam in Ft. Worth, TX

Talking about composition - in your opinion, what is more interesting in a photo - patterns or breaks in patterns?

#11 Oleg in Sydney, Australia

I am interested in portraiture but am confused about the difference between standard portraiture and “environmental” portraiture. Can you explain the difference?

#12 From Ross in Weed, CA

I live in the mountains and I find it hard to express the scale of the mountains I photograph. They seem so big in some of my friend’s photos but rather normal in mine. Is it a matter of lens choice/perspective?

 

Direct download: The_Q__A_Show_December_7th_2016.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 2:46pm EDT

In this renewed, reinvigorated episode of The Mind Your Own Business Podcast, Scott Bourne and guest co-host Chamira Young discuss the most common myths about running a photography business.

Specific topics of discussion include the following MYTHS:

  • When you decide to go pro, all you'll be doing is taking photos.
  • You have to be cheaper than your competition down the street.
  • Everyone is your client.
  • You have to do everything yourself.
  • Your gear is what makes a photographer great.

 

Please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We'd also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future?

Direct download: Mind_Your_Own_Business_Photofocus_Podcast_December_1_2016_High.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 12:30am EDT

Scott and Marco discuss these new products and mirrorless topics on this episode of the Photofocus #Mirrorless Show :

  • This show starts with a discussion about the announced sales price of the Olympus OM-D EM1 II, which will be $-US 2000. Is this price fair for a top of the line m4/3 mirrorless camera?  Price and information on the camera can be found on the Olympus official website here: http://www.getolympus.com/us/en/e-m1-mark-ii.html
  • Olympus has also announced their Pro service in the US. For US-$ 100 photographers of Olympus pro gear and cameras get express service on repairs, complementary equipment loan for extended repair times, priority phone support and a warranty extension. You can read about the program and exact terms on the Olympus website here: http://www.getolympus.com/us/en/proadvantage?ref=CJ
  • Leica has also announced a limited version of their "sharpest standard lens in the world". The Leica APO-SUMMICRON-M 50 mm f/2 ASPH lens is now available in a red anodized version. It is a limited offering planned only for 100 copies of this lens. The regular black or silver version is around US-$8000. The limited red version will be around US-$9.000. You can find out more about this lens and other limited collectors gear from Leica on their M special editions website here: https://us.leica-camera.com/Photography/Leica-M/Leica-M-Special-Editions
  • Adobe has just announced a new tether plugin for the Fujifilm X-T2 camera. Fujifilm X-T2 owners will soon be able to shoot tethered to Adobe Lightroom using a new plug-in that will be sold for US-$ 79 through the Adobe Add-ons websiteThe plugin allows X-T2 photographers to tether their camera via USB and preview the image in live view and control the camera settings. The captured images are then imported directly into LightRoom. Here is the news release from Fuji regarding this tether plugin: http://www.fujifilm.com/news/n161031.html. Unfortunately, this plugin will not work on Fujis other Pro camera, the X-Pro 2.
  • DJI has just announced the new Phantom 4 PRO drone. The drone comes with an updated 20 MP sensor, mechanical shutter and “almost” 12 stops of dynamic range camera. On the video side, the new camera is capable to shoot a 4K/60P video with H.265 video compression. The drone can fly up to 45mph maximum speed and has up to 30 min flight time and FlightAutonomy that will also avoid uneven ground or water when landing. The drone retails for US-$ 1500 and you can find out more about this drone on the DJI website here: http://www.dji.com/phantom-4-pro
  • The Belgian manufacturer CMOSIS (they make some of the sensors for Leica) has announced a new 48MP sensor with global shutter. The sensor is a bit larger than a 35mm full-frame sensor because it is not 3:2 but 4:3 aspect ratio. The new sensor is also designed to record 8K video at a rate of 30fps. The sensor can increase the dynamic range of its output by recording alternate row of pixels at different exposures. The pixels are recorded at one time instead of sequential rows. This technology can be a game changer once it trickles down to more consumer grade cameras. You can find out more about this sensor on CMOSIS's website here: http://www.cmosis.com/products/product_detail/cmv50000
  • We have a Photofocus Mirrorless Flickr group that is open to our listeners and photos taken with all mirrorless camera brands. If you want to join just let us know through the "request invitation" button on the group and drop us a quick line there. We'll add you to the group then. And please ask for the invite via the web browser and not via the Flickr App. The invite process via the app has not been working reliably.
  • We have picked our monthly featured photographer and image from our Photofocus Mirrorless group.Our monthly Photofocus Mirrorless feature photo and photographer of the month is: Paul Henni with his image titled "Shadowy"

Please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or to post a quick review on iTunes for us.

For more information on Scott Bourne follow him on Twitter: @ScottBourne

For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam

About this show:

On the monthly #Mirrorless episode of the Photofocus podcast, Scott and Marco will discuss the news from the mirrorless camera world related to innovations, trends, gear and accessories. And they will introduce mirrorless camera manufacturers by interviewing the respective managers of those manufacturers. And they invite pro photographers who make their living working with mirrorless cameras to share some tips and tricks on their workflow.

Direct download: The_Mirrorless_Show___Photofocus_Podcast_November_28_2016.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 12:00am EDT

The PhotoFocus InFocus Interview Show FOR NOV 21ST, 2016. I’m your Host Rod Harlan.

This month we have a bit of a BRITISH INVASION with 2 Inspiring Interviews with well-known movers and shakers in the Photographic industry from the United Kingdom.

We’ll start with Robert Vanelli interviewing Tim Wallace about the business of Photography including the licensing of your images and the importance of building a relationship with each client.

Then we’ll finish with Levi Sim interviewing Dave Clayton about being a graphic designer and desktop publisher, the story of how he got involved with Scott Kelby and PhotoshopWorld, and about photographers adding a new tool like InDesign to their tool belt to add income to their bottom line.


Scott and Marco discuss these topics on this #Inspiration episode of the Photofocus podcast:
  • Get to know an inspirational photographer: This month Marco introduces you to Lewis Hine (1874 - 1940). Hine was an American sociologist, teacher and photographer. In 1908 he left his teaching position to become the photographer for the National Child Labor Committee (NCLC) and documented child labor to aid the NCLC's lobbying efforts to end child labor. Take a look at some of the images that he took during that time here: http://www.historyplace.com/unitedstates/childlabor/ Hine and his moving photos certainly played a big role in bringing public awareness to this issue and helped to end this practice. Unfortunately he never really received the recognition for his work that he deserved while he was alive.
  • Scott and Marco discuss the Gulf Photo Plus event in Berlin and Seattle that they have attended and talk about the Gulf Photo Plus organization ( https://gulfphotoplus.com ) and their great efforts for teaching and inspiring the photography world.
  • Zack Arias shared a 90 years old photography quote by Edward Weston, that is amazingly current today.
  • Scott and Marco talk about how Joe McNally sets up a photo shoot and share some of his photography related stories.
  • Marco shares his thoughts on shooting portraits with wide angle lenses instead of classic portrait focal length.
  • Next, they talk about the amazing work of Gregory Heisler and how simple some of his concepts are that produce amazing work. Take some inspiration for future photo projects from some of Gregory's approaches.
  • Scott's photo book of the month pick is: Avedon at Work - In the American West ( https://utpress.utexas.edu/books/wilave ). Richard Avedon was best known for his portraits of famous people. But he set out in 1979 to start to photograph ordinary people of the American West. The book that resulted from this project was a milestone in American photography and probably Avedon's most important body of work. As the original book can only be found as a high-priced collector item, Scott picked the book about making that book.

Please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or to post a quick review on iTunes for us.

For more information on Scott Bourne follow him on Twitter: @ScottBourne

For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam

About this show:

On the monthly #Inspiration episode of the Photofocus podcast, Scott and Marco will discuss the art, history and motivation in photography that often gets lost in today's media rich world. Slow down, look closer and put more intent into photography to increase your creativity and final results. And simply spread the pure love of photography.

 

Direct download: The_Inspiration_Show__Photofocus_Podcast_November_14_2016.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 12:00am EDT

Ron Pepper and Scott Bourne discuss panoramic photography, the new Ricoh Theta SC 360 degree camera, and the use of various lenses for this style of photography.

Direct download: The_Problem_Solving_Show_Photofocus_Podcast_November_11th_2016.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 5:13pm EDT

Scott Bourne and Frederick Van Johnson answer viewers photography questions.


Q&A Podcast Questions

1. From James in Sacramento, CA

I want to buy a new camera because I want to start making professional photographs. But I noticed several of the portfolio shots posted by Photofocus authors are made with older cameras. Is it possible a five year old DSLR is good enough for “pro” work?

2. From Patti in San Diego, CA

Which is more important in acquiring autofocus? The body or the lens or both?

3. From Arnold in Boston, MA

I have a paid assignment (my first) involving travel photography to another country. I need a guide or a helper who knows the language and customs of the area to help me get the coverage I need of the area. Any idea on how to find one?

4. From Tommy in Lancaster, PA

When I look at my images on the back of my DSLR on the LCD am I seeing a JPEG or the RAW file?

5. From Annie in Prescott, AZ

I have to make photographs of my son’s fourth grade class. Do I need to worry about re-touching such portraits?

6. From Henry in Paris, France

Why do photographers who shoot video always use ND filters?

7. From Willy in Toronto, Ontario

What do you say to models in order to relax them? Some of the people I photograph are so uptight when I make their portrait that it ruins the picture and I need some advice on how to calm them down.

8. From Chris in Oklahoma City, OK

I use a calibration tool on my Mac monitor. Do I need to mess with this on my iPhone and iPad too?

9. From Kevin in Santa Fe, NM

I know you’ve covered this before but with all the changes in Photoshop (now Creative Cloud) can you recommend that photographers start out with Lightroom and then decide if they need Photoshop or just bite the bullet and get both?

10. From Ken in Atlanta, GA

I hear that on M43 cameras, your depth-of-field is doubled meaning f/2 is really f/4. Does that impact how much light hits the sensor?

11. From Larry in Kokomo, IN

Regardless of what cameras/lenses you’re using now, if you had to start all over and had all the budget you wanted, what camera system would you buy and why?

12. From Al in Garden City, New York

This is for Scott: I've listened to you for many years and have learned so much from you. I have often wondered but never heard from you directly on how and when you decided to concentrate on bird photography. What is it about the subject of birds that made you devote so much of your time and energy towards them?

Direct download: The_Q__A_Show_November_7th_2016.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 8:51pm EDT

Get the show here or get it on iTunesDon't forget to post a review on iTunes.

In this renewed, reinvigorated episode of The Mind Your Own Business Podcast, Scott Bourne and Skip Cohen discuss effectively showing your work -- both online and in print -- which is one of the basic ways you can get paid as a professional photographer.

Specific topics of discussion include the following:

  • Your gallery is one of your most valuable pieces of real estate on your website. Make it easy for people to find.
  • Your business card is your first opportunity to show your work.
  • 6x9 inch postcards with 2-3 of your best photos on it are a wonderful leave-behind tool and mailer piece.
  • Very practical strategies to approach local businesses in your area to generate business. Go to where your target audience is.
  • Only show your BEST of the best of your work. It should be your most impressive, "wow" work.
  • Use your own images on your own holiday card as a marketing tool.
  • The concept of pop-up galleries to display your work.
  • You never know what opportunities will arise if you are relentless at showing your very best work.
  • Using your phone to show your images is not enough.
  • Adobe Portfolio is a powerful, simple way to display your images.
  • On your website, make your images take top priority, and provide a way for people to get in touch with you.
  • Your images have to be outstanding. It's not about quantity, but quality.
  • Show work you can reproduce, not just the "lucky shots"

 

Please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We'd also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future?

Direct download: MYOB_8_high.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 12:30am EDT

Scott BourneMarco Larousse discuss these new products and mirrorless topics on this episode of the Photofocus #Mirrorless podcast:

  • Leica has announced a new option for their Leica Q full frame mirrorless camera (Type 116). You can now buy the Leica Q in Titanium gray. Changes over the regular black version are: The top and bottom plate of the camera will be “Titanium Grey” instead of black, the distance scale markings will be red instead of the usual yellow and the strap will be made of a different material. You can find out more about this camera on Leica's website here: http://us.leica-camera.com/Photography/Leica-Q/LEICA-Q
  • Sony just announced their new flagship APS-C mirrorless camera called the Sony a6500. This camera is announced only 8 months after Sony announced the a6300, the previous flagship model. And while many features and specs stayed the same, Sony did add a larger buffer, in-body-5-axis stabilization and a touch enabled screen. The camera body will retail for US $1398 or €1699. You can find out more about this camera on Sony's website here: http://www.sony.com/electronics/interchangeable-lens-cameras/ilce-6500
  • Ricoh has just released a new version of their very popular and easy to use 360° panorama camera. The new Ricoh THETA SC is a slightly stripped down version of the top of the line THETA S camera. In comparison to the THETA S the new THETA SC does not offer an HDMI port and the Full HD 360° video is limited to 5 minutes of recording time. The 8GB built-in memory can store up to 1600 images and the new SC comes in 4 colors. The SC's list price is $299 and you can find out more about this camera on Ricoh's THETA360 website here: https://theta360.com/en/about/theta/sc.html
  • Lensbaby has announced the Trio 28 which is a unique creative 3 in 1 lens created specifically for mirrorless cameras. It offers similar effects to the Lensbaby Twist, Velvet and Sweet optics in one lens. To switch between the three lenses you simply have to rotate the lens. The lens is a 28mm fixed f3.5 lens with a distance scale on the manual focus dial. And the lens is, of course, manual focus only. The lens is available for Sony E, M4/3 and Fuji X mount and it is priced at US $279,95 or €299,90. You can find out more about this lens on Lensbaby's website here: http://lensbaby.com/product/trio-28/
  • We have a Photofocus Mirrorless Flickr group that is open to our listeners and photos taken with all mirrorless camera brands. If you want to join just let us know through the "request invitation" button on the group and drop us a quick line there. We'll add you to the group then. And please ask for the invite via the web browser and not via the Flickr App. The invite process via the app has not been working reliably.

Please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or to post a quick review on iTunes for us.

For more information on Scott Bourne follow him on Twitter: @ScottBourne

For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam

About this show:

On the monthly #Mirrorless episode of the Photofocus podcast, Scott and Marco will discuss the news from the mirrorless camera world related to innovations, trends, gear and accessories. And they will introduce mirrorless camera manufacturers by interviewing the respective managers of those manufacturers. And they invite pro photographers who make their living working with mirrorless cameras to share some tips and tricks on their workflow.

Direct download: The_Mirrorless_Show___Photofocus_Podcast_October_28_2016.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 12:00am EDT

The PhotoFocus InFocus Interview Show FOR OCT 21ST, 2016. With your Host Rod Harlan.

As always we have 3 Inspiring Interviews with well-known movers and shakers in the industry.

We’ll start with Chamira Young interviewing Scott Valentine about how Experimentation plays a role in artists finding their own style as well as pushing their own boundaries.

Then we’ll move to Levi Sim interviewing Corey Barker about being a designer and running his own business, his visual and design inspiration that comes from movies, and where other ideas and inspiration come from for him.

And we end with Robert Vanelli interviewing Daniel Gregory how to find inspiration for your work, the history of photography, the introspective side of photography that leads to creating work with intention.

Direct download: The_InFocus_Interview_Show_Photofocus_Podcast_October_21_2016.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 9:58pm EDT

On this #Inspiration "light" episode of the Photofocus podcast Scott and Marco discuss these topics:
  • Get to know an inspirational photographer: This month Scott introduces you to the portrait photographer Don Blair better known as Big Daddy. (1925 - 2004). Don was a portrait photographer who was known for his attention to detail and was beloved in the industry. Scott was fortunate to have met Don and learned about lighting and posing from him.
  • After some listener feedback, Scott and Marco decided to talk about light in photography in this show.
  • Did you have your photography break-through moment and have learned to "see and read light"?
  • Light the problem and also remember to subtract light when necessary.
  • Expose for the main subject and add light to your subject in order to subtract light from the unnecessary objects.
  • Marco shares an exercise that everyone can do at home in order to see how light position, angle and power can influence a faces appearance in a photo.
  • Scott talks about lighting styles and the quality of light.
  • Marco shares some info about the latest generation of strobes and small but flexible LED constant light sources.
  • Marco's photo book of the month pick is: PICTURE PERFECT LIGHTING by Roberto Valenzuela To go along with our light in photography theme of this show. Roberto has created a truly original system for understanding and controlling light in photography. He discusses the universal nature of light and introduces the five key behaviors of light, which are essential to understanding in order to improve your knowledge of light. The book can be ordered at Rocky Nook for $39.99 ebook, 49.95 print or 59.95 for both: http://www.rockynook.com/shop/photography/picture-perfect-lighting/

 

Please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or to post a quick review on iTunes for us.

For more information on Scott Bourne follow him on Twitter: @ScottBourne

For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam

About this show:

On the monthly #Inspiration episode of the Photofocus podcast, Scott and Marco will discuss the art, history and motivation in photography that often gets lost in today's media rich world. Slow down, look closer and put more intent into photography to increase your creativity and final results. And simply spread the pure love of photography.

Direct download: The_Inspiration_Show__Photofocus_Podcast_October_14_2016.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 12:00am EDT

Ron Pepper and Scott Bourne discuss the issues surrounding your light source, setting the appropriate white balance, and when to use a different white balance for a more dramatic image. They also address the difficulties of shooting with competing light sources.

Direct download: The_Problem_Solving_Show_Photofocus_Podcast_October_11th_2016.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 6:20pm EDT

Richard Harrington and Scott Bourne answer viewers photography questions.

Q&A Podcast Questions

1. From Jeremy in Grass Valley Oregon

I am shooting wrestlers and want to portray how tough these athletes really are so I actually want their blemishes and bruises to stand out in my photos. How do I accomplish this?

2. From Brandy in Santa Fe, NM

I am shopping for a flash. I keep seeing them rated based on “guide number.” Can you explain this please?

3. From Coup in San Mateo, CA

I only have one lens right now and am saving up for a telephoto lens. My digital camera has a feature called the “digital zoom” but some people say I shouldn’t use that feature. Can you tell me why?

4. From Phil in Benton, AK

I note that LR and other post-processing programs offer lens distortion corrections that are paired to specific lenses. Are these corrections trustworthy and/or is there a better way to do it?

5. From Derrick in St. Louis, MO

I heard Scott say something about exposing to the right. What does that mean and why would I need to do it?

6. From Xavier in Chicago, IL

I want to photograph sports but am not sure how to go about getting access. Do you have any tips?

7. From Norah in Arlington, TX

How important is it to prioritize competing focal points in my compositions?

8. From Diana in Flushing, NY

I know this is a real beginner’s question but what is LIVE VIEW and why would I use it instead of the regular viewfinder?

9. From Dave in Orlando, FL

My friends say there’s no need to make prints but every one of the serious photographers I’ve heard of say prints are still important. What do you two think?

10. From Amy in Bloomington, IN

Where do you find story ideas and things to photograph? Sometimes I struggle with what to shoot.

Direct download: The_Q__A_Show_October_7th_2016.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 12:00pm EDT

Get the show here or get it on iTunesDon't forget to post a review on iTunes.

In this renewed, reinvigorated episode of The Mind Your Own Business Podcast, Scott Bourne and Skip Cohen discuss actionable ways to improve your photography business.

Specific topics of discussion include the following:


-Make sure you have a professional headshot of yourself up on your website, and in your marketing material.

-Proofread your material. This includes your website, business card, etc. The service Grammarly will help you with punctuation and proofreading, for example. Or, you could look for an English teacher, or an A student who’s passionate about writing. If you want to be a better writer, then read as well.

-Try not to be a gear hound. The gear does not make the photographer. Learn how to be a people-person. Also, consider renting or leasing gear and trying to make great pictures.
Publish your phone number for people to contact you. Also, if you put a form on your website, respond quickly. Time is off the essence when responding to potential clients.

-Listen to your clients, learn their vision, and learn what they’re really asking for. Don’t assume you understand. We’re in the problem-solving business above all. Learn empathy.

-Be consistent in blogging and staying in contact with your readership. Your website is about what you sell. Your blog is about what’s in your heart.

-Within your photography portfolio, focus on quality rather than quantity.
Learn how to use studio lighting.

-Have back up gear to every shoot. Failure to prepare is preparing to fail.

-Avoid showing work that is technically above your skillset (as in, don’t create work you can’t duplicate). Don’t be a workshop photographer – as in, copying someone else’s set up.

-Avoid taking on “trolls”. Don’t engage them. You will never win. Winston Churchill once said, “If you throw stones at every barking dog along the way, you will never reach your destination.”

-Don’t spread rumors.

-Try to make the best photos possible. Perform at the highest level every time you make pictures.

 

Please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We'd also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future?

Direct download: MYOB_7_high.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 12:30am EDT

On this special "Photokina 2016" episode of the Photofocus #Mirrorless Show Scott and Marco discuss these new products and mirrorless topics:

  • Marco shares his first-hand experience from the Photokina (the largest photography related trade show in the world) show floor and wrote three blog posts about it:
  • Fuji announced the development of the new 50 MPix GFX medium format camera. Marco had a first hands-on and talks about his impression. And he also managed to get his hands on the soon to be released XF 50mm f2 lens.
  • Marco was also fortunate enough to get a 45-minute interview with Hasselblad's product manager Ove Bengtson and talked about the new 50 MPix medium format X1D camera, the target audience and the past, present and future of Hasselblad.
  • Panasonic's biggest announcement was the development of the Lumix GH5 camera, that is due around March 2017 and will most likely set the new standard in terms of 4K and 6K video recording.
  • Canon and Nikon were also at Photokina, but what did they show in terms of mirrorless cameras?
  • Instax cameras are also mirrorless and were a hot and much-desired item at this year's Photokina.
  • Marco will be at PopUp Gulf Photo Plus in Berlin on October 29th and 30th. He was asked to interview David Hobby and Zack Arias for the Photofocus podcast during the event. And we want to turn the questions that Marco is going to ask them to our audience. Do you have a photography related question that you would like to ask David or Zack? If so, just write it in the comments section below or contact Scott or Marco directly via the links provided at the end of the show notes. And please add to whom you would like the question to be addressed to.
  • We have a Photofocus Mirrorless Flickr group that is open to our listeners and photos taken with all mirrorless camera brands. If you want to join just let us know through the "request invitation" button on the group and drop us a quick line there. We'll add you to the group then. And please ask for the invite via the web browser and not via the Flickr App. The invite process via the app has not been working reliably.

Please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or to post a quick review on iTunes for us.

For more information on Scott Bourne follow him on Twitter: @ScottBourne

For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam

About this show:

On the monthly #Mirrorless episode of the Photofocus podcast, Scott and Marco will discuss the news from the mirrorless camera world related to innovations, trends, gear and accessories. And they will introduce mirrorless camera manufacturers by interviewing the respective managers of those manufacturers. And they invite pro photographers who make their living working with mirrorless cameras to share some tips and tricks on their workflow.

Direct download: The_Mirrorless_Show___Photofocus_Podcast_September_28_2016.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 12:00am EDT

The PhotoFocus InFocus Interview Show FOR Sept 21ST, 2016, with your Host Rod Harlan. 

As always we have 3 Powerful Interviews with well-known movers and shakers in the industry.

We’ll start with Robert Vanelli interviewing Frank Doorhof about the importance of using story telling in his photography and his use of Adobe Photoshop as well.

Then we’ll move to Scott Bourne interviewing Troy Plota about his many decades of work as a commercial photographer shooting for catalogs as well as his new company Plotagraph that sells software that animates still photographs.

And we end with Chamira Young interviewing Fashion Photographer Lindsey Adler about her start in the industry, where she finds her passion for photography, and about finding your own personal photographic style.

Direct download: The_InFocus_Interview_Show_Photofocus_Podcast_September_21th_2016.mp3
Category:general -- posted at: 11:37pm EDT

On this inspiration episode of the Photofocus podcast Marco invited street photographer Valerie Jardin, to cover these topics on inspiration and street photography:

  • Marco starts off with an announcement regarding the PopUp Gulf Photo Plus in Berlin on October 29th and 30th. He was asked to interview David Hobby and Zack Arias for the Photofocus podcast during the event. And we want to turn the questions that Marco is going to ask them to our audience. Do you have a photography related question that you would like to ask David or Zack? If so, just write it in the comments section below or contact Scott or Marco directly via the links provided at the end of the show notes. And please add to whom you would like the question to be addressed to.
  • Get to know an inspirational photographer: This month Valerie introduces you to the American photographer and painter Saul Leiter (1923 - 2013). Saul is best known for his color photos of New York in the 40s and 50s of the last century. He along with Robert Frank and Diane Arbus influenced the 40’s and 50’s with his photography that was later coined as New York School of Photographers. Check out his work and be inspired by his images.
  • What is the definition of street photography?
  • How and why did Valerie and Marco get started with street photography?
  • Why should someone start with street photography?
  • Is street photography important for society?
  • Can someone make a living with street photography?
  • How to get started and what should one look out for in the beginning?

You can see more of Valerie's Work and find all the links to her social media accounts and workshop schedule on her website: http://www.valeriejardinphotography.com/

Please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or to post a quick review on iTunes for us.

For more information on Scott Bourne follow him on Twitter: @ScottBourne

For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam

About this show:

On the monthly #Inspiration episode of the Photofocus podcast, Scott and Marco will discuss the art, history and motivation in photography that often gets lost in today's media rich world. Slow down, look closer and put more intent into photography to increase your creativity and final results. And simply spread the pure love of photography.

Direct download: The_Inspiration_Show__Photofocus_Podcast_September_14_2016.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 12:00am EDT

Ron Pepper and Scott Bourne tackle the problem of NOISE in your photographs, using both pre and post processing, and they discuss the Panasonic GX8 camera and it’s ability to auto-bracket. 


Richard Harrington and Scott Bourne answer viewer questions.

Q&A Podcast Questions

1. From Tim in Yakima, WA

I am new to digital photography and keep reading about certain cameras being “noisy.” While this may be a stupid question - what does that mean? Noisy?

2. From Cam in Queens, NY

I would like to get started with real estate and architectural photography. What camera lenses would you suggest I use for that purpose?

3. From Tom in Orlando, FL for Rich

I am shooting video with my Panasonic GH4 and keep hearing about shooting with a “Flat” profile. What is that and why is that important?

4. From Shawn in Las Vegas, NV

I want to practice my portrait photography and my family is sick of me asking them to pose. I want to hire some models but don’t have a big budget. Can you suggest ways of finding affordable models for photography?

5. From Kai in San Diego, CA for Scott

I know Scott used to use film back in the day so maybe he can tell me if I should invest in some old film. I have seen film on Ebay that is recently “expired.” Would it be safe to try this? The person is selling it pretty cheap and I like experimenting with film.

6. From Pyra in Bangalore, India

I have been shooting images that I want to convert to Black & White. I see lots of cityscapes with black skies but the images were made during the day. I like that effect. How do I get it?

7. From Anton in Burlington, VT

What is the difference between “cross type” autofocus points and non “cross type?”

8. From Tom in Apple Valley, MN

I want to use a small aperture to increase my depth-of-field, but I realize that by stopping down I increase the possibility of lens diffraction. What are the trade offs and other possible solutions to attain greater DOF without sacrificing image quality.

9. From Don in Phoenix, AZ

With the advent of accurate auto white balance do I still need to worry about using the eye dropper tool in LR/PS to set color balance in post?

Direct download: The_Q__A_Show_September_7th_2016_mixdown.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 7:42pm EDT

Get the show here or get it on iTunesDon't forget to post a review on iTunes.

In this renewed, reinvigorated episode of The Mind Your Own Business Podcast, Scott Bourne and guest host Chamira Young discuss actionable ways to improve your photography business.

Specific topics of discussion include the following:

  • Don't base your pricing solely on what other photographers are charging. Be confident in your price and say it with authority.

  • We need to be confident in ourselves as photographers. Even if your skill set is adequate with your camera, you still have to believe in yourself.

  • Be sure of your craft and your position in the market through study.

  • If someone says no to your pricing, that usually means you're talking to the wrong person.

  • Your ideal client is NOT everybody. You need to target on your ideal client. If you're talking to someone who has the authority, the money, and the need for your services, then you're most likely talking to the right person.

  • You have to make a connection with your clients. We're in the business of relationships.

  • Analyze yourself honestly.

  • "Hope" is not a business strategy.

  • Up your personal game. Try to be the best you absolutely can. This will help the market overall.

 

Please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We'd also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future?

Direct download: Mind_Your_Own_Business_Photofocus_Podcast_September_1_2016_High.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 12:30am EDT

On this episode of the Photofocus #Mirrorless Show Scott and Marco will discuss these new products and mirrorless topics:

  • Photokina is just around the corner. It will be held from September 20th to the 25th in Cologne, Germany. Marco will be there to find out what's the latest and greatest in the photography industry. And for those who are planning on going and don't have a ticket yet: Our friends at Hahnemuehle Fine Art paper manufacturer have given Marco a few day pass tickets to give away. Listen to the episode to find out what you have to do for your chance to get a free ticket.
  • The Korean lens manufacturer Samyang announced another new lens for mirrorless cameras. Their newest lens is the Samyang 35mm F1.2 ED AS UMC CS lens. It is a manual focus lens made for APS-C cameras and will be shipped for Sony E, MFT, Fujifilm X and Canon mounts. The price info has not yet been released.
  • Sony has also released a FW update for their a7R II full frame mirrorless camera. The FW 3.30 update is mainly a stability improvement update but it also implements support for radio controlled lighting systems and can be downloaded from the Sony website: https://www.sony.de/support/de/product/ILCE-7RM2
  • Scott shares his first impressions on all of the m43 lenses that he has recently purchased for his Panasonic Lumix GX8 camera.
  • We have a Photofocus Mirrorless Flickr group that is open to our listeners and photos taken with all mirrorless camera brands. If you want to join just let us know through the "request invitation" button on the group and drop us a quick line there. We'll add you to the group then. And please ask for the invite via the web browser and not via the Flickr App. The invite process via the app has not been working reliably.
  • We have picked our monthly featured photographer and image from our Photofocus Mirrorless group. The image we picked this month was taken by Nicolas Winspeare and is called "The Z"

Please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or to post a quick review on iTunes for us.

For more information on Scott Bourne follow him on Twitter: @ScottBourne

For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam

About this show:

On the monthly #Mirrorless episode of the Photofocus podcast, Scott and Marco will discuss the news from the mirrorless camera world related to innovations, trends, gear and accessories. And they will introduce mirrorless camera manufacturers by interviewing the respective managers of those manufacturers. And they invite pro photographers who make their living working with mirrorless cameras to share some tips and tricks on their workflow.

Direct download: The_Mirrorless_Show___Photofocus_Podcast_August_28_2016.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 12:00am EDT

With your new host Rod Harlan. In this episode Scott Bourne interviews Trey Radcliffe about a new line of camera bags, some new AuroraHDR News, and a bit about the History of Art. Then, Levi Sim interviews Matt Kloskowski about HDR and bracketing, combined with using the power of modern cameras to help you be more creative. Finally, we have Kevin Ames interviewing Drobo CTO Rod Harrison about the new line of Drobo models, the history of the company, and the difference between regular RAID systems and their Beyond Raid system.

 

Brought to you by HDRSoft, B&H, Perfectly Clear by Athentech and Drobo.

Direct download: InFocus_Show_8.21.2016.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 1:00pm EDT

On this #Inspiration "vacation" episode of the Photofocus podcast Scott and Marco discuss these topics:
  • Get to know an inspirational photographer: This month Marco introduces you to the advertising and documentary photographer Elliott Erwitt (born 1928 in Paris). Elliott studied photography and filmmaking in the US and was later invited to join Magnum Photo where he became president of Magnum from 1966-1969. Elliot is a very diverse photographer and he was not only successful in the commercial advertising field, he also managed to be highly regarded in the documentary and art photography community. Elliot is also an incredible street photographer with some iconic photos of humans and dogs. Please take some time to study his diverse portfolio and see that a photographer can become a master of many different genres of photography.
  • Scott and Marco share their tips and thoughts on what a photographer should focus on to be inspired during a vacation.
  • Vacations are a great opportunity to also take a break from your "normal" photography. Changing and simplifying gear can not only be a stress relief, it can also by an incredible inspiration push.
  • Focusing on different genres and objects from your daily photography may not only pose a welcome challenge, but it may also help you to encounter challenges outside your comfort zone that help you learn new photographic skills.
  • Find out why Marco thinks that your camera can become your best buddy when travelling the world on your own. And how it can help you meet new people.
  • And make the point of documenting even the ordinary moments of your vacation and upload your valuable memories to a photo book service within 7 days of your return from your vacations! Don't over process to make it too much work. Go with the vacation flow and simplify and use the jpg images. You and your loved ones will be very happy to hold a tangible book with those important images in their hands.
  • Scott's photo book of the month pick is: On the iPhone by David Hume Kennerly To go along with our simplifying your photography theme of this show, this is a book of a Pulitzer Price winning photographer who captured the world with an iPhone.

Please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or to post a quick review on iTunes for us.

For more information on Scott Bourne follow him on Twitter: @ScottBourne

For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam

About this show:

On the monthly #Inspiration episode of the Photofocus podcast, Scott and Marco will discuss the art, history and motivation in photography that often gets lost in today's media rich world. Slow down, look closer and put more intent into photography to increase your creativity and final results. And simply spread the pure love of photography.

Direct download: The_Inspiration_Show__Photofocus_Podcast_August_14_2016.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 12:00am EDT

Ron Pepper and Scott Bourne tackle the problem of WHEN to remove people from your shot and HOW to achieve that successfully.

Direct download: Problem_Solving_Show_8.11.2016.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 4:12pm EDT

Rich Harrington and Scott Bourne answer viewer questions.

Q&A Podcast Questions

1. From Jason via the Web

I have 16MP photos from a Fuji XT1 that I want to print 30” and that I will display in my home. Do I need to “up-res” them?

2. From Andy in Cle Elum, WA

I am deciding between a 16 and a 20mp camera. All other things being equal should I pick the one with the most megapixels?

3. From Michele in Rochester, MN

I want to build a photo studio. Should I paint the ceiling white, black, gray or a reflective color so I can manage the light?

4. From Justine via the Web

I like to shoot panoramic photographs using stitching methods you guys have suggested at Photofocus. I see some new cameras are coming out that have the ability to shoot panoramic images built in. Do these cameras do this as well as the stitching method?

5. From Hondo in Londonbury, CT

I have lots of camera gear. I struggle with how to store it when I am not using it. What do you guys do? Do you keep it in bags, boxes, closets, a safe, etc.?

6. From Chandra in Danbury, CT

This is for Scott. I noticed on Twitter that you posted a bird photo and someone asked you what camera and lens you used to make a photo. Do you think that the person asking that question believes that if they use the same camera and lens they can make that photo? Or do you think they want to know something else? I am puzzled.

7. From John in Sydney, Australia

This is for Rich. I have heard recently that people advise video shooters to capture video at a high frame rate and then slow it down to 24fps to “smooth” it out. Can you explain what that means and are there any super easy consumer level video editing programs that employ that function?

8. From Laurie in LA, CA

When making vacation or family photos is it better to use the camera’s built-in timed shutter release or to use an app on a phone you click in your pocket or otherwise hide from the camera?

9. From Molly in Trenton, NJ

Can you explain the advantages/disadvantages of using silver, v. white, v. gold reflectors?

10. From Roger in Pasadena, CA

My dad left me an old Sekonic handheld light meter. Is there any reason to hang on to gear like this? Is it needed or even useable in the digital age?

11. From Sophia in Franklin, TN

I want to start learning to edit photos on a computer. The only computer I have is six years old. How much computer do you need these days to take advantage of the best photo editing software?

12. From Jenny in Dallas, TX

I have been shooting for about two years and am starting to get pretty serious about photography. How long should I wait before starting to think about building a portfolio?

Direct download: 8.7.16_Podcast_mixdown128.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 5:06pm EDT

In this renewed, reinvigorated episode of The Mind Your Own Business Podcast, Scott Bourne and Skip Cohen discuss actionable ways to improve your photography business. In this particular episode, they discuss how to distinguish yourself from the competition by providing excellent Customer Service to your clients.

Specific topics of discussion include the following:

  • You don’t have to be the best photographer in town, or have the highest end gear, but you can choose to build relationships with your customers.
  • It’s about being nice and listening to your customers.
  • You can develop a great reputation for your business even if you mess up – make sure you come back and deliver great Customer Service in order to fix potentially negative situations.
  • It’s how you handle your mistakes that separates you from your competition.
  • When you make a mistake, admit that you’re wrong without assigning blame on the customer, even if you believe they are at fault. Move on to solving the problem for them in order to make them happy with your service.
  • The internet is powerful, and word (positive or negative!) about your business travels fast.
  • Empathize. Remember to listen twice as much as you talk. Handle things quickly.

Please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We'd also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future?

Direct download: Mind_Your_Own_Business_Photofocus_Podcast_August_1_2016_High.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 12:30am EDT

On this episode of the Photofocus #Mirrorless Show Scott and Marco will discuss these new products and mirrorless topics:

  • Scott talks about his trip to Photoshop World in Las Vegas with his mirrorless camera.
  • Sigma has announced pricing and availability of the sd Quattro camera. The body only will be a competitive $799 (US). A unique feature of this camera is the 'Super-Fine Detail' mode that combines 7 exposures into one high dynamic range image.
  • Samyang Optics have announced the global availability of the long-awaited autofocus lens: Samyang AF 50/1.4 FE. It is made for Sony E mount Mirrorless cameras with full frame sensor size. The lens will be globally available from August, and the suggested retail price is EUR 579 (approx. $600 US).
  • There is another new 50mm f1.4 lens for Sony - this one is made by Zeiss. The Zeiss Planar T* FE 50mm F1.4 ZA lens. This full-frame fast prime features an 11-blade aperture for circular out-of-focus highlights a.k.a. Bokeh, even as you stop down. This lens will retail for $1.500 US.
  • Fujifilm has released a fix for their last firmware fix that caused problems for some users after the lens firmware upgrade of the XF 90mm f2 and the XF 16-55mm f2.8 lenses. The fix for the fix can be downloaded here: http://www.fujifilm.com/news/n160712.html
  • Fujifilm has also launched an updated Instax printer. The new Instax SP-2 is faster and has a better resolution for the credit card sized Instax mini prints. The Printer can be used with most smartphones or directly with Fuji X-cameras and will retail for about $200 US. Scott also shares his Instax mini experience from the past and Marco adds a few wishes for a future Instax printer.
  • We have a Photofocus Mirrorless Flickr group that is open to our listeners and photos taken with all mirrorless camera brands. If you want to join just let us know through the "request invitation" button on the group and drop us a quick line there. We'll add you to the group then. And please ask for the invite via the web browser and not via the Flickr App. The invite process via the app has not been working reliably.
  • We have picked our monthly featured photographer and image from our Photofocus Mirrorless group. The image we picked this month was taken by Jim Harvey and is called Made in China
  • Marco has reserved two free spots for our listeners for a sponsored street photography day and photo walk in Hannover, Germany on August 27. Contact him if you want one of these spots.

Please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or to post a quick review on iTunes for us.

For more information on Scott Bourne follow him on Twitter: @ScottBourne

For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam

About this show:

On the monthly #Mirrorless episode of the Photofocus podcast, Scott and Marco will discuss the news from the mirrorless camera world related to innovations, trends, gear and accessories. And they will introduce mirrorless camera manufacturers by interviewing the respective managers of those manufacturers. And they invite pro photographers who make their living working with mirrorless cameras to share some tips and tricks on their workflow.

Direct download: The_Mirrorless_Show___Photofocus_Podcast_July_28_2016.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 12:00am EDT

In this episode of the InFocus Interview Show, our guests discuss HDR photography, how they use Photomatix Pro in their workflow, and more!

We have four great interviews in today's episode. They are as follows:

1. Chamira interviews Bob Lussier. In their discussion, they chat about:

  • How Bob uses his HDR to document abandoned textile spaces and equipment
  • How he captures the essences of the buildings he shoots
  • How he uses Photomatix in his workflow.
  • The evolution of HDR.

2. Chamira interviews Colin Smith. In their discussion, they chat about:

  • Colin's early exploration into HDR via 3D work.
  • His early illustrative HDR style, and its evolution into a cleaner, more natural style
  • How he's using HDR with his aerial photography
  • How he uses Photomatix in his workflow for his bracketed shots
  • The process of finding your own style
  • Incorporating a sense of mystery in our image

3. Levi interviews Matt Kloskowki. In their discussion, they chat about:

  • The importance of making a good photo
  • How composition plays a role
  • How far we choose to push HDR style
  • How creativity and artistry play a role in making pictures.

4. Levi interviews Richard Harrington. In their discussion, they chat about:

  • HDR as it applies to black and white photography
  • HDR as it applies to panoramic photography
  • Hand-held HDR vs shooting off of a tripod
  • Time-lapse photography and batch processing

Please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We'd also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future?

Direct download: Infocus_Interview_Podcast_Photofocus_Podcast_July_21_2016_High.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 12:30am EDT

On this #Inspiration "Print" episode of the Photofocus podcast Scott and Marco discuss these topics:
  • Get to know an inspirational photographer: This month Scott introduces you to the American documentary photographer Dorothea Lange (1895 - 1965). She is best known for her documentary photography during the great depression (1929-1939). Her most famous image "Migrant Mother" (1936) is one of the most exhibited images in history. Dorothea's work had a great impact on modern documentary photography. Her images gave the poor and forgotten a face and her work for the FSA from 1935-1939 is iconic for that time.
  • Scott and Marco share their thoughts on why printing your image is so important - especially in today's digital world.
  • In the interview, we cover printers, ink, paper, calibration, software settings and icc profiles. And all of this is today a lot less complicated than many may think!
  • After the interview Scott and Marco share more thoughts on their experiences with printing and strongly urge you, the audience to take action and print more of your work. It may be a life changing experience for your photography.

 

Please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or to post a quick review on iTunes for us.

For more information on Scott Bourne follow him on Twitter: @ScottBourne

For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam

About this show:

On the monthly #Inspiration episode of the Photofocus podcast, Scott and Marco will discuss the art, history and motivation in photography that often gets lost in today's media rich world. Slow down, look closer and put more intent into photography to increase your creativity and final results. And simply spread the pure love of photography.

Direct download: The_Inspiration_Show__Photofocus_Podcast_July_14_2016.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 12:00am EDT

In this episode of the Problem Solving show, Scott Bourne and Pepper discuss the problems photographers face. They also offer solutions to help solve these problems.

In today's episode, they discuss the importance of having the right tool for the job.

Specific topics of their discussion include the following:

  • The concept of being "polycamerous"
  • Working with various camera systems
  • Taking 360 panoramas with the Ricoh Theta
  • The lightweight, high quality Lumix cameras
  • Fuji cameras as a "serious compact" system
  • The ways that Canon and Nikon are upping their game
  • Choose the camera that's the best solution for the given situation you are in
  • Taking into account the weight of your camera body and lens
  • Feeling free to add gear to your list without feeling like you're "cheating" on your camera brand
  • Switching to a less professional-looking camera in order to better blend into your surroundings
  • Sometimes the smaller camera is the better camera for particular jobs

 

Please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We'd also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future?

Direct download: Problem_Solving_Podcast_Photofocus_Podcast_July_11_2016_High.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 1:07am EDT

Direct download: 7_6_16QAPodcast_mixdown.output.mp3
Category: -- posted at: 10:36am EDT

In this renewed, reinvigorated episode of The Mind Your Own Business Podcast, Scott Bourne and Skip Cohen discuss marketing tips to improve your photography business. In this particular episode, they discuss how to make the most of photography trade shows. This includes what to look for, how to invest your time wisely, what to do, and also what not to do.

Specific topics of discussion include the following:

  • Plan ahead and determine your budget
  • Build an action plan for when you get back (follow-up)
  • Make a list of your gear, or gear you would like to have, and plan to visit those vendors at the trade show.
  • The concept of “storm-trooping” at trade shows
  • Pick courses/classes at trade shows that will help you bump up your skillset and improve your weak skills.
  • For portfolio reviews at trade shows, consider taking your worst work so that the reviewers can help you problem solve. Don’t try to show off. Instead, try to improve.
  • At the end of each day of a trade show, make notes and catalog the business cards that you collected, so that you can properly follow up later.
  • Be practical: wear comfortable shoes, and bring your business cards.
  • Bring your “persona”
  • Be helpful
  • Know your spending power in advance
Direct download: Mind_Your_Own_Business_Photofocus_Podcast_July_1_2016_High.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 12:30am EDT

On this episode of the Photofocus #Mirrorless Show Scott and Marco will discuss these new products and mirrorless topics:

  • Hasselblad has just announced the first compact mirrorless medium format camera. It is called the Hasselblad X1D and has a 50 MPix CMOS sensor (44mm x 33mm) that works at a native ISO range from ISO 100- 25600. We discuss the cameras features, lens options and price. And we give our initial thoughts on the announcement of this camera.
  • Panasonic has announced a new Panasonic Leica DG Summilux 12mm f1.4 lens. The lens offers the classic 24mm field of view for m4/3 cameras. Scott has ordered this lens along with a new Panasonic GX8 and he'll talk about his experiences in a future Photofocus mirrorless show.
  • We share some news regarding Olympus and Panasonic. There are potential supply shortages and product delays caused by the negative effects of the Kumamoto earthquake on April 14th, 2016.
  • Adobe has released an update to Lightroom 6.6 / CC 2015.6 that improves overall performance and added new cameras and lens profiles  for these mirrorless cameras: Canon PowerShot G7 X Mark II, Leica M-D (Typ 262), Nikon COOLPIX B700, Panasonic DMC-GX85 (DMC-GX80, DMC-GX7MK2). The CC version also received new features.
  • Scott answers two listener question regarding the quality difference and usage situations of the mechanical- vs. the electronic shutter. And if the Lumix GX8 in-body image stabilisation needs to be turned off when used on a tripod?
  • Marco answers a listener question regarding the choice of a wide angle lens for street photography and environmental street portraits. The listener asked specifically about the Fujinon XF 14mm f2.8 vs. the Fujinon XF 16mm f1.4 lens.
  • We now have a Photofocus Mirrorless Flickr group that is open to our listeners and photos taken with all mirrorless camera brands. If you want to join just let us know through the "request invitation" button on the group and drop us a quick line there. We'll add you to the group then. And please ask for the invite via web browser and not via the Flickr App. The invite process via the app has not been working reliably.
  • We have picked our monthly featured photographer and image from our Photofocus Mirrorless group. The image we picked this month was taken by Patrick Gorden and is called Lets rock!

 

Please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or to post a quick review on iTunes for us.

For more information on Scott Bourne follow him on Twitter: @ScottBourne

For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam

About this show:

On the monthly #Mirrorless episode of the Photofocus podcast, Scott and Marco will discuss the news from the mirrorless camera world related to innovations, trends, gear and accessories. And they will introduce mirrorless camera manufacturers by interviewing the respective managers of those manufacturers. And they invite pro photographers who make their living working with mirrorless cameras to share some tips and tricks on their workflow.

Direct download: The_Mirrorless_Show___Photofocus_Podcast_June_28_2016.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 12:00am EDT

 

This weeks show we here from Levi Sim who gets a chance to sit down with Mark Toal.

Levi and Mark discuss who is Mark and his background. How he got started. They then dive into the importance of practice and originality and even carrying your camera. The highlight is hearing Mark's experience photographing Muhammed Ali and they tie it all in by sharing what it means to take advantage of opportunities. 

Then Pamela sits down with Larry Tiefenbrunn who is behind the Platypod Pro and Platypod Max that has been getting rave reviews from every direction. Learn about the Kickstarter, the buzz, unique ways of using the product and much more.

Direct download: 6_21_16Podcast_mixdown.output.mp3
Category: -- posted at: 12:05am EDT

On this #Inspiration episode of the Photofocus podcast Scott and Marco discuss these topics:
  • Get to know an inspirational photographer: This month Marco introduces you to the professional "socially engaged documentary photographer" Sebastião Salgado. Sebastião's documentary work has been published in many top-tier magazines and exhibited in some of the world's most famous photo galleries and museums. Many will know his photos of the firemen working on the oilfield fires in Kuwait. He has also published multiple books such as "Workers" or "Genesis". Sebastião has documented many conflict-torn regions in the world and over time changed his focus to look at the beauty of nature with his photography. He and his wife started a stunning environmental project to reforest the rainforest in his home region in Brazil about 20 years ago. There is also a fantastic documentary movie about Sebastião's life as a photographer that is called "The Salt of the Earth" and that is really worth watching.
  • Marco explains why current events (a.k.a. tornado) changed the plans and topic for this episode of the inspiration podcast to "protecting your precious visual memories in today's digital world".
  • Choosing and handling your memory cards in the field.
  • Image management and drive strategy for safe storing your images at home / in your office (RAID, NAS, Time Machine etc.)
  • More onsite and offsite backup options for redundancy and real backup. Remember, redundancy is not automatically backup!
  • Offsite options via online backup services, a second NAS etc.
  • Scott's photo book of the month pick is: America from 500 Feet II by Bill Fortney. Scott is still picking up this book regularly and is very impressed with the images that Bill took with an ultralight plane in the 1990's.

Please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or to post a quick review on iTunes for us.

For more information on Scott Bourne follow him on Twitter: @ScottBourne

For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam

About this show:

On the monthly #Inspiration episode of the Photofocus podcast, Scott and Marco will discuss the art, history and motivation in photography that often gets lost in today's media rich world. Slow down, look closer and put more intent into photography to increase your creativity and final results. And simply spread the pure love of photography.

Direct download: The_Inspiration_Show___Photofocus_Podcast_June_14_2016.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 12:00am EDT

 

Problem solving podcast with Scott Bourne and Pepper

 

They go into depth on issues you have probably faced and used their knowledge and experience to get great images. 

Great location however, conditions aren’t ideal, what are your options? Pepper and Scott go into issues such as light, dynamic range, composition and post processing to help you utilize the less than ideal images to find great images. Then they follow up with a question from the last show regarding density filters and shooting the moon.

Direct download: 6_11_16Podcast_mixdown.output.mp3
Category: -- posted at: 1:16pm EDT

Several of your questions get answered on this months Q&A with Scott Bourne and Richard Harrington.

Q&A Podcast Questions

1. From Brian in Alberta, Canada

What is a stepping motor lens (Canon) and how is one of these different from Canon’s USM lenses?

2. From Ann in Seattle, WA

What are some of your favorite photography books?

3. From Mike in Tampa, FL

I know that this is easy for some people but I am new at photography and am interested in learning the best way to convert a color photo into B&W.

4. From Justin in Anchorage, AK

Have you ever used a monopod rather than a tripod and if so why and what are the advantages?

5. From Henry in London, UK

Are those panos you can make with your smartphone any good? Do I still need to use my DSLR and stitch or will the phone pics work?

6. From Chandler in Brooklyn, NY

What are the advantages and disadvantages of buying a battery grip for your camera?

7. From Jane in Evansville, IN

My father got into bird photography after attending a seminar with Scott Bourne. I know he doesn’t have a long enough lens and has talked about teleconverters. I also know they come in two sizes, 1.4 and 2X. Is there a reason to pick one over the other and can you use the two together at the same time?

8. From Elliot in Fayetteville, AR

I am interested in knowing if there are alternatives to Lightroom and/or Photoshop that you would consider good enough to use as a replacement for one or both. I am not necessarily thinking of switching but want to do some research just in case.

9. From Joe in Topeka, KS

I’ve heard you both talk about neutral density filters. I get that they are used to darken a scene but I guess I don’t know why you would want to do that.

10. From Oliver in Cheyenne, WY

What is the advantage of setting my DSLR’s backbutten focus to acquire AF over the half-press shutter method?

11. From Marvin in Pittsburgh, PA

I have seen some cool shots of cars at night with long trails from their headlights and tail lights. How do I get that effect and do I need any special gear for that?

12. From Jeff in Houston, TX

I want to photograph zoo animals and then possibly create paintings from those photographs. Do I need to get any special permission from the zoo to take pictures and then turn them into paintings?

Direct download: 6_7_16QAPodcast_mixdown.mp3
Category: -- posted at: 1:30am EDT

In this renewed, reinvigorated episode of The Mind Your Own Business Podcast, Scott Bourne and Skip Cohen discuss marketing tips to improve your photography business. In particular, they discuss the following topics:

  • Paying attention to detail allows you to create a great experience for your clients.
  • Respect your work enough to package it well. Give your work the presentation it deserves. This communicates to your client how high end you are.
  • Make it a point to go out to high end stores and observe how they package their product. Examples include stores like Tiffany & Co, and jewelry stores that sell Rolex watches.
  • The little things absolutely count, such as dressing the part or wearing a tie. This applies to writing as well, such as emails and brochures. Proofread your work.
  • Make everyone who walks into your studio feel like a rock star.
  • Sending flowers to brides that book you is one example of treating a client like a rock star.
  • It’s about relationship building. Do research on your clients and find out how you can make them happy.
  • Disney and Nordstrom’s are great examples of companies that go above and beyond when pleasing their customers.
  • Every detail you get right is another stepping stone towards closing the deal and helping your clients protect their memories.
  • Your goal is to exceed client expectations, especially because photography is largely a word of mouth business.
Direct download: Mind_Your_Own_Business_Photofocus_Podcast_June_1_2016_High.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 12:30am EDT

On this episode of the Photofocus #Mirrorless Show Scott and Marco will discuss these new products and mirrorless topics:

  • Sony is one of the biggest image sensor manufacturers for the photographic industry. They announced that their sensor plant in the Kumamoto region in Japan will resume production after an earthquake shut it down on April 14th of this year. This is good news as a longer shut down could have delayed the release of new camera models and lead to shortages of current models, too.
  • Canon announced the EF-M 28mm f3.5 macro IS STM with two controllable built in LED macro lights for it’s mirrorless M cameras. It offers a true 1:1 reproduction plus a 1.2x super macro mode and will retail for only $299 USD.
  • Fujifilm announced the Fujinon 2x Teleconverter XF2X TC WR that will work with the XF 50-140mm f2.8 and XF 100-400mm f4.5-5.6 lenses and that will allow for a maximum equivalent field of view of up to 1,219mm in full frame comparison. The TC will slow the lens aperture down by 2 stops (f5.6 for the XF 50-140mm and f9-11 for the XF 100-400mm) and it will also disable the phase detection autofocus on the longer of the two zoom lenses.
  • Scott shares his ordeal with a broken camera and the Fuji US repair service and raises the question if the lack of Canon or Nikon style pro service offers may be the biggest caveat for pros who would want to switch to mirrorless cameras? Please share your service experiences from mirrorless camera manufacturers with us. And let us know if anyone of them offers a pro service similar to Canon's CPS or Nikon's NPS?
  • Scott is looking for a new interchangable camera from a different brand to switch to. Please share your serious suggestions and tell us why this could be a good mirrorless camera for Scott?
  • Scott and Marco answer a listener question regarding focus peaking settings for more accurate results with less spill outside of the critical focus area.
  • We now have a Photofocus Mirrorless Flickr group that is open for our listeners and photos taken with all mirrorless camera brands. If you want to join just let us know through the "request invitation" button on the group and drop us a quick line there. We'll add you to the group then. And please ask for the invite via web browser and not via the Flickr App. The invite process via the app has not been working reliably.

 

Please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or to post a quick review on iTunes for us.

For more information on Scott Bourne follow him on Twitter: @ScottBourne

For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam

About this show:

On the monthly #Mirrorless episode of the Photofocus podcast Scott and Marco will discuss the news from the mirrorless camera world related to innovations, trends, gear and accessories. And they will introduce mirrorless camera manufacturers by interviewing the respective managers of those manufacturers. And they invite pro photographers who make their living working with mirrorless cameras to share some tips and tricks on their workflow.

Direct download: Photofocus_Podcast_-_Mirrorless_Show_-_May_28_2016.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 12:00am EDT

This weeks episode Pamela sits down with Chris Smith of Out Of Chicago and they discuss how fun, inspiring and creative the conference with a new announcement of a new conference. Then Chamira has another interview from the floor of WPPI from earlier this year. 

 

Pamela Berry/Chris Smith

 

Who is Chris?

What is Out of Chicago?

How did Out of Chicago come about?

Author of Photographers guide to Chicago

Who is coming to Out of Chicago?

The out of Chicago App and information it provides

Announcement of new conference 

What are the classes like?

Going means to be inspired

How can you find out about the conferences?

 

 

Chamira Young/ Sprouts Studio

 

What is Sprouts Studio?

Tips on managing the ratio of business verses behind the camera

Tips on making the transition from hobbyest to Pro

What’s the most important thing to focus on?

What kills your business?

What it’s like to have a system?

More in depth detail on the software of Sprout Studios

Direct download: 05_21_16Podcast_mixdown.output.mp3
Category:general -- posted at: 6:38pm EDT

On this #Inspiration episode of the Photofocus podcast Marco invited two guests and discussed these topics:
  • Get to know an inspirational photographer: This month our guest Monika Andrae introduces you to the award winning fine art and commercial photographer Susan Burnstine. Susan is represented in galleries across the world and has also written for several photography magazines, including a monthly column for Black & White Photography (UK). Take the time to look at her very creative work that she mainly creates with self made cameras on analog film.
  • Why is analog photography all of a sudden a thing again and can shooting film help with your creativity and make you a better photographer?
  • We discuss the different analog cameras that are available today (new & used) like instant film (formerly known as Polaroid), 35mm, medium format and large format and what makes each of them unique.
  • Choosing the right analog film for your mood or vision. B&W, color negative or slide film.
  • Developing options (self develop or sending it to a lab) and briefly look at the scanning options for a hybrid analog/digital workflow.
  • We bust the myth that shooting film is so extremely expensive and digital photography seems to be for free.
  • We also discuss that shooting a roll of film only once a month can be beneficial to you and actual work created, even if you think that you have no time for analog photography and shooting digital is so much faster to create work.
  • Marco's photobook of the month pick is: The Film Photography Handbook - by Chris Marquardt and Monika Andrae. Anyone who wants to expand their knowledge on analog photography and is seeking advice on how to get started shooting film - either for the first time or after a longer break- will find all the essential information in a modern, structured and creative way.

 

Please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or to post a quick review on iTunes for us.

For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam

For more information on Chris Marquardt follow him on Twitter: @chrismarquardt

For more information on Monika Andrae follow her on Twitter: @nahlinse

 

About this show:

On the monthly #Inspiration episode of the Photofocus podcast Scott and Marco will discuss the art, history and motivation in photography that often gets lost in today's media rich world. Slow down, look closer and put more intent into photography to increase your creativity and final results. And simply spread the pure love of photography.

 

Direct download: The_Inspiration_Show___Photofocus_Podcast_May_14_2016.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 12:00am EDT

A brand new podcast featuring Pepper and Scott Bourne. This new episode discusses all about 360 photography. 

Who is Pepper and what does he do?

How to capture 360 degrees? What gear?

Do you need to use a rectilinear lens?

Using a Gigipan?

What is a RICOH THETA S camera? 

Where can you post panoramas? round.me

How do you shoot the moon?

Tips for shooting the moon and problems to overcome

How does software like HDR soft work when you bracket for a moving object like a moon?

How to find Scott & Pepper?

 

Direct download: 5_710_16Podcast_mixdown.output.mp3
Category: -- posted at: 2:50am EDT

This month's PhotoFocus Q&A podcast has a special guest. While Rich is out on assignment, Rick Sammon joins Scott Bourne to answer your questions.

What’s the best lens for bird photography?

How much processing do you do on your images?

Do you have one, most important tip for people photography?

Can you share some good - and bad - travel stories?

What’s the biggest mistake folks make when coming on a workshop.

Rick, you say your speciality is not specializing. Why?

What’s the hardest part of writing a book?

Rick and Scott, do you use Lightroom more than Photoshop, or vice versa? And why?

Rick, why do they call you The Godfather of Photography?

Direct download: 5_7_16QAPodcast_mixdown.output.mp3
Category: -- posted at: 8:37pm EDT

In this renewed, reinvigorated episode of The Mind Your Own Business Podcast, Scott Bourne and Skip Cohen discuss marketing tips to improve your photography business. In particular, they discuss the following topics:

  • Only show the type of photography work that you want to get. Make sure the right type of work is in your portfolio, and only include your best work.

  • Take what you've learned from workshops, and make sure you can replicate that work on your own.

  • You can't "fake it 'til you make it" with photography.

  • If you get the chance, take a workshop with Clay Blackmore, Tony Corbell, or Bobbi Lane in order to watch what they do with light. Learn how to control your environment with lighting.

  • Learn how to be proficient and persistent in the photographs you make. Learn how to make a photograph on purpose.

  • If someone doesn't hire you because of your style, price, etc, there's a strong chance that you're talking to the wrong person.

  • Be sure to do your research on your ideal clients so you know who they are. Market in ways that show your prospects who you are and what you do. Know the demographics of your audience.

  • Consider creating an awesome leave behind, such as an impressive, well-made postcard, or a business card. Physical products leaves an impact. It leaves an impression, and shows that you will go the extra mile, and also that you care about quality.

  • PicMonkey.com is a great resource for creating awesome colleges to show off your work, which you can then get printed at your printer of choice.

  • Make sure to put your phone number on your marketing pieces so that potential clients can easily reach you.

 

Direct download: Mind_Your_Own_Business_Photofocus_Podcast_May_1_2016_High.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 12:30am EDT

On this episode of the Photofocus #Mirrorless Show Scott and Marco will discuss these new products and mirrorless topics:

  • Scott found some info that Canon may actually step up their game in the mirrorles segment.
  • Marco gives a fairly thorough hands on review of the new Fujifilm X70 compact camera that he has been working with for a month now. He shares a lot of hands on experiences about what worked well and what does not work so well. And Marco gives some solid firmware improvement wishes that the Fujifilm marketing and product engineering team should take a close look at. In the end, Marco gives his thumbs up or thumbs down verdict on this camera.
  • In an interview with Panasonic North Americs manager Tom Curley, Marco finds out some interesting information about Panasonic and the cooperation with Leica. And there are plenty of informations regarding current Panasonic cameras and what their particular strength are. You can find out more about Panasonic Lumix cameras on their website at LumixLounge.com or follow them on Twitter @LumixUSA
  • Scott closes the show with some of his own thoughts on Panasonic Lumix cameras.

Please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or to post a quick review on iTunes for us.

For more information on Scott Bourne follow him on Twitter: @ScottBourne

For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam

 

About this show:

On the monthly #Mirrorless episode of the Photofocus podcast Scott and Marco will discuss the news from the mirrorless camera world related to innovations, trends, gear and accessories. And they will introduce mirrorless camera manufacturers by interviewing the respective managers of those manufacturers. And they invite pro photographers who make their living working with mirrorless cameras to share some tips and tricks on their workflow.

Direct download: Photofocus_Podcast_-_Mirrorless_Show_-_April_28_2016.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 12:00am EDT

This weeks Photofocus Podcast for the Photofocus InFocus Interview Series. This show Pamela sits down with Commercial Photographer Clay Cook as he discusses his path to photography and how working non profit has changed both his professional personal life. Then we find Chamira who interviews Ryan Grove from 17hats with inspiration on how creative professionals can find a balance in doing the business side while still having that passion and love for what brought you in the world of creativity in the first place.

 

Pamela Ann Berry/ Clay Cook


Who is Clay Cook and the type of Photographer is he?

What does an editorial photographer do?

How did Clay get into photography?

Prior life before photographer

Funny failure stories when learning photography

How has his design background helped with photography

What keeps that passion and excitement going for photography?

What is Clay’s internship program?

Why start out as an assistant?

Gear talk

Clay’s non profit work

How has doing non profit work affected Clay personally?

How has doing non profit work affected his professional work?

Where can you find Clay Cook online?

Advice on growing as a photographer

 

Chamira/17hats

Who is Ryan Grove?

The gap in being a photographer due to the business side

Learning the business side when you are a creative professional and still have fun.

Tips on being successful

What is the greatest need of photographers?

Why the company started?

Protect your heart and mind

Step 1 to getting your business back on track to something you love to do again

your system will determine your success

Where can you find 17 hats?

Direct download: 4_21_16Podcast_mixdown.output.mp3
Category: -- posted at: 12:26pm EDT

On this Inspiration episode of the Photofocus podcast Scott and Marco discuss these topics:
  • Get to know an inspirational photographer: This month Scott introduce you to the professional nature photographer John Shaw. John's work has been published in National Geographic, National Wildlife, Outdoor Photographer and many other publications. John has photographed every continent, from the Artic to the Antarctic, from Provence to Patagonia. John has also published many books and leads workshops.
  • Improving ones vision and finding some motivation to go out and make good photos is a desire that we hear often from our students. So we give some tips to our audience on what they can do to archive this.
  • We discuss the direct benefits of spending more time with the gear that you have rather than focusing on the gear that you want to have next.
  • Studying and closely looking at published photos from photographers that you admire can teach you a lot about vision and execution of creating a great photo.
  • We talk about the advantages of making the conscious decision to reduce your gear whenever possible. There are more benefits than just weight to work with a single prime instead of a long zoom lens in many situations.
  • Find a manageable personal project that makes you pick up your camera regularly and with intent.
  • We also discuss the benefits that go along with printing your work.

Please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or to post a quick review on iTunes for us.

For more information on Scott Bourne follow him on Twitter: @ScottBourne

For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam

 

About this show:

On the monthly #Inspiration episode of the Photofocus podcast Scott and Marco will discuss the art, history and motivation in photography that often gets lost in today's media rich world. Slow down, look closer and put more intent into photography to increase you creativity and final results. And simply spread the pure love of photography.

Direct download: The_Inspiration_Show_-_Photofocus_Podcast_April_14_2016.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 12:00am EDT

This weeks Photofocus Podcast you get to hear Richard Harrington and Scott Bourne answer your questions in the Q & A show. Once a month Rich and Scott take your questions and dive into discussions that help you learn and grow as a photographer.

Q&A PODCAST

1. I hear the terms Global and Local Adjustments discussed by photographers.  Could you give examples of each?

Ross

2. I have an Epson printer that I use to make 8x10” prints of my portraits. Do I have to use Epson paper/inks or can I use others?

Tim

3. I hear that if you stop down to a lens smallest aperture (f/22 in my case) that the image may not be as sharp as it would be if you shoot at f/16. Can you elaborate on that?

Mike

4. Is it better to have a zoom lens that is push/pull or one that uses a ring that you twist to zoom in or out?

Alice

5. I see people making these beautiful sunset photos with very saturated colors. When I make sunset photos the colors are muted by comparison. What am I missing?

Frank

6. What is the best way to change lenses so I don’t hurt my camera or the lens?

Joe

7. My friend has a camera with image stabilization built into the camera body. I have a camera that doesn’t offer that feature but instead offers that as an option in the lens. Can you explain pros and cons of each?

Linda

8. Which is the best color space to use when working in Photoshop? Adobe RGB or sRGB? 

Matt

9. Have you ever used extension tubes and do they harm image quality?

Carly

10. What exactly is a neutral density filter and do I need one?

Addie

Direct download: 4_7_16QAPodcastA_mixdown.output.mp3
Category: -- posted at: 2:30am EDT

In this renewed, reinvigorated episode of The Mind Your Own Business Podcast, Scott Bourne and Skip Cohen discuss marketing tips to improve your photography business. In particular, they discuss the following topics:

  • The photography industry has changed in the last 5-10 years ago. Today photographers share their personality, and sell more on who they are, what they believe in, and where their heart is. The don't get new clients based on their awards, accolades, and gear.
  • It's not as important today that you can expose a certain photograph as it is that you can understand your clients' emotions and feelings.
  • You have to be able to answer the question: WHY do you take photos? People don’t buy what you do. They buy why you do it.
  • A change in the last few years: Every consumer, because of the internet, has the ability to go out and meet dozens of photographers on their computers. So how will you make yourself different? Your client is looking for trust.
  • Your website is about what you sell. Your blog is about what’s in your heart. And your Bio/About section talking about your “why” is the gateway to both.
  • It’s up to the photographer to educate the prospect as to why that photographer is the best choice for that prospect. This involves communication and marketing.
  • Roberto Valenzuela is insanely successful, in large part due to the fact that he is constantly practicing his craft. Discipline is important. Practice the fundamentals. Practice with your camera. “It’s not that practice makes perfect. It’s that perfect practice makes perfect.”
  • Marketing mistake to avoid: forgetting to put your heart into your About Page. Your website, your blog, and your social media presence are your most valuable pieces of real estate. Remember who your target audience is. Stop thinking that you need to show a lot of photos in your gallery. Only show your best “wow” images.
Direct download: Mind_Your_Own_Business_Photofocus_Podcast_April_1_2016.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 12:30am EDT

On this episode of the Photofocus "Mirrorless Show" Scott and Marco will discuss these new products and mirrorless topics:

Please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We'd also love to get your feedback. What do you want us to cover on the show in the future?

For more information on Scott Bourne follow him on Twitter: @ScottBourne

For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam

Direct download: Photofocus_Podcast_-_Mirrorless_Show_-_March_28_2016.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 12:00am EDT

This weeks Photofocus Podcast for the Photofocus InFocus Interview Series. This show Pamela sits down with Brad Moore, former assistant to both Scott Kelby and Joe McNally we we dive into his growth and advice to other photographers trying to navigate the road of building a career. Then we tap into Chamira Young who speaks with Collages.net on how we as photographers can improve how we present ourselves online to our clients and potential clients.

Pamela Berry/ Brad Moore

What brought Brad into photography?
How he became assistant to Joe McNally and Scott Kelby?
Learning from mistakes
Travel tips
How being an assistant is so valuable to growing your career?
Should you attend conferences?
Being genuine when you network
Put what you’ve learned to use
Advice about being a photographer and learning other aspects of the craft
Gear & Gadget talk
What inspired getting into Concert photography?
Tethered workflow on portraits

Chamira Young/ Chantel Corrin from Collages.net

Presenting yourself as a photographer
Importance of looking your best online
Advice on overall design tips for your website
Tips on how to best share photos with clients
Tips on making in-person sales easier
Keeping in touch with clients after a shoot
What is collages.net and where to find them?

Direct download: 3_21_16Podcast_mixdown.output.mp3
Category: -- posted at: 3:52pm EDT

On the new Inspiration Show of the Photofocus podcast Scott and Marco will discuss the art, history and motivation in photography that often gets lost in today's media rich world. Slow down, look closer and put more intent into photography to increase you creativity and final results. And simply spread the pure love of photography.

On this episode Scott and Marco discuss these topics:

  • Get to know an inspirational photographer. This month we introduce you to the meaningful work of the American documentary photographer: Mary Ellen Mark: (1940-2015)
  • What motivates photographers to document their surroundings and current events?
  • The impact and influence of photography on public opinion based on a few examples of current events such as the refugee crisis.
  • Inspiration can be based on happy events but it can also call for action when it is based on sad situations.
  • We shall not forget to talk about the photographers who are out there in conflict situation and risk their lives for the photos that we see on the news. We give the example of the Pulitzer Price winning photographer Kevin Carter (1969 - 1994)
  • A closer look at the winning photo of the "World Press Photo of the Year" captured by Warren Richardson
  • Is there still room for photography in a world full of (YouTube) videos?
  • Photobook of the month: Chris Warwick - The Creative Fight

Please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. Wed also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future?

For more information on Scott Bourne follow him on Twitter: @ScottBourne

For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam

 

Direct download: The_Inspiration_Show___Photofocus_Podcast_March_14_2016.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 12:30am EDT

Scott Bourne and Richard Harrington sit down to answer your questions:

 1: from Jan in San Diego

 My Dad used to shoot film and looking at his old prints there were obvious signs of film grain. Current digital photography seems to be all about “noiseless” images. I would like to get the look that my Dad got from film. Is there something wrong with that?

 2: from Susan in Houston, TX

 I am building a portfolio and I have limited work to pick from because I have only been seriously pursuing photography for two years. Is it okay to use the same model in different shots in the port - or how about shots from the same location?

 3: From Tom in Oklahoma City, OK

 How necessary is a photography degree in order to succeed in the photo business? 

4: From Robbie in Hilo, HI

 I photograph kids and my competitors all soften the children’s skin in post. I think that it looks unnatural - I don’t see the need with children who already have perfect skin. But the competition has created an expectation with their work that has me second guessing what I do. What would you do?

 5: From Tony in St. Louis, MO

 I use a color calibration tool on my computer monitor - should I use on my iPad?

 6: From Sandy in SLC, UT

 Why use a color checker card v. just an old fashioned gray card?

 7: From Elliot in NYC, NY

 I want to use a softbox but I only have a standard Canon flash unit. Is there a way to mount a standard camera flash inside a softbox?

 8: From Sam in Yakima, WA

 I am a beginning street photographer - what lenses would you recommend in terms of focal length and aperture?

 9: From Peter from Inver Grove Heights, MN

 What is the exposure triangle? As a beginner is this something I need to learn?

 10: From Anderson from Elko, NV

 What’s your advice regarding memory cards? Do you recommend the big cards, the fast cards or both? Are the more expensive high-end cards worth the money?

 

Direct download: 3_7_16Podcast_mixdown.output.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 8:08pm EDT

On the new "mirrorless show" of the Photofocus podcast Scott and Marco will discuss news and information about the increasingly popular mirrorless camera market.

On this episode Scott and Marco discuss news and product announcements and give their initial feedback on what they think about these new products and mirrorless topics:

  • Marco's first impressions looking at a preproduction Fujifilm X-Pro 2
  • Scott's first impressions on his new FUJINON XF100-400mm F4.5-5.6 R LM OIS WR tele zoom lens
  • The new Olympus PEN-F retro micro 4/3 camera 
  • A look at the first sample photos from the Olympus M.ZUIKO DIGITAL ED 300mm 1:4.0 IS PRO lens
  • A discussion why someone would switch from a DSLR to a mirrorless camera
  • Some advantages of mirrorless cameras
  • Some disadvantages of mirrorless cameras

Marco is curating a weekly street photo of the day for the Photofocus.com website. If you want to have a chance that your photo gets picked, just add you best street photos to the Photofocus Flickr group here: https://www.flickr.com/groups/photofocus/

Please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We'd also love to get your feedback. What do you want us to cover on the show in the future?

For more information on Scott follow him on Twitter @scottbourne

For more information on Marco follow him on Twitter @hamburgcam


This Post Sponsored by:

Perfectly Clear for Photoshop or Lightroom is all about saving you time so you can focus on doing what you love best. Get a free trial of the award winning plug-in here.

The HDR Learning Center. Check out new ways to use High Dynamic Range photography to make compelling images. Free tutorials and posts to get results. Produced in partnership with HDRsoft

Arizona Highways Photo Workshops. For more than 30 years, Arizona Highway Photo Workshops has been committed to helping photographers find inspiring destinations, quality education and spectacular images. Get more information (and enter our contest) at http://www.ahpw.org/FindIt/

lynda.com Learn photography anytime, anywhere, and at your own pace—from bite-sized tutorials to comprehensive courses. Try lynda.com free for 10 days by visiting lynda.com/PhotofocusPhotofocus Podcast December 25, 2015 —  Chris Hershman and Bryan O'Neil Hughes

Direct download: Photofocus_Podcast_-_Mirrorless_Show_-_February_28_2016.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 2:18pm EDT

This week we catch up with two amazing artists making an impact on the industry.

First we hear from Corey Barker who dives into advice for those getting started and shares insight with his upcoming projects. Next Levi sits down with Matthew Jordan Smith who inspires everyone around him.

Corey Barker

Corey is an education and curriculum developer of the National Association of Photoshop Professionals (NAPP), an award-winning designer and illustrator, the executive producer of PlanetPhotoshop.com, and a regular contributor to Photoshop User magazine. He is also a featured instructor at the Photoshop World Conference & Expo and is an Adobe MAX Master Instructor. He teaches the Photoshop Down & Dirty Tricks seminar tour and has produced numerous DVD training titles on Photoshop and design for Kelby Training. Corey recently co-authored Photoshop CS4 Down & Dirty Tricks with Scott Kelby and was a contributing author for 3D in Photoshop: The Ultimate Guide for Creative Professionals. Corey holds a BFA in Illustration from the Ringling School of Art & Design in Florida.

Corey and Pamela catch up about:

Favorite apps for inspiration
Favorite apps for inspiration
How to remember those creative ideas
Corey’s upcoming book
Sneak peek idea from the book
Upcoming training with Corey
advice on learning your craft
AR, VR, 3D technology talk
up and coming designer inspiration
Where can you find Corey?
www.photoshopmasterfx.com/
Matthew Jordan Smith

Matthew Jordan Smith is an American photographer based in Los Angeles. He has photographed some of the most famous people in the world – including the President of Iceland, Oprah Winfrey, and the richest man in the world, Carlos Slim. He is best known for his portraits of celebrities, actors, and models. His client list include Olay, Pantene, Revlon, Sony Entertainment, HBO and Showtime. His celebrity clients include Angela Bassett, Tyra Banks, Queen Latifah, Aretha Franklin and many more.

Mathew Jordan Smith and Levi discuss:

What is his speciality?
How did Mathew start with photography?
How he loves to teach?
There are no secrets
Building relationships and why that is so important.
What is Matthew working on?
Future American President book.
What everybody wants?
Where can we catch up with Matthew?

Direct download: 2_21_16Interviews_mixdown.output.mp3
Category: -- posted at: 9:39pm EDT

This is our first episode of the Photofocus Inspiration show. This show will air once a month on the 14th of each month. The show is hosted by Scott Bourne and Marco Larousse.

 

On the new “Inspiration Show” of the Photofocus podcast Scott and Marco will discuss the art, history and motivation in photography that often gets lost in today's media rich world. Slow down, look closer and put more intent into photography to increase you creativity and final results. And simply spread the pure love of photography.

On this episode Scott and Marco discuss these topics:

 

Marco is curating a weekly street photo of the day for the Photofocus.com website. If you want to have a chance that your photo gets picked, just add you best street photos to the Photofocus Flickr group here: https://www.flickr.com/groups/photofocus/

Please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We’d also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future?

For more information on Scott follow him on Twitter @scottbourne

For more information on Marco follow him on Twitter @hamburgcam

 

 


This Post Sponsored by:

Perfectly Clear for Photoshop or Lightroom is all about saving you time so you can focus on doing what you love best. Get a free trial of the award winning plug-in here.

The HDR Learning Center. Check out new ways to use High Dynamic Range photography to make compelling images. Free tutorials and posts to get results. Produced in partnership with HDRsoft

Arizona Highways Photo Workshops. For more than 30 years, Arizona Highway Photo Workshops has been committed to helping photographers find inspiring destinations, quality education and spectacular images. Get more information (and enter our contest) at http://www.ahpw.org/FindIt/

lynda.com Learn photography anytime, anywhere, and at your own pace—from bite-sized tutorials to comprehensive courses. Try lynda.com free for 10 days by visiting lynda.com/PhotofocusPhotofocus Podcast December 25, 2015 —  Chris Hershman and Bryan O'Neil Hughes

Direct download: The_Inspiration_Show___Photofocus_Podcast_February_14_2016.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 12:00am EDT

Photofocus Podcast February 7th, 2016— Questions & Answers with Rich Harrington & Scott Bourne

Thanks for all the great questions you’ve been sending in to the Photofocus podcast.  This week Rich Harrington and Scott Bourne tackle some great topics to help photographers. Remember, you can post those questions by sending us a note here at Photofocus.

The Question and Answer Podcast

  • New podcast updates and changes
  • What is responsible for autofocus speed? Camera or Lens?
  • Getting started shooting video: advice on editing video as a beginner. 
  • What’s the best focal length for portraits and headshots?
  • 85mm, 100mm or something else?
  • Starting out in photo editing, do you recommend Photoshop Elements, Lightroom or something else?
  • I’m switching from Sony to Fuji and I’m looking to sell my used gear, What’s the best way to sell used photo gear?
  • I have expensive fast lenses, but if I’m shooting mostly studio work, is there a reason why I would need fast glass?
  • Do you have to shoot with a DSLR camera to be a pro?
  • Latest gear gadget talk 
Direct download: QA_mixdown.output.mp3
Category: -- posted at: 5:30pm EDT

This is our first episode of the Photofocus Mirrorless camera show. This show will air once a month on the 28th of each month. The show is hosted by Scott Bourne and Marco Larousse.

On the new "mirrorless show" of the Photofocus podcast Scott and Marco will discuss news and information about the increasingly popular mirrorless camera market.

On this episode Scott and Marco discuss news and product announcements and give their initial feedback on what they think about these new products:

  • The long awaited Fujifilm X-Pro 2
  • Fujifilm X70 (the little brother of the X100?)
  • Fujifilm X-E2s (a new camera or only a firmware update?)
  • FUJINON XF100-400mmF4.5-5.6 R LM OIS WR tele zoom lens that Scott has been eagerly waiting for.
  • Fujifilm EF-X500 flash
  • Olympus M.ZUIKO DIGITAL ED 300mm 1:4.0 IS PRO lens
  • Panasonic Leica DG Vario-Elmar 4-6.3, 100-400 mm Asph. Power OIS lens

Marco is curating a weekly street photo of the day for the Photofocus.com website. If you want to have a chance that your photo gets picked, just add you best street photos to the Photofocus Flickr group here: https://www.flickr.com/groups/photofocus/

Please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We'd also love to get your feedback. What do you want us to cover on the show in the future?

For more information on Scott follow him on Twitter @scottbourne

For more information on Marco follow him on Twitter @hamburgcam

 


This Post Sponsored by:

Perfectly Clear for Photoshop or Lightroom is all about saving you time so you can focus on doing what you love best. Get a free trial of the award winning plug-in here.

The HDR Learning Center. Check out new ways to use High Dynamic Range photography to make compelling images. Free tutorials and posts to get results. Produced in partnership with HDRsoft

Arizona Highways Photo Workshops. For more than 30 years, Arizona Highway Photo Workshops has been committed to helping photographers find inspiring destinations, quality education and spectacular images. Get more information (and enter our contest) at http://www.ahpw.org/FindIt/

lynda.com Learn photography anytime, anywhere, and at your own pace—from bite-sized tutorials to comprehensive courses. Try lynda.com free for 10 days by visiting lynda.com/Photofocus

Direct download: Photofocus_Mirrorless_Final_-_28.01.2016.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 1:00am EDT

This week we catch up with two photographers.  First Levi Sim sits down with photographer Dave Black to talk about Light painting and sports.  Then Pamela sits down with Michael Bonocore to dig into his photography and some practical advice.

Dave Black

We welcome back Dave Black to the show for an interview with Vanelli.  Dave is a freelance photographer for over 30 years.  His   work has primarily centered on the sports industry for such publications as Sports Illustrated, Time, Newsweek and the award-winning TV show Sports Century on ESPN. He's covered events like the Masters, Kentucky Derby, National Football League, NASCAR and extensive work regarding the United States Olympic Committee, Olympic athletes and coverage of twelve Olympic Games. 

Levi Sim and Dave Black discuss:
  • What kind of photographer is Dave?
  • What is Light Painting?
  • What is fun about Light Painting?
  • Does Dave do composite work and why?
  • What to bring when light painting
  • Subjects and human element within landscape image
  • Tips on focusing in the dark
  • Who influenced Dave in his work?
  • Where to find Dave?

Michael Bonocore

Michael has been a fixture in the photography industry for over 7 years. His photography journey started as a hobby, primarily learning his way around a DSLR by shooting landscapes around his home in San Francisco, California. Soon, he started accepting paid assignments, from commercial ad campaigns to weddings, but his passion for traveling with camera in hand was too great to ignore. Michael started visiting locations all over the globe, documenting not only the beautiful landscapes of the countries he visited, but also the lives of the local communities.

Michael began working with international non-profit organizations to help bring awareness to the causes that he was passionate about. Through the workshops that he leads for The Giving Lens, he has taught children the art of photography in countries such as Nicaragua, Peru, Jordan and India. He has documented the work of elephant sanctuaries in Thailand and he has helped bring awareness to Women’s Cooperatives in the Middle East.

Pamela and Michael talk about:

  • Who is Michael?
  • His Photography Journey
  • What gear he uses?
  • How he got into photography?
  • How has photography helped in grow as a person?
  • Tips on doing taking photos when in a different culture/country
  • What is Resource travel?
  • Where to find Bonocore

This Post Sponsored by:

Perfectly Clear for Photoshop or Lightroom is all about saving you time so you can focus on doing what you love best. Get a free trial of the award winning plug-in here.

The HDR Learning Center. Check out new ways to use High Dynamic Range photography to make compelling images. Free tutorials and posts to get results. Produced in partnership with HDRsoft

Arizona Highways Photo Workshops. For more than 30 years, Arizona Highway Photo Workshops has been committed to helping photographers find inspiring destinations, quality education and spectacular images. Get more information (and enter our contest) at http://www.ahpw.org/FindIt/

lynda.com Learn photography anytime, anywhere, and at your own pace—from bite-sized tutorials to comprehensive courses. Try lynda.com free for 10 days by visiting lynda.com/PhotofocusPhotofocus Podcast December 25, 2015 —  Chris Hershman and Bryan O'Neil Hughes

Direct download: PF_01_15_16.mp3
Category:general -- posted at: 7:57am EDT

This week we catch up with a photographer and a Lightroom expert.  First Levi Sim sits down with guru and photographer Terry White to talk Lightroom, gear, gadgets, and portfolios.  Then Pamela sits down with Zach Sutton to dig into his start in photography and some practical advice.

Terry White

Terry White – Worldwide Design Evangelist for Adobe Systems, Inc. In his job, he leads the charge of getting customers excited and educated about  Adobe Creative Cloud products and services. Terry is an Adobe Certified Expert. He has been active in the industry for over 25 years and is the founder and president of MacGroup-Detroit.
 
Levi and Terry discuss:
  • What is Terri’s role with Adobe?
  • What he’s an expert in?
  • Favorite things for photographers within Lightroom
  • How long has Terry been with Adobe and what he did before Adobe?
  • How has Adobe shaped Terry’s personal & professional work?
  • How does Terry approach his personal work?
  • You don’t have to have portfolio worthy images every time you shoot.
  • What gear does Terry travel with?
  • What is Terry’s favorite gadget that came out this past year? http://www.dxo.com/us/dxo-one
  • Where can you find Terry?
     

Zach Sutton

In this industry, the ones who want success tend to take the greatest risks in order to get there. Zach Sutton's story is just such a tale, a tale that starts with him risking everything when he packed his bags in Michigan and decided to move to Albuquerque, New Mexico. He saw potential in the small town and has since made a name for himself in the headshot and portraiture market and moved on to Los Angeles. 

Pamela/Zach Sutton
 
  • What kind of photography does Zach do and his speciality within his photography?
  • What gear does Zach shoot with?
  • What are B1s and B2s in layman terms?
  • Lighting gear talk
  • What gear recommendations for those starting out without the funds to buy gear?
  • You don’t need to get portfolio quality work every time
  • How to get better by making mistakes?
  • Get creative with lighting by making your own snoots and shadows
  • What we all love about photography?
  • What is Zach’s go to camera gear?
  • How did Zach get started in medium format?
  • What are some tips for bringing out the essence of who you are shooting?
  • Where can we find Zach?
 
Direct download: PF_1_5_16.mp3
Category:general -- posted at: 11:00pm EDT

This week we catch up with a photographer and a Lightroom expert.  First Pamela Berry talks with photographer and music video producer Chris Horseman.  Then Robert Vanelli talks with Bryan O'Neil Highes from Adobe about his photography, Lightroom, and Lightroom Mobile.

Chris Hershman

Chris Hershman is a Chicago-based filmmaker, photographer and musician. At a young age he began photographing bands throughout the Midwest, with his work evolving into video capture. Chris draws inspiration from live music, natural lighting and the raw talent around him. He has filmed for the Chicago Music Exchange, and captured bands such as the Alabama Shakes, Brian Blade, Tall Walker, and many other artists. His work has been featured on Rollingstones.com and at the 2012 Grammy Awards ceremony. Chris is an Urban cowboy with a love of denim and vintage motorcycles who captures life the way he sees it.

Pamela Berry & Chris Horseman discuss:

  • Who is Chris Hershman? http://chrishershman.com/
  • Tip on how to film a music video from a musician view
  • Advice: biggest thing is movement- how to compose a couple seconds of movements
  • Gear talk
  • Overcoming the intimidation of doing video as a photographer
  • How he got started in cameras
  • What set his videos apart?
  • Travel tips
  • Where to find Chris?

Bryan O’Neil Hughes

Bryan O’Neil Hughes is the Senior Product Manager for Adobe Photoshop software and a pinch hitter for the Photoshop Lightroom software team. Since 1999 he has helped to test, drive, demonstrate, and lead development of Adobe’s professional digital imaging applications. Bryan is the Photoshop team’s primary worldwide spokesman and can often be found leading seminars, user groups, and workshops.

Before joining Adobe, he was a professional photographer and retoucher. Beyond Adobe, Hughes is a published photographer, editor, and author. He is also a driving instructor for the BMW Car Club of America. When he isn’t driving very quickly, he enjoys running marathons very slowly. Bryan was inducted into the Photoshop Hall of Fame in 2011.

Vanelli and Bryan Talk About:

  • What does he do at Adobe?
  • How he started as a photographer?
  • How and when he started at Adobe?
  • Favorite features of Lightroom?
  • Tips on using Lightroom Mobile
  • One lightroom catalog or many?
  • How does file size work on your mobile device?
  • Where do you see Lightroom mobile heading?
  • Where can we find more about Bryan?

 

Direct download: PF_12_25_15.mp3
Category:general -- posted at: 12:30am EDT

Thanks for all the great questions you've been sending in to the Photofocus podcast.  This week Rich Harrington and Scott Bourne tackle some great topics to help photographers. Remember, you can post those questions by sending us a note here at Photofocus.

The Question and Answer Podcast

  • Should I shoot with the 24-70 lens verses the 18-70 I currently have?
  • How do I go from idea to screen with story telling?
  • Do you have recommendations about using LED lights for interiors and architecture?
  • Do you fine tune the focusing on your lenses?
  • There’s a lot of new cameras coming, is it worth upgrading when new cameras are released?
  • How can I trick a light meter to give the appropriate flash output for an off camera flash?
  • Upcoming changes to Photofocus.com
  • Upcoming contests about to be announced
  • Upcoming eBooks coming out
  • Cool apps, gizmos and digital tools discussion including great stocking stuffer ideas.

 

Direct download: PF_12_15_15.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 10:00pm EDT

This week we catch up with professional photographer Tim Grey to learn about conveying emotion and feeling within photos.  Then we sit down with the inventors of the Lensbaby lenses to learn about their cool products.

 

Tim Grey

Tim Grey is regarded as one of the top educators in digital photography and imaging, offering clear guidance on complex subjects through his writing and speaking. Tim has written more than a dozen books on digital imaging for photographers, has published dozens of video training courses, has had hundreds of articles published in magazines such as Digital Photo Pro and Outdoor Photographer, among others. Tim teaches through workshops, seminars, and appearances at major events around the country and around the world.

Levi Sim and Tim Gret discuss:

  • Who is Tim Grey and what does he do?
  • What does he personally like to photograph and how has it evolved?
  • How did traveling come about and what they do in each city?
  • Capturing images that gives the viewer the feeling you had while you were there
  • Thinking about the emotional experience of a photo and using that emotion to guide post processing
  • What do you think photographers can do to find genuine experiences?
  • Learn to engage with locals
  • What is upcoming for Tim?
  • Where can you find Tim?

Lensbaby

Lensbaby is well-known for their creative lenses.  Their goal is to be at the crossroads where innovation inspires creativity.  Through lenses that offer in-camera looks and creative manipulation the photographer can create effects. Lensbaby's award winning creative effect lenses, optics and accessories offer a limitless combinations of tools to capture the moment as it is happening. From portrait and fashion, to landscape and nature photography and right down to the smallest details, their unique lenses and optics allow a photographer to capture an individual perspective.

Scott Bourne with Craig Strong & Ken Mitchell from Lensbaby discuss:

  • How Lensbaby got started?
  • What was the original Lensbaby and how did it came about?
  • Creating what you see in person versus through editing
  • History of Lensbaby lenses and what feedback helped them grow and create new lenses?
  • Velvet 56 sweet spot review
  • How can a hobbyist photographer benefit from a Lensbaby lens?
  • Where can you find more about Lensbaby?
Direct download: PF_12_5_15.mp3
Category:general -- posted at: 10:30pm EDT

This week we catch up with professional photographer Tim Wallace to learn about lighting and the photo business.  We then sit down with Brad Malcolm from Perfectly Clear to talk about lies that cameras tell (and what you can do about it).

Tim Wallace

Photographer Tim Wallace is the driving force and creative thinking behind Ambient Life. An award winning photographer his work is often described as both conceptual and dramatic. Tim works internationally with many high end brands and clients such as Aston Martin, Land Rover Jaguar and Morgan in the UK to Kenwood and Audi in the US.

He is the humble recipient of many awards including International Advertising Photographer of the Year 2010, UK Motor Industry Photographer of the Year 2010, Hasselblad Photographer of the month Oct 2010, Professional Photographer of the Year 2009 as well as receiving Distinction Awards for his work from such professional boards as the RPS.

You can find Tim's portfolio here or follow him on Twitter.

  • What Tim teaches in his classes
  • His philosophy about teaching
  • What is lighting?
  • Advice and thoughts on your business
  • What is success?
  • You’ve got to value what you do
  • Hope isn’t good enough, you have to have a plan
  • Risk and revenue
  • Knowing how to ask the right questions
  • Where can you find out more about Tim

Brad Malcolm of Perfectly Clear

At Perfectly Clear, their higher purpose is to preserve precious memories perfectly. Their method is to use science to uncover, discover and recover all of the vital information contained in digital images and to display it without distortion. 

Rich and Brad discuss:

  • What does Perfectly Clear software do any why?
  • Approaching the time saving aspect on Perfectly Clear
  • Prints and the negative side of pushing colors
  • How did perfectly clear perfect issues such as noise?
  • Why is there a need for a desktop version?
  • How does the mobile app work in comparison with the desktop/plug in version?
  • How to work with the distortion of lenses?
  • The power behind Athentech science?
  • What other technical aspects of the software is helpful?
  • Where to find Perfectly Clear?

 

 

Direct download: PF_11_25_15.mp3
Category:general -- posted at: 12:00pm EDT

This week we catch up with inspirational photographer Frank Doorhof to understand what it takes to make a great photo.  Frank shares some funny stories and practical advice.  We then sit down with Josh Peterson from HP to talk about innovations in computing that affect all folks (Mac and PC).

Frank Doorhof

The Amsterdam-born Frank Doorhof is a noted international fashion and glamour photographer, as well as an expert on calibration. He is an active commercial photographer, with a particular interest in musical artists and high fashion, who also takes time for personal projects. His teaching style is based on his philosophy: “Why fake it, when you can create it?”

Photofocus catches up with international fashion photographer Frank Doorhof about his work and methods (which apply to all photographers).Vanelli and Frank discuss:

  • Taking control of the light
  • Think about stories with the light and model and production
  • Describing Frank's teaching style
  • How to choose your camera
  • Learning to read a sports game to get better
  • Discussion on the quality of professional photography
  • Looking at Vogue advertising to be inspired
  • Where can you find Frank?

Josh Peterson of HP

Josh is the worldwide director of Desktop and Mobile Workstations at HP.  He is in charge of the teams that manage and build HP's line of computers for professional users (including photographers and video pros).  He is also an amateur photographer and enjoys flying his quadcopter to capture great footage.

Rich and Josh discuss:

  • What does hardware accelerated mean?
  • What kind of computer does a photographer need?
  • What is the transition in computer needs happening right now?
  • What’s the difference be pro graphics card and a consumer gaming card?
  • Tech details a photographer needs to know when buying a computer?
  • What should you spend more money on when building a computer?
  • Why consider having a desktop computer and not just use a laptop?
  • The trend moving from AppleHow HP works and checks with Adobe
  • What if you are more familiar with Mac keyboard?
  • How are workstations different from regular computers
  • Where can you go to find recommendations when configuring a computer

 

 

Direct download: PF_11_15_15.mp3
Category:general -- posted at: 12:00pm EDT

This week we catch up with two women making an impact on the photo industry.  First we hear from photographer and digital artist Renee Robyn about her work and techniques.  Then we catch up with new Photofocus contributor Chamira Young for a discussion on fine art photography, business, and developing your own style.

Renee Robyn

Renee's style is an ethereal combination of fact and fiction, merging together expertly shot photographs of unique and interesting subjects with hours of meticulous retouching in Photoshop to create easily recognizable imagery that is both stunning and distinctively her own. She currently teaches workshops around the world.

Pamela Berry and Renee catch up about:

    • Quick background of who Renee is
    • How the SmugMug Movie has affected her in growing as an artist and the response towards it?
    • How a collaboration with friends created the Star Wars Sith picture?
    • What inspires her & keeps her growing as an artist?
    • Advice on learning retouching
    • Advice on booking yourself to grow as an artist.
    • Gear go-to’s
    • What’s on the horizon?
    • Where can we find Renee?

Chamira Young

Chamira will readily admit it: she’s an art nerd, Photoshop geek, and photographer with an obsession for productivity and creativity. Through online teaching and podcasting, she loves helping other creative minds become more successful by empowering them with the knowledge and inspiration to up their game.

 

  • Who is Chamira and what is her focus?
  • How did she really get into photography?
  • What camera does she shoot on?
  • Discussion on Fine Art Photography
  • Tips on finding your own style of photography
  • Tips of finding your business side
  • What Chamira is currently doing in learning and teaching?
  • Where can we find Chamira?

 

Direct download: PF_11_5_15.mp3
Category:general -- posted at: 10:30pm EDT

This week we catch up with two greats from the photo industry.  First up we learn abut a new photo editor that gives access to pro level tools at no cost to the user.  Then we check in with concert photographer and photo assistant Brad Moore.

Polarr

At Polarr, they focus on making photography more accessible.  To this end they've created a web and app image editor that brings professional level tools to all for free.  They desire to assist photographers at all levels to express themselves using photos. They strive to minimize the technical barriers for photographers to get their photos to have the exact look and feel as they wish.

  • What is Polarr?
  • Who is Borui Wang
  • How Polarr came about
  • How the app generation is making a difference?
  • The pricing model with Polarr
  • What is the HSL tool?
  • History of the app
  • What features does Polarr have?
  • Why the app has touch support
  • Where can you find out more information about Polarr?

Brad Moore

Brad Moore is a concert photographer in Tampa, Florida. His two biggest passions are music and photography. He loves being able to combine the two in an attempt to capture the best moments of shows from a unique and creative perspective. Brad is also the studio manager and photography assistant for Scott Kelby.

  • Who is Brad Moore?
  • What is his background?
  • How he got started with Scott Kelby
  • A lighting story
  • The traits of being a good assistant
  • Why it’s important of finding a good mentor
  • What he enjoys shooting
  • How to aim for the top shelf
  • What is LUCK?
  • Where can we find more about Brad Moore?

 

Direct download: PF_10_25_15.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 12:00pm EDT

This week we catch up with two photo experts.  First up is Adobe evangelist Julianne Kost who  talks about some of the hidden gems in Lightroom.  Then we catch up with photographer Jake Peterson about his work in the field.

 

Julieanne Kost

Since joining Adobe in 1992, Julieanne Kost has learned her craft through hands-on experience and now serves as the Principal Digital Imaging Evangelist for Lightroom and Photoshop. Her role includes customer education, product development, and market research for photography, digital imaging, and illustration. She publishes is the author of “Window Seat – The Art of Digital Photography” as well as an author of Photoshop training with Lynda.com. In addition, she is a frequent contributor to several publications, a speaker at numerous conferences and industry events, and a guest lecturer at distinguished photography workshops and fine art schools around the world.

  • What new features of Lightroom should you know about
  • Should you use one or more catalogues and why?
  • Controlling Dehaze feature options
  • What Lightroom mobile features do you need to know about?
  • Client review feature within Lightroom
  • Lightroom across platforms,other computers and devices
  • Saving as a DNG or RAW?
  • When to go to Photoshop instead of Lightroom?
  • Advice on starting with Lightroom
  • Tips on what we should know about Lightroom that we haven’t touched on
  • Where can you find Julieanne Kost?

Jake Peterson

Jake has spent his whole life in photography without knowing how much it was influencing him. From the time he was two weeks old, being carried around in his parent’s arms from one endangered species research project to another, to college where he discovered his desire for exploring the world and sharing it with everyone else; he was taught, trained, and studied under other photographers.

Now in his early twenties he has already earned his place in the photography realm, having numerous articles and photographs published in a variety of magazines and websites. Jake has become an internationally published Aviation Photographer with work being featured consistently in magazines in other countries. Having completed multiple commercial shoots Jake continues to strive towards capturing more romantic and interesting photographs further advancing his own knowledge and along with those that follow his work.

  • Who is Jake Peterson?
  • What kind of photographer is Jake?
  • What are some of the projects he has going on?
  • What kind of training did he have as a photographer?
  • What got him into Photography?
  • What does  photography mean to him?
  • How his blog helped?
  • Why was Photoshop World special for him this year?
  • It comes down to you as a person and photography
  • Where can you find Jake?

This Post Sponsored by:

Perfectly Clear for Photoshop or Lightroom is all about saving you time so you can focus on doing what you love best. Get a free trial of the award winning plug-in here.

Polarr photo editor made for everyone - yes everyone deserves high quality photo editing tools, regardless of the type of camera you use and level of skills, regardless the platform, no matter the place. Polarr makes it easy to edit photos any place online or offline. Get it free at https://www.polarr.co/

The HDR Learning Center. Check out new ways to use High Dynamic Range photography to make compelling images. Free tutorials and posts to get results. Produced in partnership with HDRsoft

Arizona Highways Photo Workshops. For more than 30 years, Arizona Highway Photo Workshops has been committed to helping photographers find inspiring destinations, quality education and spectacular images. Get more information (and enter our contest) at http://www.ahpw.org/FindIt/

Platypod Pro™– the world’s most compact camera support. Use it with your ballhead in place of a tripod. Click here for more info — http://bit.ly/platypodpro

Creative Cloud Photography planTake your best shot and make it even better with the Creative Cloud Photography plan. Get all the essential tools, including Adobe Photoshop Lightroom and Photoshop, to craft incredible images every day, everywhere — whether you’re a beginner or a pro. It’s all your photography. All in one place.

lynda.com Learn photography anytime, anywhere, and at your own pace—from bite-sized tutorials to comprehensive courses. Try lynda.com free for 10 days by visiting lynda.com/Photofocus

Direct download: PF10_15_15Podcast.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 9:30pm EDT

This week we catch up with two photo experts.  First up is Robert Hall who is a talented fine art and landscape photographer.  Then we check in with Photoshop guru Corey Barker.

 

Robert Hall

Robert Hall is a Utah native who's been shooting photography for more than forty years. His work has won awards in competitions throughout the country and has been shown in museums and galleries in the United States and the Far East. Robert is well known for his darkroom techniques and collaborates with professional photographers throughout the US and Europe to help them realize their vision using advanced photographic methods.

  • Who is Robert Hall?
  • What does Robert use for his work?
  • If you are a master with your process and materials its not relevant on how you create that image
  • Still images have life
  • What is one of the most difficult aspects of photography?
  • What four aspects does he consider when he builds a print?
  • Why he has multiple portfolios?
  • How he plans what he is going to take a picture of?
  • A secret for photographers shooting a location
  • How do you break into fine art photography?
  • You need peer reviews of your work
  • Always ready, always prepared, always polite
  • What does Robert teach and where?
  • Where can you find Robert Hall?

Corey Barker

Corey is an education and curriculum developer for KelbyOne. He is a graduate of the Ringling School of Art & Design in Sarasota, FL, with a degree in Illustration. Over the years, Corey has worked as a graphic artist in a variety of disciplines such as illustration, commercial design, large format printing, motion graphics, web design and photography. His expertise in Photoshop and Illustrator have earned him numerous awards in illustration, graphic design and photography. Using Photoshop since version 2, his expertise and creativity have evolved exponentially with every new version, which makes Corey an invaluable addition to the KelbyOne team.

  • What does Corey do at KelbyOne?
  • How long have some features been around in Photoshop?
  • Why should a photographer learn more about design?
  • Advice on getting a job in the industry?
  • What he has a passion about and helps him charge his creativity?
  • Learning how to see
  • Forcing your mind to think
  • What is a 30 minute composite challenge?
  • Learn to take criticism
  • Where can you find Corey?
Direct download: PF10_5_15.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 11:53am EDT

This week we catch up with two great photographers.  First up is Photoshop legend and best-selling author Scott Kelby.  Then we talk to street photographer and Fuji expert Valerie Jardin.

 

Scott Kelby

Scott Kelby is the President and CEO of KelbyOne, is also the original “Photoshop Guy”, is the Cofounder and CEO of Kelby Media Group, the editor and publisher of Photoshop User Magazine and Light It Magazine, Conference Technical Chair for the Photoshop World Conference & Expo, Training Director and instructor for KelbyOne Live Seminars, and author of a string of bestselling technology books.

Vanelli and Scott Kelby talk about

  • What does Scott teach in his new tour?
  • What are the classes like?
  • How he prepped for his new tour?
  • What is a tip from Scott’s secret sauce?
  • What really makes a photograph?
  • Seven point system in Lightroom
  • Tips on lighting on a budget
  • What goes into his Photo recipe?
  • What got Scott back into Photography?
  • What is a Photowalk?
  • What is Scott’s go to lens?
  • What does the Photowalk help to support?
  • Where can you sign up for World Wide Photowalk?
  • How can you support the Orphanage?
  • How Scott learns and gets better at his photos?
  • What is new with Scott?
  • Making connections and how that helps you as a photographer
 

Valerie Jardin

Valerie Jardin lives and breathes in pixels! Photography is more than her passion, it's an obsession, almost an addiction. When she's not shooting or writing, she spends time teaching the craft during photo workshops all over the world! She is also an official X Photographer for Fujifilm USA.

Levi Sim and Valerie Jardin discuss

  • Who is Valerie Jardin?
  • What does she have coming up and where is she from?
  • What she challenges herself with family time?
  • Does she monetize her street photography?
  • Who does she shoot for?
  • What is a good tip for traveling?
  • What she now shoots on and why?
  • Why shooting on a fixed lens is faster?
  • Tips on why and how to shoot back and white
  • What podcast does Valerie host?
  • Where can we find Valerie?

This Post Sponsored by:

Perfectly Clear for Photoshop or Lightroom is all about saving you time so you can focus on doing what you love best. Get a free trial of the award winning plug-in here.

The HDR Learning Center. Check out new ways to use High Dynamic Range photography to make compelling images. Free tutorials and posts to get results. Produced in partnership with HDRsoft

Arizona Highways Photo Workshops. For more than 30 years, Arizona Highway Photo Workshops has been committed to helping photographers find inspiring destinations, quality education and spectacular images. Get more information (and enter our contest) at http://www.ahpw.org/FindIt/

Platypod Pro™– the world’s most compact camera support. Use it with your ballhead in place of a tripod. Click here for more info — http://bit.ly/platypodpro

Creative Cloud Photography planTake your best shot and make it even better with the Creative Cloud Photography plan. Get all the essential tools, including Adobe Photoshop Lightroom and Photoshop, to craft incredible images every day, everywhere — whether you’re a beginner or a pro. It’s all your photography. All in one place.

lynda.com Learn photography anytime, anywhere, and at your own pace—from bite-sized tutorials to comprehensive courses. Try lynda.com free for 10 days by visiting lynda.com/Photofocus

Direct download: PF_9_25_15.mp3
Category:general -- posted at: 4:13pm EDT

This week we catch up with a lot of great folks.  Our main interviews are with Lisa Robinson and Bert Monroy who will both share techniques and inspiration.  We're honored to have Scott Bourne back on the show as a co-host this week and we even catch up with the creator of the Platypod Pro.

[soundcloud url="https://api.soundcloud.com/tracks/224093873" params="auto_play=false&hide_related=false&visual=true" width="100%" height="175" iframe="true" /]

Get the show here  or get it on iTunes — Don't forget to post a review on iTunes.

Lisa Robinson

 

Lisa Robinson is a professional wedding photographer from Washington, DC.  She also shoot boudoir photography for her clients. She's been a small business owner sine 2006 and regularly shares her perspective and practical advice on Photofocus.com/  She provides top-notch, award winning wedding & portrait services to the D.C. area & beyond.
 
Scott Bourne and Lisa Robinson talk about:
  • What kind of photographer and how long is Lisa?
  • What drew Lisa into Photography?
  • Why backing away from Video in her wedding packages?
  • What is the most important thing about breaking into wedding photography?
  • Is there an advantage as a women in the wedding industry?
  • What kind of gear does Lisa use?
  • Why don’t you need a bunch of gear?
  • Best way to break into Wedding photography
  • Where can you find Lisa?

Platypod Pro

Rich Harrington talks with the creator of the Platypod Pro.  This is a cool tool that gives you an alternative to carrying a full tripod  It lets you attach a full size ball-head without the need to carry a tripod.  This lightweight solution is perfect for all types of shooters.

Rich and Larry discuss:

  • The origin of the Platypod Pro
  • Why carrying a full tripod on a long hike sucks
  • Shooting from unusual places
  • HDR Shooting Tips
  • Creating a Budget Dolly Shot
  • How to get results on a budget
  • Shooting timelapse in a desert
  • How to beat the tripod police

Bert Monroy

Bert Monroy is considered one of the preeminent pioneers of digital art. He builds his hyper-realistic digital paintings as a traditional artist would, adding color and texture, except he uses Adobe Photoshop and Illustrator as his media. Bert co-authored the first book on Photoshop.

His film credits include work for Industrial Light & Magic, Pacific Data Images, and R/GA. Bert has taught the Adobe Photoshop Creativity Seminar Tour, and he is a popular speaker at many conferences worldwide. He is a member of the Photoshop World Dream Team and was inducted into the Photoshop Hall of Fame in 2004.

Vanelli and Bert discuss:

  • Funny story about one of Bert’s prints on a shoot
  • The work speaks for itself
  • Learning to stop and look at something and see it in a new way
  • What is Bert’s newest piece and how it came about?
  • There are three steps in his paintings
  • What can you learn as a photographer from Bert?
  • What advice would give to an upcoming artist?
  • How Bert interacts and learns from people?
  • What kind of classes does Bert teach?

This Post Sponsored by:

Perfectly Clear for Photoshop or Lightroom is all about saving you time so you can focus on doing what you love best. Get a free trial of the award winning plug-in here.

The HDR Learning Center. Check out new ways to use High Dynamic Range photography to make compelling images. Free tutorials and posts to get results. Produced in partnership with HDRsoft

Arizona Highways Photo Workshops. For more than 30 years, Arizona Highway Photo Workshops has been committed to helping photographers find inspiring destinations, quality education and spectacular images. Get more information (and enter our contest) at http://www.ahpw.org/FindIt/

Platypod Pro™– the world’s most compact camera support. Use it with your ballhead in place of a tripod. Click here for more info — http://bit.ly/platypodpro

Creative Cloud Photography planTake your best shot and make it even better with the Creative Cloud Photography plan. Get all the essential tools, including Adobe Photoshop Lightroom and Photoshop, to craft incredible images every day, everywhere — whether you’re a beginner or a pro. It’s all your photography. All in one place.

Direct download: PF_9_15_15.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 3:45am EDT

This week we catch up with two photographers to get a wealth of advice.  First Robert Vanelli talks with fashion photographer Lindsay Adler about her career and advice to other photographers. Then Rich Harrington since down with panoramic photographer Ron Pepper for a free-wheeling discussion about gear, tech, and workflow.

 

Lindsay Adler

Lindsay Adler is a professional portrait and fashion photographer based in New York City. Her editorial work has appeared in numerous fashion and photography publications internationally including Noise, Bullett Magazine, Essence, Zink Magazine, Rangefinder and dozens more. A clean, bold and graphic style has become the hallmark of her work, making her in-demand for clients across the world.

 

Her portrait and commercial work includes look books, accessory lines, hair campaigns, cosmetic campaigns, professional athletes, television series promos and more. She is always working on new ways to share her passions and knowledge with others, and each year she lectures tens of thousands of photographers world-wide. She attributes a lot of her success to her parents NEVER suggesting that she ‘get a real job’ and encouraging her to pursue photography even in her pre-teens.

Learn about:

  • How long has she been in business?
  • How important it is to understand Business?
  • Giving yourself time to get setup
  • Special news from Lindsay and Canon
  • Her new site
  • Why she loves social media?
  • Where can you find Lindsay?

Ron Pepper

Ron Pepper is the primary of PanoramaNETWORK. We explore his work with panoramic photography and architectural photography. PanoramaNETWORK was founded in 2003 in Madrid, Spain. His photography consists of modern, 360 degree by 180 degree panoramic photography showing any location in a realistic immersive way, from ceiling to floor!.

Rich and Ron discuss:

  • Lens talk about new primes from Tamron
  • Shooting handheld in low light
  • Using alignment in your HDR editing software
  • How often does Ron use a tripod for his HDR photos?
  • When to use HDR to extend your shooting opportunities?
  • How many images do you need to take for HDR and how?
  • Frustrations with Canon/Nikon
  • Mirrorless pros/cons
  • Tips on shooting from your hotel room
  • What is a Lenskirt and LR Timelapse?
  • Any gadgets/toys that Ron enjoy’s at the moment?
  • Working with the Platypod Pro
  • Where can you find Ron?

This Post Sponsored by:

Perfectly Clear. With Perfectly Clear for Photoshop or Lightroom you can automatically fix, fine-tune and batch process photos.  This time-saving software helps you spend less time editing and more time doing what you do best—capturing incredible images.

The HDR Learning Center. Check out new ways to use High Dynamic Range photography to make compelling images. Free tutorials and posts to get results. Produced in partnership with HDRsoft

Arizona Highways Photo Workshops. For more than 30 years, Arizona Highway Photo Workshops has been committed to helping photographers find inspiring destinations, quality education and spectacular images. Get more information (and enter our contest) at http://www.ahpw.org/FindIt/.

Platypod Pro™– the world's most compact camera support. Use it with your ballhead in place of a tripod. Click here for more info — http://bit.ly/platypodpro

Creative Cloud Photography planTake your best shot and make it even better with the Creative Cloud Photography plan. Get all the essential tools, including Adobe Photoshop Lightroom and Photoshop, to craft incredible images every day, everywhere — whether you’re a beginner or a pro. It’s all your photography. All in one place.

lynda.com Learn photography anytime, anywhere, and at your own pace—from bite-sized tutorials to comprehensive courses. Try lynda.com free for 10 days by visiting lynda.com/Photofocus.

Direct download: PF_9_5_15.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 12:00am EDT

This week we catch up with two photographers who share insights into taking your skills to the next level.  First, Levi Sim sits down with Roberto Valenzuela to talk about lighting and creativity.  Then Robert Vanelli catches up with photographer and Photoshop expert Glyn Dewis.

 

Roberto Valenzuela

Roberto Valenzuela is a photographer based in Beverly Hills, CA. He developed his unique teaching style by following the same practice regimen he developed as a professional concert classical guitarist and educator. He has traveled to every corner of the world motivating photographers to practice and break down the various elements of photography in order to master them through goal setting, self-training, and constant dedication.

Levi and Roberto discuss:

  • Who is Roberto?
  • Why he wants student to have as much access to him as possible during workshops?
  • Photographers need to learn lighting
  • Roberto's challenge for your next photoshoot
  • Adjust your lighting to improve your light
  • Study photos in person that have amazing light
  • Roberto didn’t fall in love with photography with open shade photos
  • Tips for helping keep the passion
  • What books does Roberto have out and what’s about to come out?
  • What do you stand for in your photography?
  • How to set yourself apart?
  • Where can we find Roberto?

     

Glyn Dewis

Glyn Dewis is a Photographer and a Retoucher.  He is also a Photoshop World Instructor based just outside of Oxford in the UK. He works internationally shooting promotional and commercial photos primarily focussed on Physique Athletes, Musicians, Bands and Up and Coming Actors.

Levi and Glyn discuss:

Vanelli and Glyn discuss:

  • Glyn’s background
  • How he took his past life passion and applied it to his photography?
  • What and why he’s doing personal projects?
  • What is Glyn’s book about that came out this year?
  • Tips on lighting
  • Getting rid of Pink Ear
  • Advocate of doing what you do and do it well to get noticed.
  • Where can you find Glyn Dewis?

This Post Sponsored by:

The HDR Learning Center Check out new ways to use High Dynamic Range photography to make compelling images. Free tutorials and posts to get results. Produced in partnership with HDRsoft

Arizona Highways Photo Workshops. For more than 30 years, Arizona Highway Photo Workshops has been committed to helping photographers find inspiring destinations, quality education and spectacular images. Get more information (and enter our contest) at http://www.ahpw.org/FindIt/.

Platypod Pro™– the worlds most compact camera support. Use it with your ballhead in place of a tripod. Click here for more info — http://bit.ly/platypodpro

Creative Cloud Photography planTake your best shot and make it even better with the Creative Cloud Photography plan. Get all the essential tools, including Adobe Photoshop Lightroom and Photoshop, to craft incredible images every day, everywhere — whether you’re a beginner or a pro. It’s all your photography. All in one place.

lynda.com Learn photography anytime, anywhere, and at your own pace—from bite-sized tutorials to comprehensive courses. Try lynda.com free for 10 days by visiting lynda.com/Photofocus.

Direct download: PF_8_25_15.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 12:51am EDT

 

This week we catch up with two photographers who share insights into taking your skills to the next level.  First, Photofocus publisher Rich Harrington sits down with Joe McNally to talk about passion, photography, and business.  Then Robert Vanelli catches up with wedding photographer and director of WPPI Jason Groupp.

 

Joe McNally

Joe McNally is an internationally acclaimed photographer whose career has spanned 30 years and included assignments in over 50 countries. He has shot cover stories for TIME, Newsweek, Fortune, New York, Entertainment Weekly, The New York Times Sunday Magazine, and Men's Journal. He has been at various times in his career a contract photographer for Sports Illustrated, a staff photographer at LIFE, and currently, an ongoing 23 year contributor to the National Geographic, shooting numerous cover stories for those publications.

Learn about:

  • How does Joe keep his passion going?
  • Does he see himself as a historian?
  • What’s holding people back from succeeding?
  • How he works both the paying gigs and the teaching?
  • How do certain projects come together?
  • How does Joe convince the client to let him have creative control?
  • What happens when the client says no?
  • How having an assistant or a team can help?
  • What is coming up for Joe and where you can find him?

Jason Groupp

A photographer since the age of 15, Jason attended the Fashion Institute of Technology’s intensive photography program. After graduation Jason expanded his portfolio to include commercial and editorial work. Soon his expertise for clients like J. Crew, Conair/Cuisinart and Men’s Health began to inform his wedding photography, which led to a distinctly intimate editorial style that has earned Jason a coveted spot as one of The Knot’s 2007 “Best of Weddings” Pick. Jason is also the Director of WPPI and has maintained his photography studio in West Chelsea for the past 12 years.

Vanelli and Jason discuss:

  • Jason’s dedication to running and how it makes him feel better.
  • Relating that to photography.
  • What is Jason’s official title?
  • You owe it to your clients to be at the top of your game.
  • WPPI BIG announcement
  • Stories on going to workshops
  • Where can people find more about WPPI and Photo+ Expo?
  • Where can you find Jason?

This Post Sponsored by:

Arizona Highways Photo Workshops. For more than 30 years, Arizona Highway Photo Workshops has been committed to helping photographers find inspiring destinations, quality education and spectacular images. Get more information (and enter our contest) at http://www.ahpw.org/FindIt/.

Creative Cloud Photography planTake your best shot and make it even better with the Creative Cloud Photography plan. Get all the essential tools, including Adobe Photoshop Lightroom and Photoshop, to craft incredible images every day, everywhere — whether you’re a beginner or a pro. It’s all your photography. All in one place.

lynda.com Learn photography anytime, anywhere, and at your own pace—from bite-sized tutorials to comprehensive courses. Try lynda.com free for 10 days by visiting lynda.com/Photofocus.

The HDR Learning Center Check out new ways to use High Dynamic Range photography to make compelling images. Free tutorials and posts to get results. Produced in partnership with HDRsoft

Direct download: PF_8_15_15A.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 1:53pm EDT

Photofocus editor Rich Harrington sits down with professional photgrapher Robert Vanelli for 3 quick tips to make better portraits.  Enjoy the bonus epsiode.

Direct download: PF_Portrait_Tip.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 5:42pm EDT

This week's podcast features Levi Sim catching up with wildlife photographer Shannon Benson (aka Shannon Wild).  They go deep into her photographic journey as well as discuss working with animals, shooting outdoors, and gear choices.

 

Shannon Wild

Shannon Benson aka Shannon Wild is an Australian wildlife photographer, author and presenter based in South Africa. She is an official contributing photographer for WildAid. Shannon has a weekly series on AnimalBytesTV called Shannon Wild, which follows her adventures in her search for the perfect shot.

She has been involved in various conservation projects over the years including shooting two charity calendars for Devil Ark called the Australian Girls of Herpetology, volunteering her photographic services and working with the critically endangered Grand Cayman Blue Iguana in the Caribbean as well as spending many years as an Australian wildlife carer involved in rescue and rehabilitation specialising in reptiles.

Shannon Wild and Levi Sim discuss:

  • What kind of Photography does Shannon create? 
  • Where does she live and where did she grow up?
  • Tips photographing animals
  • What she hopes her photography does when people look at it?
  • What she teaches on her YouTube show?
  • What kind of animals does she work with?
  • Her scary cheetah story
  • How does she make make a living as a wildlife photographer?
  • What gear does Shannon shoot with?
  • Tips on photographing large animals
  • Where to find Shannon Wild?

This Post Sponsored by:

Photoshop World. Learn more in 3 days than you have in 3 years. Photoshop World is the leading conference for Photographers, Photoshop and Lightroom users. August 11-13, 2015.

Arizona Highways Photo Workshops. For more than 30 years, Arizona Highway Photo Workshops has been committed to helping photographers find inspiring destinations, quality education and spectacular images. Get more information (and enter our contest) at http://www.ahpw.org/FindIt/.

Creative Cloud Photography planTake your best shot and make it even better with the Creative Cloud Photography plan. Get all the essential tools, including Adobe Photoshop Lightroom and Photoshop, to craft incredible images every day, everywhere — whether you’re a beginner or a pro. It’s all your photography. All in one place.

lynda.com Learn photography anytime, anywhere, and at your own pace—from bite-sized tutorials to comprehensive courses. Try lynda.com free for 10 days by visiting lynda.com/Photofocus.

The HDR Learning Center Check out new ways to use High Dynamic Range photography to make compelling images. Free tutorials and posts to get results. Produced in partnership with HDRsoft

Direct download: PF_8_5_15.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 1:33am EDT

This week's podcast is in our classic Question and Answer format.  We gathered up your questions from blog posts and social media and got some straight answers.  Photofocus editor sits down with columnist and Sony Artisan Brian Matiash.
 
 
 
Your Questions Get Answers with Brian Matiash
 
Brian is a photographer and a published writer. He is a regular contributor to Photoshop User Magazine as well as a new member of the Photofocus team. He's spoken at the Google+ Photographers Conference and Photoshop World. He admits to having a " [not-so] tiny obsessions with long-exposure photography, neutral density filters and tilt shift lenses. "
  • Who is Brian Matiash?
  • How he got into photography?
  • Can I do post production with something besides Lightroom?
  • Some of our favorite Lightroom companions and alternatives.
  • Is it okay to buy a camera from someone besides Nikon or Canon?
  • How else can you describe the trends in what we are buying for our next camera?
  • Trends that are emerging with new camera features
  • Calibration tools recommendations for your computer
  • Brian's pick
  • What else can you use macro photography for?
  • Being an anti-social shooter
  • What’s the one lens that every photographer should have?
  • Why limit yourself to a prime lens?
  • Advice on using filters wile shooting
  • Favorite gear picks
  • Shoot for iOS
  • Mappr
  • Garmin Fenix
  • Platypod Pro
  • Where to find Brian and his resources?

This Post Sponsored by:

Photoshop World. Learn more in 3 days than you have in 3 years. Photoshop World is the leading conference for Photographers, Photoshop and Lightroom users. August 11-13, 2015.

Arizona Highways Photo Workshops. For more than 30 years, Arizona Highway Photo Workshops has been committed to helping photographers find inspiring destinations, quality education and spectacular images. Get more information (and enter our contest) at http://www.ahpw.org/FindIt/.

Creative Cloud Photography planTake your best shot and make it even better with the Creative Cloud Photography plan. Get all the essential tools, including Adobe Photoshop Lightroom and Photoshop, to craft incredible images every day, everywhere — whether you’re a beginner or a pro. It’s all your photography. All in one place.

Urban Photographer of the Year. Now in its ninth year, the global competition challenges photographers to capture what urban means to them through the theme “Cities at Work." The competition is free to enter and open to both professional and amateur photographers. The winner will be able to choose a luxury photo safari from a range of exotic locations sponsored by CBRE. For more, please visit the competition’s official website at www.cbreupoty.com

lynda.com Learn photography anytime, anywhere, and at your own pace—from bite-sized tutorials to comprehensive courses. Try lynda.com free for 10 days by visiting lynda.com/Photofocus.

The HDR Learning Center Check out new ways to use High Dynamic Range photography to make compelling images. Free tutorials and posts to get results. Produced in partnership with HDRsoft

Direct download: PF_07_25_15.mp3
Category:general -- posted at: 1:37pm EDT

This week's podcast catches up with a talented photographer to learn his process and motivations.  We also check in with Kodak to learn more about printing and where things are headed.
  
David Shelp from Kodak
 
Levi Sim talks with Dave Shelp who is the ProLab Segment Manager at Kodak Alaris.  David is responsible for Kodak's products and strategy when it comes to professional printing labs for the United States and Canada.
 
  • Who is David Shelp?
  • What is Kodak Alaris up to?
  • Studying the consumer and photographers 
  • Working through the case of shoot and share photographers and clients
  • Working on a sustainable photography business
  • The Value of bringing Print and Digital together
  • How is a picture made?
  • Differences in why you get better productions from professional labs verses consumer labs
  • Importance of having those prints.
  • Why are consumers coming back to film?
  • Where can you find out more about Kodak Alaris?

VonWong

Motivated by the desire to be creatively challenged and overcome impossibilities, Benjamin Von Wong has become notorious for his epic photography. His hyper-realistic art style captures viewers in a fusion of special effects and innovative concepts. Benjamin's background in engineering gives him a unique edge for creative problem solving, where technical challenges become friendly competition. 

Fueled by his passion to connect people, Benjamin has an affinity for finding unique talent to bring his complex stories to life. He is also highly engaged in the photographic society by sharing his experiences and techniques through blogs, social media, workshops and videos. 

  • What kind of Photographer is Ben Won Wong?
  • What was his latest project?
  • How did Ben get involved with Photography?
  • What some challenges he has overcome?
  • Growing as a photographer
  • What he shoots on and why?
  • Thoughts on the future of DSLRs
  • 3 pieces of advice for budding photographers
  • Where can you find Von Wong?
  • What he needs help with on his next project

This Post Sponsored by:

Photoshop World. Learn more in 3 days than you have in 3 years. Photoshop World is the leading conference for Photographers, Photoshop and Lightroom users. August 11-13, 2015.

Arizona Highways Photo Workshops. For more than 30 years, Arizona Highway Photo Workshops has been committed to helping photographers find inspiring destinations, quality education and spectacular images. Get more information (and enter our contest) at http://www.ahpw.org/FindIt/.

Creative Cloud Photography planTake your best shot and make it even better with the Creative Cloud Photography plan. Get all the essential tools, including Adobe Photoshop Lightroom and Photoshop, to craft incredible images every day, everywhere — whether you’re a beginner or a pro. It’s all your photography. All in one place.

Urban Photographer of the Year. Now in its ninth year, the global competition challenges photographers to capture what urban means to them through the theme “Cities at Work." The competition is free to enter and open to both professional and amateur photographers. The winner will be able to choose a luxury photo safari from a range of exotic locations sponsored by CBRE. For more, please visit the competition’s official website at www.cbreupoty.com

lynda.com Learn photography anytime, anywhere, and at your own pace—from bite-sized tutorials to comprehensive courses. Try lynda.com free for 10 days by visiting lynda.com/Photofocus.

The HDR Learning Center Check out new ways to use High Dynamic Range photography to make compelling images. Free tutorials and posts to get results. Produced in partnership with HDRsoft

Direct download: 7_15_15PodcastA_mixdown.output.mp3
Category:general -- posted at: 3:01pm EDT

This week's podcast catches up with two very different photographers. First we talk with Moose Peterson about his love of nature and aviation.  Then we catch up with street photographer Thomas Leuthard for some practical advice.
 
 
Moose Peterson
 
Moose’s true passion is wildlife photography and he considers himself incredibly fortunate to be amongst North Americas critters and bring back their story with his camera. Along the way Moose has been fortunate to be recognized for his passion. One of the original Nikon shooters to receive the D1 in 1999, Moose embraced this new technology becoming the only wildlife photographer in the world to shoot strictly digital in the early years. While a beta site for all the major hardware and software manufacturers, Moose continues his main goal of photographing the life history of North America’s endangered wildlife and wildplaces. Being a creative innovator of new techniques both behind the camera and the computer is the driving force behind his photography and goals.
 
  • What is Moose’s background?
  • Celebrating life through photography
  • The pre-con class he’s teaching in Photoshop World
  • Discussion on shooting and editing landscapes
  • Changing workflow over the years
  • Challenges and perks of Aviation photography
  • Three things you can try at Photoshop World
  • Where to find Moose?

Thomas Leuthard

Thomas Leuthard is a street photographer based in Switzerland. For over 5 years he's traveled to the big cities of this world to witness and document life on the street. He has written several ebooks and also teaches workshops about street photography. He put all his knowledge into the provided video trainings that you don't have to apply for one of his workshops.

  • What is Thomas known for?
  • Working through a photography funk(i.e.creativity boredom)?
  • Finding your purpose again
  • Finding a focus
  • A mindset you have to change time to time
  • How he shoots people on the street
  • What does Thomas shoot on and why?
  • Where can you find Thomas?

This Post Sponsored by:

Photoshop World. Learn more in 3 days than you have in 3 years. Photoshop World is the leading conference for Photographers, Photoshop and Lightroom users. August 11-13, 2015.

Arizona Highways Photo Workshops. For more than 30 years, Arizona Highway Photo Workshops has been committed to helping photographers find inspiring destinations, quality education and spectacular images. Get more information (and enter our contest) at http://www.ahpw.org/FindIt/.

Creative Cloud Photography planTake your best shot and make it even better with the Creative Cloud Photography plan. Get all the essential tools, including Adobe Photoshop Lightroom and Photoshop, to craft incredible images every day, everywhere — whether you’re a beginner or a pro. It’s all your photography. All in one place.

Urban Photographer of the Year. Now in its ninth year, the global competition challenges photographers to capture what urban means to them through the theme “Cities at Work." The competition is free to enter and open to both professional and amateur photographers. The winner will be able to choose a luxury photo safari from a range of exotic locations sponsored by CBRE. For more, please visit the competition’s official website at www.cbreupoty.com

lynda.com Learn photography anytime, anywhere, and at your own pace—from bite-sized tutorials to comprehensive courses. Try lynda.com free for 10 days by visiting lynda.com/Photofocus.

The HDR Learning Center Check out new ways to use High Dynamic Range photography to make compelling images. Free tutorials and posts to get results. Produced in partnership with HDRsoft

Direct download: PF_07_05_15.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 7:00pm EDT

This week's podcast catches up with two very different photographers. First we talk with Cliff Mautner about his work in portraits and weddings. Then we catch up with well-known photographer and cinematographer Vincent Laforet to learn about his latest project.

Cliff Mautner

Cliff Maunter began his career as a photojournalist for the Philadelphia Inquirer. He traveled the world photographing disadvantaged youth in faraway lands, climbed into dangerous caves deep under the earth, covered the life and politics of Governors and U.S. Presidents. After 15 years, he switched to being a wedding photographer serving both Philadelphia and New York.

Rich and Cliff discuss:

Background of Cliff
How he started in Wedding Photography?
Understanding how to make people look Beautiful
What is Cliff teaching at Photoshop World?
What you learn from Cliff’s classes and workshops?
Does Cliff do location scouts?
Challenges in the wedding industry
Showing the Value of your work
Giving great customer service
What question Cliff asks of his brides?
Benefits of Photoshop World
Where can you find Cliff?
Vincent Laforet

Vincent Laforet is a director and photographer. Laforet won the 2002 Pulitzer Prize for Feature Photography with two other photographers as a member of The New York Times for their coverage of the post 9/11 events overseas. He's shot for Vanity Fair, The New York Times Magazine, National Geographic, Sports Illustrated, Time, Newsweek, and Life. In 2008, Laforet directed "Reverie", the first widely available short film shot on a DSLR camera.
Pamela and Vincent talk about:
What is Vincent up to?
How his new project started and where it’s going?
What were some of the challenges of his latest project?
What was his workflow like with the Air project?
What are the Golden Rules of storage backup?
Stressing backing up your work
What piece of gear accessory is a current favorite right now?
Parting advice to new photographers
Where can you find Vincent?

Direct download: PF06_25_15.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 12:00pm EDT

This week's podcast catches up with two very different photographers. First up we catch up with portrait and headshot photographer Peter Hurley about his methods and approach.  Then we talk with astronaut and photographer Reid Wiseman about making pictures from outer space.
 
 
 

Peter Hurley

Peter Hurley is a New York photographer who found his way behind a camera after starting his career in front of one as a model and actor. He first picked up a camera to photograph his work making the US Sailing Team for the Olympics. This lead to a mentorship with photographer Bruce Weber who encouraged him. He's since gone on to shoot advertisements for Levi's, Reebok, DKNY, Johnnie Walker and Axe Deodorant to name a few.

Rich and Peter talk about:

  • How did Peter get into photography and specializing in portraits?
  • Portrait photography and how the industry is doing?
  • How do you capture a personality in a portrait?
  • Establishing value for a client
  • Getting someone in front of you camera everyday
  • Mistakes people make when creating a headshot
  • Learning confidence
  • How are Headshots used and has digital media made a difference?
  • Peter’s favorite thing to capture
  • Timeframe spent with someone when taking a portrait.
  • Information about Peter’s new website
  • Photoshop World advice on what you have to see and do
  • Where to find Peter’s gear information?
  • Where to find Peter on Social Media?

Peter Hurley will also be a presenter at this year's Photoshop World.

 

Astronaut Reid Wiseman

Astronaut G. Reid Wiseman  completed astronaut candidate training in 2011 and has served as flight engineer aboard the International Space Station for Expedition. On May 29, 2014, Wiseman launched from the Baikonur Cosmodrome in Kazakhstan to the International Space Station along with Soyuz Commander Maxim Suraev of the Russian Federal Space Agency (Roscosmos) and Flight Engineer Alexander Gerst of the European Space Agency. They undertook a 165 day mission that included hundred of scientific experiemnts and several spacewalks. They set a milestone for station science by completing a record 82 hours of research in a single week in July.

Pamela and Reid talk about: 

  • Background of Reid Wiseman and what does he do?
  • What kind of training do Astronauts get with photography?
  • What were the biggest challenges and differences from shooting on Earth versus shooting in space?
  • Amount of photos taken in space?
  • Zero gravity situation, how are you stabilizing that camera?
  • What are examples of a typical photograph that is taken from space?
  • Does Reid shoot a lot of when he's back on Earth?
  • Go to gear accessory that you absolutely cannot be without
  • How does the human element play into the images that are taken? 
  • What happens with these images, what the purpose behind why these images are taken?
  • Where can you see some of these images?
  • Advice for budding photographers, what would you give about something that you’ve learned about?
  • Humans are also a very powerful force. There’s no part of this Earth that hasn’t been touched by our hands.
  • Catch up with Reid on Twitter

This Post Sponsored by:

Photoshop World. Learn more in 3 days than you have in 3 years. Photoshop World is the leading conference for Photographers, Photoshop and Lightroom users. August 11-13, 2015.

Arizona Highways Photo Workshops. For more than 30 years, Arizona Highway Photo Workshops has been committed to helping photographers find inspiring destinations, quality education and spectacular images. Get more information (and enter our contest) at http://www.ahpw.org/FindIt/.

Creative Cloud Photography planTake your best shot and make it even better with the Creative Cloud Photography plan. Get all the essential tools, including Adobe Photoshop Lightroom and Photoshop, to craft incredible images every day, everywhere — whether you’re a beginner or a pro. It’s all your photography. All in one place.

Urban Photographer of the Year. Now in its ninth year, the global competition challenges photographers to capture what urban means to them through the theme “Cities at Work." The competition is free to enter and open to both professional and amateur photographers. The winner will be able to choose a luxury photo safari from a range of exotic locations sponsored by CBRE. For more, please visit the competition’s official website at www.cbreupoty.com

The Big DealGet more than $4,000 of photography resources for just $99.  The bundle includs software, video training, ebooks and more. Plus 20% of each bundle goes back to charity.

lynda.com Learn photography anytime, anywhere, and at your own pace—from bite-sized tutorials to comprehensive courses. Try lynda.com free for 10 days by visiting lynda.com/Photofocus.

The HDR Learning Center Check out new ways to use High Dynamic Range photography to make compelling images. Free tutorials and posts to get results. Produced in partnership with HDRsoft

Direct download: PF_06_15_15.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 10:30pm EDT

This week's podcast catches up with two very different topics to help you with your photography.  First up we catch up with fashion and portrait photographer Lindsay Adler and learn some ways to make your subject look their best.  Then we talk with Bill Sorenson about marketing photography.
 
[soundcloud url="https://api.soundcloud.com/tracks/205730617" params="auto_play=false&hide_related=false&visual=true" width="100%" height="175" iframe="true" /]
 

Lindsay Adler

Lindsay Adler is a professional portrait and fashion photographer based in New York City. Her editorial work has appeared in numerous fashion and photography publications internationally including Noise, Bullett Magazine, Essence, Zink Magazine, Rangefinder and dozens more. A clean, bold and graphic style has become the hallmark of her work, making her in-demand for clients across the world.

Her portrait and commercial work includes look books, accessory lines, hair campaigns, cosmetic campaigns, professional athletes, television series promos and more. She is always working on new ways to share her passions and knowledge with others, and each year she lectures tens of thousands of photographers world-wide. She attributes a lot of her success to her parents NEVER suggesting that she ‘get a real job’ and encouraging her to pursue photography even in her pre-teens.

Learn about:

  • How did Lindsay get involved with portrait & fashion photography?
  • How does she coach her subjects?
  • The journey to getting your goal in the image to getting better.
  • Classes Lindsay is teaching is Photoshop World?
  • Practical advice for photographers starting out
  • Is there a discrimination against age/sex in the industry?
  • Where does Lindsay go to recharge creativity?
  • Where else can you find Lindsay teaching?
  • Cross pollination of photography genres
  • Where can you find Lindsay?

Lindsay Adler will also be a presenter at this year's Photoshop World.

Bill Sorenson

For over 40 years, Sorenson Photography has photographed thousands of customers from coast to coast. Photographers William Sorenson and Niels Arnason's portraits display a unique blend of timeless expression, dramatic artistry and handcrafted finishing to enjoy for generations to come. He is also well-known for his photo workshops on how to market and manage a photography business.

  • Where is Bill from?
  • How long has Bill been in the photography industry?
  • How has the market changed over the years?
  • What is Bill doing now?
  • Marketing Tips on Passive Marketing vs. Agressive Marketing
  • Selling Photography
  • Emotion, Expectation, Value, and Experience
  • Tips of building the emotion while shooting
  • Need to show what you want to sell
  • Eliminate & Avoid objections
  • Show Collections of portraits
  • Where can you find Bill? 
  • Embrace Knowledge

This Post Sponsored by:

Photoshop World. Learn more in 3 days than you have in 3 years. Photoshop World is the leading conference for Photographers, Photoshop and Lightroom users. August 11-13, 2015.

Arizona Highways Photo Workshops. For more than 30 years, Arizona Highway Photo Workshops has been committed to helping photographers find inspiring destinations, quality education and spectacular images. Get more information (and enter our contest) at http://www.ahpw.org/FindIt/.

Creative Cloud Photography planTake your best shot and make it even better with the Creative Cloud Photography plan. Get all the essential tools, including Adobe Photoshop Lightroom and Photoshop, to craft incredible images every day, everywhere — whether you’re a beginner or a pro. It’s all your photography. All in one place.

Urban Photographer of the Year. Now in its ninth year, the global competition challenges photographers to capture what urban means to them through the theme “Cities at Work." The competition is free to enter and open to both professional and amateur photographers. The winner will be able to choose a luxury photo safari from a range of exotic locations sponsored by CBRE. For more, please visit the competition’s official website at www.cbreupoty.com

The Big DealGet more than $4,000 of photography resources for just $99.  The bundle includs software, video training, ebooks and more. Plus 20% of each bundle goes back to charity.

lynda.com Learn photography anytime, anywhere, and at your own pace—from bite-sized tutorials to comprehensive courses. Try lynda.com free for 10 days by visiting lynda.com/Photofocus.

The HDR Learning Center Check out new ways to use High Dynamic Range photography to make compelling images. Free tutorials and posts to get results. Produced in partnership with HDRsoft

Direct download: PF_06_05_15.mp3
Category:general -- posted at: 11:11am EDT

This week's podcast answers several questions from Photofocus listeners and readers.  Host Richard Harrington sits down with Robert Vanelli to tackle your questions.
 
[soundcloud url="https://api.soundcloud.com/tracks/207226557" params="auto_play=false&hide_related=false&visual=true" width="100%" height="175" iframe="true" /]
 
 

Photofocus Q&A with Robert Vanelli

Rich Harrington catches up with photographer Robert Vanelli (aka V). After a successful career as a three time Triple Crown Karate champion, Robert Vanelli turned his attention to teaching. As an educator for over 30 years, Vanelli has created several photography and digital workflow programs including a special program, Click for Kids. 

Rich and Vanelli talk about:

  • Why should you put my Lightroom catalog on an SSD or separate drive?
  • Tips for shooting large-sized items or rooms?
  • When should you register your photos?
  • Why stay with your favorite editing program and when do you need to change and upgrade?
  • Adobe workflow tips
  • Should you watermark your images?
  • New software tools
  • Where to find Vanelli?

 


 This Post Sponsored by:

Arizona Highways Photo Workshops. For more than 30 years, Arizona Highway Photo Workshops has been committed to helping photographers find inspiring destinations, quality education and spectacular images. Get more information (and enter our contest) at http://www.ahpw.org/FindIt/.

Photoshop World. Learn more in 3 days than you have in 3 years. Photoshop World is the leading conference for Photographers, Photoshop and Lightroom users. August 11-13, 2015.

SongFreedom is about artists supporting artists. We’re a music licensing platform with the best music available–stuff from the radio, or your favorite indie bands and soundtracks.  A place where photographers and cinematographers can find the most powerful song for their story with the click of a button.

Drobo. A family of Safe, Simple, and Expandable storage systems for capture in the field, editing in the studio, or backup and archive.

ZenfolioLooking for more than just a photo hosting website?  Join the tens of thousands of photographers who switched to the best all-in-one solution to organize, display and sell your photography work online.

lynda.com Learn photography anytime, anywhere, and at your own pace—from bite-sized tutorials to comprehensive courses. Try lynda.com free for 10 days by visiting lynda.com/Photofocus.

The HDR Learning Center Check out new ways to use High Dynamic Range photography to make compelling images. Free tutorials and posts to get results. Produced in partnership with HDRsoft.

Direct download: PF_05_25_15.mp3
Category:general -- posted at: 10:43pm EDT

This week's podcast catches up with two of the best photographers in the industry.  Learn from photography legends Joe McNally and Jerry & Melissa Ghionis.  This week will unlock several secrets to making your best photos.
 
 

Jerry & Melissa Ghionis

As one of the few modern masters of wedding photography not proficient in Photoshop, Jerry Ghionis has learned to create stunning images in camera. Known as the “MacGyver” of photography, Jerry has the innate ability to turn ordinary situations into extraordinary images using any light source and ordinary objects around him. A United States Nikon Ambassador, Jerry was named in the first ever list of Top Ten Wedding Photographers in the World by American Photo magazine. In 2011 Jerry was named by PDN magazine as one of the top photography workshop instructors in the world.

Learn about:

  • What do they do?
  • Why they work well together?
  • Balancing work and home life
  • Being inspired and doing ideas
  • Creating the experience
  • A look into a 3D wedding shoot and how it came about.
  • Pushing your talents to lift each other up
  • Where can we find Jerry & Melissa Ghinonis?

Joe McNally

Joe McNally is an internationally acclaimed photographer whose career has spanned 30 years and included assignments in over 50 countries. He has shot cover stories for TIME, Newsweek, Fortune, New York, Entertainment Weekly, The New York Times Sunday Magazine, and Men's Journal. He has been at various times in his career a contract photographer for Sports Illustrated, a staff photographer at LIFE, and currently, an ongoing 23 year contributor to the National Geographic, shooting numerous cover stories for those publications.

Learn about:

  •  Who have been some of Joe’s mentors?
  • Why have a critique and what to look for in one?
  • You need food for the table and food for the soul.
  • Making both the pictures for your soul and get paid?
  • What kind of photographer is Joe?
  • How he came to know is studio manager?
  • In person networking and meetings selling yourself advice.
  • What Joe has coming up?
  • Where to find Joe?

Joe McNally will also be a presenter at this year's Photoshop World.


 

This Post Sponsored by:

Arizona Highways Photo Workshops. For more than 30 years, Arizona Highway Photo Workshops has been committed to helping photographers find inspiring destinations, quality education and spectacular images. Get more information (and enter our contest) at http://www.ahpw.org/FindIt/.

Photoshop World. Learn more in 3 days than you have in 3 years. Photoshop World is the leading conference for Photographers, Photoshop and Lightroom users. August 11-13, 2015.

 

SongFreedom is about artists supporting artists. We’re a music licensing platform with the best music available–stuff from the radio, or your favorite indie bands and soundtracks.  A place where photographers and cinematographers can find the most powerful song for their story with the click of a button.

Drobo. A family of Safe, Simple, and Expandable storage systems for capture in the field, editing in the studio, or backup and archive.

ZenfolioLooking for more than just a photo hosting website?  Join the tens of thousands of photographers who switched to the best all-in-one solution to organize, display and sell your photography work online.

lynda.com Learn photography anytime, anywhere, and at your own pace—from bite-sized tutorials to comprehensive courses. Try lynda.com free for 10 days by visiting lynda.com/Photofocus.

The HDR Learning Center Check out new ways to use High Dynamic Range photography to make compelling images. Free tutorials and posts to get results. Produced in partnership with HDRsoft.

Direct download: PF_05_15_15.mp3
Category:general -- posted at: 8:00pm EDT

This week's podcast will work both sides of your brain.  Take a deep dive into the new Lightroom update with Adobe product manager Sharad Mangalick.  Then we'll catch up with photo educator Steve Saporito for some tips on understanding clients and connecting with your subject.
 

What's New in Lightroom

Rich Harrington catches up with Sharad Mangalick, product manager for Adobe Photoshop Lightroom and Camera Raw. Find out about the new Lightroom and some hidden features.

  • What’s different about this Lightroom release?
  • How you can get Lightroom
  • The future of getting Lightroom
  • What is HDR in the new Lightroom and what sets it apart?
  • Why are Panoramics in Lightroom?
  • Speeding things up with GPU acceleration
  • Exporting files faster
  • What other features should you be excited about?

Steve Saporito

Levi Sim catches up with Steve Saporito. They discuss his vision of the possibilities in business for photographers.  By providing photographers and business owners, with unique solutions and techniques to enable them to be successful and profitable, he is making their lives simpler, allowing them to get back to what they love most.

  • Who is Steve?
  • What he does in photography?
  • The business aspect in photography
  • What should photographers focus on with a client?
  • What does Steve like to teach photographers?
  • Alerting people to what awe need to celebrate
  • Focus on the client not your own insecurities or ego
  • Emotions, unity and focus on our clients
  • Un-muffling the relationships
  • There’s a hidden treasure and become the archeologist of emotions
  • You are creating an experience
  • Tell clients you are creating artwork not images
  • The undercurrent of what we believe comes out in our language.
  • Allow people to rediscover themselves
  • Where to find Steve?

This Post Sponsored by:

Arizona Highways Photo Workshops. For more than 30 years, Arizona Highway Photo Workshops has been committed to helping photographers find inspiring destinations, quality education and spectacular images. Get more information (and enter our contest) at http://www.ahpw.org/FindIt/.
 
SongFreedom is about artists supporting artists. We’re a music licensing platform with the best music available–stuff from the radio, or your favorite indie bands and soundtracks.  A place where photographers and cinematographers can find the most powerful song for their story with the click of a button.
 
Drobo. A family of Safe, Simple, and Expandable storage systems for capture in the field, editing in the studio, or backup and archive.
 
ZenfolioLooking for more than just a photo hosting website?  Join the tens of thousands of photographers who switched to the best all-in-one solution to organize, display and sell your photography work online.
 
lynda.com Learn photography anytime, anywhere, and at your own pace—from bite-sized tutorials to comprehensive courses. Try lynda.com free for 10 days by visiting lynda.com/Photofocus.
 
The HDR Learning Center Check out new ways to use High Dynamic Range photography to make compelling images. Free tutorials and posts to get results. Produced in partnership with HDRsoft.
Direct download: PF_5_5_15.mp3
Category:general -- posted at: 10:00pm EDT

This week's podcast catches you up three different ways.  First get inspired by photographer Kevin Weinstein as he shares practical advice about being a working photographer.  Then get a quick update on the new Lightroom CC as well as discover what new lens was just released by Lensbaby.
 

 

Kevin Weinstein

Kevin graduated from the San Francisco Art Institute with a degree in photography and went on to earn a Master’s degree in photojournalism from the top photojournalism school in the country, the University of Missouri-Columbia. He spent 12 years in newspaper and magazine journalism. 

He has worked for the Sun (Bremerton, Washington), the Memphis Commercial Appeal, the Albuquerque Tribune, the San Francisco Chronicle, the Oakland Tribune, and the Sun in Illinois among others. Kevin has received numerous awards, scholarships, and project grants throughout his career including first place in the College Photographer of the Year Award in 1994. 

He started Kevin Weinstein Photography, Inc. in 2001 to challenge himself artistically. Kevin effortlessly combines the worlds of photojournalism and artistic photography to create memorable images for his clients. 

https://vimeo.com/14670955

  • What’s Kevin’s favorite thing to photograph?
  • Why are people and time his favorite things to have when shooting?
  • The anxiety before every shoot and overcoming it.
  • How he started in weddings?
  • How to handle the anxiety of showing your work to clients
  • Photography is all about making decisions
  • Photography is always being critiqued
  • How to be the salesperson with your clients
  • Changes in events and the digital world
  • Working and networking with event planners
  • Presenting yourself in your outward appearance
  • Kevin’s tools and gear talk
  • How mirrorless made photography come back with creativity and passion again
  • Why Kevin has no desire to shoot film anymore
  • Where to find Kevin

Lensbaby

Levi Sim and Doug Daulton catch up with Lensbaby to talk about new gear.  Hear from Keri Friedman and Craig Strong about shooting tips and a brand new lens.

  • What is Lensbaby?
  • How they started and what they have now
  • The new Velvet 56mm F1.6 lens 
  • What’s different about it?
  • Macro talk and it’s versatility 
  • What can you do as a photographer to create something different?
  • How to use restrictions to create?
  • Where can find more about Lensbaby?

This Post Sponsored by:

Arizona Highways Photo Workshops. For more than 30 years, Arizona Highway Photo Workshops has been committed to helping photographers find inspiring destinations, quality education and spectacular images. Get more information (and enter our contest) at http://www.ahpw.org/FindIt/
 
SongFreedom is about artists supporting artists. We’re a music licensing platform with the best music available–stuff from the radio, or your favorite indie bands and soundtracks.  A place where photographers and cinematographers can find the most powerful song for their story with the click of a button. 
 
Drobo. A family of Safe, Simple, and Expandable storage systems for capture in the field, editing in the studio, or backup and archive. 
 
ZenfolioLooking for more than just a photo hosting website?  Join the tens of thousands of photographers who switched to the best all-in-one solution to organize, display and sell your photography work online. 
 
lynda.com Learn photography anytime, anywhere, and at your own pace—from bite-sized tutorials to comprehensive courses. Try lynda.com free for 10 days by visiting lynda.com/Photofocus
 
The HDR Learning Center Check out new ways to use High Dynamic Range photography to make compelling images. Free tutorials and posts to get results. Produced in partnership with HDRsoft.
Direct download: PF_4_25_15.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 11:33pm EDT

This week's podcast takes a pass through Las Vegas.  You'll hear from three members of the Photofocus team on their thoughts about new gear announced at the show.  Then Levi Sim catches up Arizona Highways Magazine and Jeff Kida.

NAB Show New Gear

The staff of Photofocus descended upon the National Association of Broadcasters Convention in Las Vegas.  Every major camera and lens manufacturer was there showing off a lot of gear that photographers will love.  Pamela Berry, Levi Sim, and Doug Daulton sit down for a roundtable discussion on their favorite discoveries.

  • What’s exciting from BlackMagic?
  • Leica has a mirrorless system with a low price
  • Other price shockers
  • A new brand of lenses for Micro four thirds
  • Why are we frustrated with Canon?
  • What products will be big this year.
  • Parting thoughts
  • More about NAB

Jeff Kida from Arizona Highways Magazine

Levi Sim and Jeff Kida sit down to talk about Arizona Highways Magazine as well as the workshops that are planned.  Learn more about this prestigious magazine and how photo workshops are managed.

  • The history of the magazine
  • What kinds of photographers does Jeff like?
  • What is he photographing lately?
  • Setting goals as photographers
  • Two goals that we can pursue?
  • Finding your vision and don’t be in a hurry
  • “When I’m shooting at my best, I’m outside of myself”
  • What has Jeff noticed that's changed over the years with photography?
  • Benefits of going to workshops
  • "We all have stories to tell"
  • Photography is a vehicle for story and change
  • How do you get published in Arizona Highways magazine?

This Post Sponsored by:

Arizona Highways Photo Workshops. For more than 30 years, Arizona Highway Photo Workshops has been committed to helping photographers find inspiring destinations, quality education and spectacular images. Get more information (and enter our contest) at http://www.ahpw.org/FindIt/.

SongFreedom is about artists supporting artists. We’re a music licensing platform with the best music available–stuff from the radio, or your favorite indie bands and soundtracks.  A place where photographers and cinematographers can find the most powerful song for their story with the click of a button.

Drobo. A family of Safe, Simple, and Expandable storage systems for capture in the field, editing in the studio, or backup and archive.

ZenfolioLooking for more than just a photo hosting website?  Join the tens of thousands of photographers who switched to the best all-in-one solution to organize, display and sell your photography work online.

lynda.com Learn photography anytime, anywhere, and at your own pace—from bite-sized tutorials to comprehensive courses. Try lynda.com free for 10 days by visiting lynda.com/Photofocus.

The HDR Learning Center Check out new ways to use High Dynamic Range photography to make compelling images. Free tutorials and posts to get results. Produced in partnership with HDRsoft.

Direct download: PF_04_15_15.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 9:00pm EDT

This week's podcast offers a special treat.  We talk Scott Bourne out of retirement to come on to one show as a guest.  Rich and Scott catch up about Fuji cameras and cloud photo editing.  Then Levi Sim sites down with boudoir photographer Jennifer Rozenbaum to learn about her approach.

[soundcloud url="https://api.soundcloud.com/tracks/199311783" params="auto_play=false&hide_related=false&visual=true" width="100%" height="175" iframe="true" /]

Scott Bourne

Longtime readers will of course recognize Scott as the founder of Photofocus.  We wanted to catch up with him and learn about what he's been up to.  We also dig into his new love of Fuji cameras and discuss changes in his workflow.

  • What has Scott be up to?
  • What is Scott’s new title?
  • His switch to Fuji
  • Why has Fuji becoming so popular?
  • What Scott is likes about Fuji
  • Why Scott is shooting JPEG now most of the time
  • How are lower price points and mirror-less cameras changing the industry?
  • Making photography fun again
  • Are Canon and Nikon asleep at the wheel?
  • What is getting Scott excited right now?
  • Discussing organizational/post processing programs
  • Working in the Cloud
  • What Scott is currently working on?
  • Learn more at WeShootFuji.com

Jennifer Rozenbaum

Jen Rozenbaum is the eye, talent and force behind Jenerations, NY's Premier Boudoir Photography Studio. Her artistic background lends an almost sixth sense when it comes to the aesthetics of boudoir photography, which is just half the reason for her extraordinary success. Her clients are her biggest supporters, having gone through what they describe as ‘a life changing experience’ after seeing the results of their portrait session.

  • Who is Jen?
  • What kind of photographer is she?
  • What is her motto?
  • How did she get started in Boudoir?
  • Advice to being in a conservative small town and wanting to shoot Boudoir
  • What’s the first 2-3 years is like for a new boudoir business?
  • Why referrals in boudoir aren’t immediate
  • Boudoir demographics
  • The clients she won’t take and why
  • Action is the most important part of your business
  • How Jen started her business?
  • Gear talk. What does Jen shoot with?
  • How does Jen stay inspired?
  • Don’t buy “crap” stuff

This Post Sponsored by:

Arizona Highways Photo Workshops. For more than 30 years, Arizona Highway Photo Workshops has been committed to helping photographers find inspiring destinations, quality education and spectacular images. Get more information (and enter our contest) at http://www.ahpw.org/FindIt/.

SongFreedom is about artists supporting artists. We’re a music licensing platform with the best music available–stuff from the radio, or your favorite indie bands and soundtracks.  A place where photographers and cinematographers can find the most powerful song for their story with the click of a button.

Drobo. A family of Safe, Simple, and Expandable storage systems for capture in the field, editing in the studio, or backup and archive.

ZenfolioLooking for more than just a photo hosting website?  Join the tens of thousands of photographers who switched to the best all-in-one solution to organize, display and sell your photography work online.

lynda.com Learn photography anytime, anywhere, and at your own pace—from bite-sized tutorials to comprehensive courses. Try lynda.com free for 10 days by visiting lynda.com/Photofocus.

The HDR Learning Center Check out new ways to use High Dynamic Range photography to make compelling images. Free tutorials and posts to get results. Produced in partnership with HDRsoft.

Direct download: PF_04_05_15_mixdown.mp3
Category:general -- posted at: 1:03am EDT

This week's podcast offers a special treat.  We talk Scott Bourne out of retirement to come on to one show as a guest.  Rich and Scott catch up about Fuji cameras and cloud photo editing.  Then Levi Sim sites down with boudoir photographer Jennifer Rozenbaum to learn about her approach.

[soundcloud url="https://api.soundcloud.com/tracks/199311783" params="auto_play=false&hide_related=false&visual=true" width="100%" height="175" iframe="true" /]

Scott Bourne

Longtime readers will of course recognize Scott as the founder of Photofocus.  We wanted to catch up with him and learn about what he's been up to.  We also dig into his new love of Fuji cameras and discuss changes in his workflow. 

  • What has Scott be up to?
  • What is Scott’s new title?
  • His switch to Fuji
  • Why has Fuji becoming so popular?
  • What Scott is likes about Fuji
  • Why Scott is shooting JPEG now most of the time
  • How are lower price points and mirror-less cameras changing the industry?
  • Making photography fun again
  • Are Canon and Nikon asleep at the wheel?
  • What is getting Scott excited right now?
  • Discussing organizational/post processing programs
  •  
    Working in the Cloud
  • What Scott is currently working on?
  • Learn more at WeShootFuji.com

Jennifer Rozenbaum

Jen Rozenbaum is the eye, talent and force behind Jenerations, NY's Premier Boudoir Photography Studio. Her artistic background lends an almost sixth sense when it comes to the aesthetics of boudoir photography, which is just half the reason for her extraordinary success. Her clients are her biggest supporters, having gone through what they describe as ‘a life changing experience’ after seeing the results of their portrait session. 

  • Who is Jen?
  • What kind of photographer is she?
  • What is her motto?
  • How did she get started in Boudoir?
  • Advice to being in a conservative small town and wanting to shoot Boudoir
  • What’s the first 2-3 years is like for a new boudoir business?
  • Why referrals in boudoir aren’t immediate
  • Boudoir demographics
  • The clients she won’t take and why 
  • Action is the most important part of your business
  • How Jen started her business?
  • Gear talk. What does Jen shoot with?
  • How does Jen stay inspired?
  • Don’t buy “crap” stuff

This Post Sponsored by:

Arizona Highways Photo Workshops. For more than 30 years, Arizona Highway Photo Workshops has been committed to helping photographers find inspiring destinations, quality education and spectacular images. Get more information (and enter our contest) at http://www.ahpw.org/FindIt/.

SongFreedom is about artists supporting artists. We’re a music licensing platform with the best music available–stuff from the radio, or your favorite indie bands and soundtracks.  A place where photographers and cinematographers can find the most powerful song for their story with the click of a button.

Drobo. A family of Safe, Simple, and Expandable storage systems for capture in the field, editing in the studio, or backup and archive.

ZenfolioLooking for more than just a photo hosting website?  Join the tens of thousands of photographers who switched to the best all-in-one solution to organize, display and sell your photography work online.

lynda.com Learn photography anytime, anywhere, and at your own pace—from bite-sized tutorials to comprehensive courses. Try lynda.com free for 10 days by visiting lynda.com/Photofocus.

The HDR Learning Center Check out new ways to use High Dynamic Range photography to make compelling images. Free tutorials and posts to get results. Produced in partnership with HDRsoft.

Category:general -- posted at: 1:00am EDT

This week's podcast interviews two gurus to help you with your photo skills.  First up is photographer and host of This Week in Photo, Frederick Van Johnson.  Then we catch up with Photoshop guru and lynda.com author Justin Seeley.

Frederick Van Johnson

 

 

  • Who is Frederick Van Johnson?
  • TWIP Talk
  • How did Frederick start with Photography?
  • How the military played a role?
  • Photography appeals to the geek side, technology and artist side of us. 
  • What happened after the military?
  • His path back towards photography
  • What does Frederick like to photograph?
  • Advice when looking for a career in photography?
  • Define what success looks like for you
  • How to reverse engineer your path
  • Relentless persistance is a super power
  • What can you find Frederick?

Justin Seeley

Justin Seeley is a renowned software trainer and graphic designer with nearly a decade's worth of experience in the creative media industry. His podcasts consistently rank among the top software how-to podcasts on the iTunes Store and his techniques have been featured on a variety of internet shows and digital publications. To date, Justin has authored over 50 hours of instructional content on a variety of digital imaging and design related topics.

  • Who is Justin and his background?
  • How does he approach using Photoshop?
  • Any core skills everyone should brush up on?
  • Some fundamentals of Photoshop
  • LAB mode and why it’s important
  • What’s his workflow with Lightroom and Photoshop?
  • What are some trends with images and technologies that are improving with Photoshop that help make images better?
  • What are some of Justin’s favorite courses on lynda.com that you should check out?
  • Where can we find Justin?

Drobo. A family of Safe, Simple, and Expandable storage systems for capture in the field, editing in the studio, or backup and archive.

Zenfolio. Looking for more than just a photo hosting website?  Join the tens of thousands of photographers who switched to the best all-in-one solution to organize, display and sell your photography work online.

lynda.com Learn photography anytime, anywhere, and at your own pace—from bite-sized tutorials to comprehensive courses. Try lynda.com free for 10 days by visiting lynda.com/Photofocus.

SongFreedom is about artists supporting artists. We’re a music licensing platform with the best music available–stuff from the radio, or your favorite indie bands and soundtracks.  A place where photographers and cinematographers can find the most powerful song for their story with the click of a button.

The HDR Learning Center Check out new ways to use High Dynamic Range photography to make compelling images. Free tutorials and posts to get results. Produced in partnership with HDRsoft.

Direct download: PF_03_25_15.mp3
Category:general -- posted at: 11:08pm EDT

This week's podcast interviews photographers Cindy Harter Sims about printmaking and competitions.  Then we catch up with well-known glamour photographer Lou Freeman. Tune in and get inspired.

 

Cindy Harter Sims

Cindy Harter is a portrait photographer located in Cartersville, GA. Her philosophy for her life and her business is Live Independently. Feel Intimately. Love Courageously.  She shares her philosophy on making images that inspire.

  • Who is Cindy?
  • How does she describe her work and who does she photograph?
  • Live independently, feel intimately & love courageously
  • Learning from WPPI’s print competition.
  • How many years has Cindy been entering the print competition?
  • How has is change her approach to taking photographs?
  • Are trends good or bad?
  • Who prints her work?
  • How what you print on can make a difference in your work?
  • Prepping and understand what you need to do to enter for the first time.
  • Word of mouth is everything
  • Family affair and working with her family
  • Keeping art bright
  • Art in your life is a gift
  • Feeling the moments of knowing where you are supposed to be
  • Remind yourself how far you’ve come
  • Where can you find Cindy?

Lou Freeman

 

Lou Freeman is a Master Fashion, Glamour, and Beauty Photographer who’s career has spanned 3 decades with a focus on advertising, fashion and celebrity portraits. This interview is from the busy show floor at WPPI, so there is a little background noise.

  • Who is Lou Freeman?
  • What does she do?
  • How does she emotionally support her clients?
  • Everything can be made to look beautiful
  • Shift in her career and what she learned?
  • What can you communicate with your eyes?
  • Ask for a better pose rather than “Don’t do this because” Speak in the positive and never in the negative to your client.
  • People show stress in how they hold their hands and in their neck/shoulders
  • It’s up to the photographer to create the mood and scene
  • Working with those who elevate you and your work and vise versa.
  • Collaborating with a stylist and why?
  • No matter who they are go to the lengths 
  • Try to make the most out of every chance you have to get the image.
  • Color, impact and celebrity draws people to your portfolio.
  • Take care of yourself as a photographer. What you put out there is what you are showing the world. 
  • Dress like your price point. 
  • What is one lighting tool that every photographer should know?
  • Learn how to keyword and SEO your website
  • Where can you find Lou?

This Post Sponsored by:

Drobo. A family of Safe, Simple, and Expandable storage systems for capture in the field, editing in the studio, or backup and archive.

Zenfolio. Looking for more than just a photo hosting website?  Join the tens of thousands of photographers who switched to the best all-in-one solution to organize, display and sell your photography work online.

lynda.com Learn photography anytime, anywhere, and at your own pace—from bite-sized tutorials to comprehensive courses. Try lynda.com free for 10 days by visiting lynda.com/Photofocus.

SongFreedom is about artists supporting artists. We’re a music licensing platform with the best music available–stuff from the radio, or your favorite indie bands and soundtracks.  A place where photographers and cinematographers can find the most powerful song for their story with the click of a button.

The HDR Learning Center Check out new ways to use High Dynamic Range photography to make compelling images. Free tutorials and posts to get results. Produced in partnership with HDRsoft.

Direct download: PF_03_15_15.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 8:24am EDT

This week's podcast interviews photographer Theresa Sicurezza about her photography and work with ASMP.  Then we catch up with Dave Moser about the upcoming Photoshop World conference. Tune in and get inspired.

Theresa Sicurezza

Theresa Sicurezza is an Atlanta based photographer.  She frequently shoots architecture and she's also an executive member in ASMP, the American Society of Media Photographers.

Levi Sim and Teresa Segurezza discuss:

  • Who is Teresa Segurezza?
  • What kind of photography does she do?
  • What does Architecture photography consist of?
  • What post processing does she use?
  • What other photography is she getting into?
  • What is Teresa’s relationship with ASMP and why?
  • Goals as President of ASMP Atlantic region
  • What’s it’s like to be apart of ASMP and how will it help you to grow as a photographer
  • What can you utilize of ASMP without even being a member?
  • Where can you find ASMP?

 

Dave Moser & Photoshop World

Dave Moser is the Executive Vice President of Kelby One. While they may sound a little stiff, Dave is fully plugged in to the world of creative professionals.  He started as one of the original publishers in the Mac community with MacCentral. Dave is also involved in putting together great events like Photoshop World. 

  • Who is Dave Moser?
  • What sets apart Photoshop World?
  • How some instructors started out as attendees and now what they did and who they met at PSW changed their lives and careers.
  • Why is Photoshop World worth it to attend in person?
  • Your self confidence makes all the difference
  • How good are you as a photographer? 
  • It’s a long walk till you KNOW what THAT shot is.

This Post Sponsored by:

Drobo. A family of Safe, Simple, and Expandable storage systems for capture in the field, editing in the studio, or backup and archive.

ZenfolioLooking for more than just a photo hosting website?  Join the tens of thousands of photographers who switched to the best all-in-one solution to organize, display and sell your photography work online.

lynda.com Learn photography anytime, anywhere, and at your own pace—from bite-sized tutorials to comprehensive courses. Try lynda.com free for 10 days by visiting lynda.com/Photofocus.

SongFreedom is about artists supporting artists. We’re a music licensing platform with the best music available–stuff from the radio, or your favorite indie bands and soundtracks.  A place where photographers and cinematographers can find the most powerful song for their story with the click of a button.

Capture Cinematic Weddings with Ray Roman.  A Wedding Workshop Series Traveling the US and Canada. Learn to shoot stunning wedding videos from the master of ceremonies, Ray Roman -- The World Renowned Wedding Cinematographer! Use the code PHOTOFOCUS for discounted tickets.

The HDR Learning Center Check out new ways to use High Dynamic Range photography to make compelling images. Free tutorials and posts to get results. Produced in partnership with HDRsoft.

Direct download: PF_03_05_15.mp3
Category:general -- posted at: 6:30pm EDT

This week's podcast interviews photographer Chris Smith.   Chris is a Chicago based photographer and an expert and understanding light.

 

Chris Smith

Chris Smith is a Chicago photographer who splits his time between being a high school physics teacher.  Chris's understanding of light is a key factor to his amazing photos (and he shares great advice in this podcast).  He also runs the website Out of Chicago which helps other photographers shoot Chicago.

Levi Sim and Chris Smith discuss:

  • Who is Chris Smith?
  • What does Chris do and what kind of photographer is he?
  • Why you should shoot what’s around you
  • Chris's guide to shooting Chicago
  • What are photographers missing in post processing?
  • The role of dodging and burning
  • What tools does Chris use to post process his images?
  • What gear is in Chris’s bag?
  • His most important piece of gear.
  • Tips for shooting with tripods
  • The importance of setting your camera before you head out.
  • Using Live View on your camera
  • Using exposure simulation mode
  • Talking Filters
  • The Out of Chicago conference
  • Where can you find more about Chris?

This Post Sponsored by:

Drobo. A family of Safe, Simple, and Expandable storage systems for capture in the field, editing in the studio, or backup and archive.

ZenfolioLooking for more than just a photo hosting website?  Join the tens of thousands of photographers who switched to the best all-in-one solution to organize, display and sell your photography work online.

lynda.com Learn photography anytime, anywhere, and at your own pace—from bite-sized tutorials to comprehensive courses. Try lynda.com free for 10 days by visiting lynda.com/Photofocus.

SongFreedom is about artists supporting artists. We’re a music licensing platform with the best music available–stuff from the radio, or your favorite indie bands and soundtracks.  A place where photographers and cinematographers can find the most powerful song for their story with the click of a button.

Capture Cinematic Weddings with Ray Roman.  A Wedding Workshop Series Traveling the US and Canada. Learn to shoot stunning wedding videos from the master of ceremonies, Ray Roman -- The World Renowned Wedding Cinematographer! Use the code PHOTOFOCUS for discounted tickets.

The HDR Learning Center Check out new ways to use High Dynamic Range photography to make compelling images. Free tutorials and posts to get results. Produced in partnership with HDRsoft.

Direct download: PF_02_25_15.mp3
Category:general -- posted at: 12:00pm EDT

Thanks for all the great questions you've been sending in to the Photofocus podcast.  This week we're joined by guru and Photofocus contributor Nicole S. Young (nicolesy).  Rich and Nicole tackle some great topics to help photographers.

The music in our podcast comes from the cool folks over at SongFreedom, be sure to check them out!

Get the show here  or get it on iTunes — Don't forget to post a review on iTunes.

Rich Harrington & Nicole S. Young

  • Welcome to the Show
  • Making edits
  • Deciding which photos to keep
  • Travel gear advice
  • Check out new photo classes on lynda.com
  • Nicoles workflow with Lightroom & onOne
  • When should you sharpen your photos?
  • Using the masking tool choose what to sharpen or not sharpen.
  • Add the perfect soundtrack with SongFreedom
  • Where does Nicole get her photography inspiration?
  • Attend the Capture Cinematic Weddings workshop
  • Suggestions on working with clients.
  • Enter our New Camera Contest
  • Thanks to Drobo
  • Shooting JPEG or RAW or both?
  • Apple to officially remove Aperture from Mac App Store
  • Controlling the handoff between RAW file and Photoshop
  • Choosing a working color space
  • Build the perfect website with Zenfolio
  • New techniques and equipment that Nicole and Rich have been using lately
  • Learn About HDR with Photomatix
  • Where can we catch up with Nicole?

 


This Post Sponsored by:

Drobo. A family of Safe, Simple, and Expandable storage systems for capture in the field, editing in the studio, or backup and archive.

ZenfolioLooking for more than just a photo hosting website?  Join the tens of thousands of photographers who switched to the best all-in-one solution to organize, display and sell your photography work online.

lynda.com Learn photography anytime, anywhere, and at your own pace—from bite-sized tutorials to comprehensive courses. Try lynda.com free for 10 days by visiting lynda.com/Photofocus.

SongFreedom is about artists supporting artists. We’re a music licensing platform with the best music available–stuff from the radio, or your favorite indie bands and soundtracks.  A place where photographers and cinematographers can find the most powerful song for their story with the click of a button.

Capture Cinematic Weddings with Ray Roman.  A Wedding Workshop Series Traveling the US and Canada. Learn to shoot stunning wedding videos from the master of ceremonies, Ray Roman -- The World Renowned Wedding Cinematographer! Use the code PHOTOFOCUS for discounted tickets.

The HDR Learning Center Check out new ways to use High Dynamic Range photography to make compelling images. Free tutorials and posts to get results. Produced in partnership with HDRsoft.

Direct download: PF_2_15_15.mp3
Category:general -- posted at: 10:54pm EDT

Thanks for all the great questions you've been sending in to the Photofocus podcast. This week is a two part show. First up, Rich Harrington catches up with photographer and educator Abba Shapiro to tackle some great topics to help photographers.

Then Levi Sim catch up with Ray Roman & Matt Thompson to talk about shooting weddings and making the transition from photo to video. Remember, you can post questions for future shows via Twitter with the #pfqa or send us a note at Photofocus.

The music in our podcast comes from the cool folks over at SongFreedom, be sure to check them out!

Rich Harrington & Abba Shapiro

Welcome to the Show
Enter our New Camera Contest
Thanks to Drobo
What is Abba’s background?
What does he love to shoot?
Suggestions on using underwater gear
Advice for working with models.
Strategies for networking and finding models.
Check out new photo classes on lynda.com
Abba's Favorite Plug-ins
Are you cheating if you use plug-ins?
Enhance your images with onOne Perfect Photo Suite
Cool results with the Perfectly Clear Plug-In
Learn About HDR with Photomatix
Fixing Portraits with Portrait Professional
Advice for using plug-ins
What are the drawbacks and benefits of using auto modes such as auto ISO?
Add the perfect soundtrack with SongFreedom
Can you recover photos from a card that was deleted?
Advice for protecting cards
Should I Have a Digital or Print Portfolio?

Levi Sim with Ray Roman & Matt Thompson 
Who is Matt Thompson?
Who is Ray Roman and what does he do?
What is Ray’s background?
How did Ray get started in wedding videos?
How another photographer saved his business?
Ray discusses his motivation to be the best.
How Ray juggled career and doing weddings?
Being driven and challenging yourself
How is Ray increasing his skills?
Learn to Analyze everything you see
Learn to have a strong foundation
Photographers are half way to shooting video
What gear Ray uses and why?
What sets Ray apart?
Branding talk and how it can elevate your business.
What does Ray teaches at his workshops?
Networking and getting to know others in your industry.
Where can we find out more about Ray’s workshops?
Where can we catch up with Matt?

 

Direct download: PF_02_05_15.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 10:30pm EDT

Thanks for all the great questions you've been sending in to the Photofocus podcast.  This week Rich Harrington and Levi Sim tackle some great topics to help photographers. Remember, you can post those questions via Twitter with the #pfqa or send us a note here at Photofocus.

The music in our podcast comes from the cool folks over at SongFreedom, be sure to check them out!

Rich Harrington & Levi Sim


This Post Sponsored by:

SongFreedom is about artists supporting artists. We’re a music licensing platform with the best music available–stuff from the radio, or your favorite indie bands and soundtracks.  A place where photographers and cinematographers can find the most powerful song for their story with the click of a button.

Adobe Transform your photography. Organize, edit, enhance, and share your images on your desktop or mobile device with the world’s best photography tools: Adobe Photoshop CC and Lightroom. Get the most comprehensive photography solution for just $9.99/month.

OnOne Software Perfect Photo Suite 9 is a full-featured photo editor that works either as a plug-in to Adobe Photoshop and Lightroom, or as a standalone application. In any workflow, the Suite provides all the necessary tools for editing your photos, improving portraits, adding popular looks in color or black and white, resizing for large-format printing, and making complex selections with minimal effort.

Drobo. A family of Safe, Simple, and Expandable storage systems for capture in the field, editing in the studio, or backup and archive.

lynda.com Learn photography anytime, anywhere, and at your own pace—from bite-sized tutorials to comprehensive courses. Try lynda.com free for 10 days by visiting lynda.com/ Photofocus.

The HDR Learning Center Check out new ways to use High Dynamic Range photography to make compelling images. Free tutorials and posts to get results. Produced in partnership with HDRsoft.

Direct download: PF_1_25_15.mp3
Category:general -- posted at: 12:53pm EDT

Thanks for all the great questions you’ve been sending in to the Photofocus podcast.  This week Rich Harrington and Kevin Ames tackle some great topics to help photographers. Remember, you can post those questions via Twitter with the #pfqa or send us a note here at Photofocus.

The music in our podcast comes from the cool folks over at SongFreedom, be sure to check them out!

Rich Harrington & Kevin Ames

  • Who is Kevin Ames?
  • Why is Atlanta, GA having a resurgence in the arts like Film and Media?
  • Why do you need a prime lens?
  • If you can only afford one prime, which one should you get?
  • What is a “normal” lens and what that means for your camera?
  • Is it okay to make portraits of people without their permission
  • When to use Photoshop and when to use Lightroom?
  • How working with the right tools will help you be more efficient.
  • How can I get healthy critiques when I post to social media?
  • Utilizing camera/photo clubs to help you improve
  • Using hardware to display photos
  • At what point is a photographer ready to assist or second shoot?
  • How do you find your way into photography?
  • Working with people you respect and work hard to help it comes back in a positive way.
  • Where can you find more about Kevin’s work?

This Post Sponsored by:

SongFreedom is about artists supporting artists. We’re a music licensing platform with the best music available–stuff from the radio, or your favorite indie bands and soundtracks.  A place where photographers and cinematographers can find the most powerful song for their story with the click of a button.

OnOne Software Perfect Photo Suite 9 is a full-featured photo editor that works either as a plug-in to Adobe Photoshop and Lightroom, or as a standalone application. In any workflow, the Suite provides all the necessary tools for editing your photos, improving portraits, adding popular looks in color or black and white, resizing for large-format printing, and making complex selections with minimal effort.

Drobo. A family of Safe, Simple, and Expandable storage systems for capture in the field, editing in the studio, or backup and archive.

Adobe Transform your photography. Organize, edit, enhance, and share your images on your desktop or mobile device with the world’s best photography tools: Adobe Photoshop CC and Lightroom. Get the most comprehensive photography solution for just $9.99/month.

lynda.com Learn photography anytime, anywhere, and at your own pace—from bite-sized tutorials to comprehensive courses. Try lynda.com free for 10 days by visiting lynda.com/ Photofocus.

The HDR Learning Center Check out new ways to use High Dynamic Range photography to make compelling images. Free tutorials and posts to get results. Produced in partnership with HDRsoft.

Direct download: PF_1_15_15_01.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 8:30pm EDT

Thanks for all the great questions you've been sending in to the Photofocus podcast.  This week Rich Harrington and Levi Sim tackle some great topics to help photographers. Remember, you can post those questions via Twitter with the #pfqa or send us a note here at Photofocus.

 

Rich Harrington & Levi Sim

  • What are the top accessories to have as a new photographer?
  • Tips for shooting indoor mixed light.
  • How to get a flash to look better.
  • Understanding image stabilization and what it means for your lens or camera body
  • Tips on getting images in front of decision makers
  • How to interact with people and clients as a photographer
  • Advice on postproduction (especially when on the road)
  • Where to find out more about Levi

This Post Sponsored by:

Drobo. A family of Safe, Simple, and Expandable storage systems for capture in the field, editing in the studio, or backup and archive.

Adobe Transform your photography. Organize, edit, enhance, and share your images on your desktop or mobile device with the world’s best photography tools: Adobe Photoshop CC and Lightroom. Get the most comprehensive photography solution for just $9.99/month.

lynda.com Learn photography anytime, anywhere, and at your own pace—from bite-sized tutorials to comprehensive courses. Try lynda.com free for 10 days by visiting lynda.com/ Photofocus.

SongFreedom is about artists supporting artists. We’re a music licensing platform with the best music available–stuff from the radio, or your favorite indie bands and soundtracks.  A place where photographers and cinematographers can find the most powerful song for their story with the click of a button.

OnOne Software Perfect Photo Suite 9 is a full-featured photo editor that works either as a plug-in to Adobe Photoshop and Lightroom, or as a standalone application. In any workflow, the Suite provides all the necessary tools for editing your photos, improving portraits, adding popular looks in color or black and white, resizing for large-format printing, and making complex selections with minimal effort.

The HDR Learning Center Check out new ways to use High Dynamic Range photography to make compelling images. Free tutorials and posts to get results. Produced in partnership with HDRsoft.

Direct download: PF_1_5_15.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 8:41am EDT

This week's podcast interviews photographers Stephen Eastwood and Mike Kubeisy.  Plus we'll offer some quick resources for touching up holiday photos as well as news about our next camera contest.

[soundcloud url="https://api.soundcloud.com/tracks/180242351" params="auto_play=false&hide_related=false&visual=true" width="100%" height="175" iframe="true" /]

Get the show here  or get it on iTunes — Don't forget to post a review on iTunes.

Stephen Eastwood

 

Stephen Eastwood is a New York based Fashion and Beauty Photographer.  He also is a digital retoucher.  His expertise in both shooting and retouching have led him to be named a Canon Explorer of Light and PrintMaster.

Levi Sim and Stephen Eastwood discuss:

  • Who is Stephen Eastwood?
  • Why having hands-on learning lights is important.
  • A speedlight tip
  • Using gels and white balance to create drama and color
  • Old school tricks on gelling and creating white balance.
  • If Stephen were to shoot one thing for the rest of his life, what would it be and why?
  • Why you need to start focussing on shooting what you want to be hired for
  • Learning to be consistent 
  • Where can you find Stephen online?

Mike Kubeisy

Mike Kubeisy covers everything from crime scenes to crime scenes to Hollywood celebrities. Since 1984, as a Motion Picture and Television Stills Photographer. He is currently shooting on shows being televised worldwide. He's taught everywhere from Photoshop World to the Federal Bureau of Investigation’s Photo Operations Unit. He is an active member of the Cinematographers Guild Local 600 and the National Association of Photoshop Professionals. You can view his work at www.4stills.com.

Vanelli and Mike discuss:

  • What is Mike well known for?
  • What happens when you use hard lights?
  • How stylizing the set helps with dramatic lighting.
  • Learning to enhance the look of the talent.
  • What does it mean to apply texture to the scene.

This Post Sponsored by:

Drobo. A family of Safe, Simple, and Expandable storage systems for capture in the field, editing in the studio, or backup and archive.

Adobe Transform your photography. Organize, edit, enhance, and share your images on your desktop or mobile device with the world’s best photography tools: Adobe Photoshop CC and Lightroom. Get the most comprehensive photography solution for just $9.99/month.

lynda.com Learn photography anytime, anywhere, and at your own pace—from bite-sized tutorials to comprehensive courses. Try lynda.com free for 10 days by visiting lynda.com/ Photofocus.

SongFreedom is about artists supporting artists. We’re a music licensing platform with the best music available–stuff from the radio, or your favorite indie bands and soundtracks.  A place where photographers and cinematographers can find the most powerful song for their story with the click of a button.

OnOne Software Perfect Photo Suite 9 is a full-featured photo editor that works either as a plug-in to Adobe Photoshop and Lightroom, or as a standalone application. In any workflow, the Suite provides all the necessary tools for editing your photos, improving portraits, adding popular looks in color or black and white, resizing for large-format printing, and making complex selections with minimal effort.

The HDR Learning Center Check out new ways to use High Dynamic Range photography to make compelling images. Free tutorials and posts to get results. Produced in partnership with HDRsoft.

Direct download: PF_12_25_14.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 3:25am EDT

After a hiatus, we've brought back the Question and Answer format to the Photofocus podcast. We got a lot of feedback at our reader's breakfast and decided to pull the format back out. Our goal is to once a month get answers to questions you have.  You can post those questions via Twitter with the #pfqa or send us a note here at Photofocus.

 Rich Harrington & Vanelli

  • Why we are bringing back the Question and Answer Podcast?
  • How can you submit questions?
  • Get to know this week's guest – Vanelli
  • Why should you use a reflector?
  • How many lights or strobes do you need?
  • Learning to start basic and why
  • Thoughts on doing photography education
  • How do you set up for a sunrise or sunset shot (and bonus tips)
  • Secret Lightroom and camera preferences you must change
  • Using bracketing in your camera and how to utilize it.
  • Creating the best Black and White photos.
  • Why is the Adobe photography plan a subscription?
  • Options if you want "boxed" software from Adobe
  • Where are your files? Did you lose them?
  • Where to find Vanelli?

 

Direct download: PF_12_15_14.mp3
Category:general -- posted at: 2:12pm EDT

This week's podcast interviews photographers Roberto Valenzuela and Peter Hurley.  Beauty and wedding photographer Roberto Valenzuela talks about working with medium formats.  Then we join Peter Hurley for some practical advice on working with and directing your subject.

Roberto Valenzuela

Roberto Valenzuela is a photographer based in Beverly Hills, CA. He developed his unique teaching style by following the same practice regimen he developed as a professional concert classical guitarist and educator.

Roberto believes that it is not talent but deliberate practice that is at the core of skill and achievement. He has traveled to every corner of the world motivating photographers to practice and break down the various elements of photography in order to master them through goal setting, self-training, and constant dedication.

Roberto serves as a judge for photographic print competitions in Europe, Mexico, South America, and the most prestigious International photography competitions held in the United States through the Wedding and Portrait Photographers International (WPPI) in Las Vegas, NV.

  • Shooting with the Phase One Medium Format camera
  • What’s different about medium format?
  • Why shoot with medium format?
  • The look you get
  • How are medium format files different?
  • Why does Roberto underexpose every image?
  • The power of using shadows
  • His experience shooting weddings

Peter Hurley

Peter Hurley is a New York photographer who found his way behind a camera after starting his career in front of one as a model and actor. He first picked up a camera to photograph his work making the US Sailing Team for the Olympics. This lead to a mentorship with photographer Bruce Weber who encouraged him. He's since gone on to shoot advertisements for Levi's, Reebok, DKNY, Johnnie Walker and Axe Deodorant to name a few.

Learn about:

  • What is Peter up to?
  • TedX talk
  • When did Peter start photography?
  • Peter’s mental process about shooting others
  • Psychology of being in front of the camera
  • How to customize directions to each individual person
  • We all have hangups about appearance.
  • Having a good relationship with yourself
  • Creating something special.
  • Hurley Pro
  • Where can you find Peter’s work?

This Post Sponsored by:

Drobo. A family of Safe, Simple, and Expandable storage systems for capture in the field, editing in the studio, or backup and archive.

Adobe Transform your photography. Organize, edit, enhance, and share your images on your desktop or mobile device with the world’s best photography tools: Adobe Photoshop CC and Lightroom. Get the most comprehensive photography solution for just $9.99/month.

lynda.com Learn photography anytime, anywhere, and at your own pace—from bite-sized tutorials to comprehensive courses. Try lynda.com free for 10 days by visiting lynda.com/ Photofocus.

SongFreedom is about artists supporting artists. We’re a music licensing platform with the best music available–stuff from the radio, or your favorite indie bands and soundtracks.  A place where photographers and cinematographers can find the most powerful song for their story with the click of a button.

OnOne Software Perfect Photo Suite 9 is a full-featured photo editor that works either as a plug-in to Adobe Photoshop and Lightroom, or as a standalone application. In any workflow, the Suite provides all the necessary tools for editing your photos, improving portraits, adding popular looks in color or black and white, resizing for large-format printing, and making complex selections with minimal effort.

The HDR Learning Center Check out new ways to use High Dynamic Range photography to make compelling images. Free tutorials and posts to get results. Produced in partnership with HDRsoft.

Direct download: PF_12_5_14.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 8:58am EDT

This week's podcast interviews photographers Mark Morrow and Matt Kloskowski.  Mark is a landscape photographer and writer for Photofocus.  Matt is the newly appointed VP of Photography at onOne and you may know him from his many books and workshops.

 

Mark Morrow

Mark Morrow is an active professional photographer based in Roanoke, Virginia, currently specializing in real estate, fine art landscape and architectural projects. Always an avid student of the craft, he enjoys sharing insight and inspiration with amateurs and aspiring professionals as a contributing author with Photofocus.com.

Vanelli and Mark discuss:

  • Who inspired Mark into Photography?
  • How long has Mark been in photography?
  • Mark’s background
  • What was Photoshop’s inspiration
  • What resources helped Mark getting off the ground?
  • Being realistic
  • How Mark approaches his photography?
  • Who has helped both Mark and Vanelli in learning?
  • Research and pay your dues
  • Don’t make excuses for bad work

Matt Klowskowski

Matt Kloskowski is the new  Vice-President of Photography for onOne.  He was formerly with KelbyOne and is a well known educator and author as well as landscape photographer.

Rich and Matt discuss:

  • What is Matt’s background and what’s he’s now doing?
  • What’s his new job?
  • What’s in a name change?
  • Being an educator
  • Using onOne
  • You have a look
  • Who Matt hopes to be with onOne
  • Preset/Effects talk
  • Your Photo Your Look
  • Using Effects to be unique
  • Going back to past images
  • Going beyond the preset
  • Advice to new users on what tools to use
  • Favorite gadgets
  • Where to find Matt?

This Post Sponsored by:

Drobo. A family of Safe, Simple, and Expandable storage systems for capture in the field, editing in the studio, or backup and archive.

Adobe Transform your photography. Organize, edit, enhance, and share your images on your desktop or mobile device with the world’s best photography tools: Adobe Photoshop CC and Lightroom. Get the most comprehensive photography solution for just $9.99/month.

lynda.com Learn photography anytime, anywhere, and at your own pace—from bite-sized tutorials to comprehensive courses. Try lynda.com free for 10 days by visiting lynda.com/ Photofocus.

SongFreedom is about artists supporting artists. We’re a music licensing platform with the best music available–stuff from the radio, or your favorite indie bands and soundtracks.  A place where photographers and cinematographers can find the most powerful song for their story with the click of a button.

OnOne Software Perfect Photo Suite 9 is a full-featured photo editor that works either as a plug-in to Adobe Photoshop and Lightroom, or as a standalone application. In any workflow, the Suite provides all the necessary tools for editing your photos, improving portraits, adding popular looks in color or black and white, resizing for large-format printing, and making complex selections with minimal effort.

The HDR Learning Center Check out new ways to use High Dynamic Range photography to make compelling images. Free tutorials and posts to get results. Produced in partnership with HDRsoft.

Direct download: PF_11_25_14.mp3
Category:general -- posted at: 2:55pm EDT

This week's podcast interviews photographers Tamara Lackey about travel photography Then, we catch up with Bill Fortney to talk postproduction.

Tamara Lackey

Tamara Lackey is a professional photographer, speaker, and author. She focusses on lifestyle photography, from children’s portraits to celebrity portraits. Tamara’s work has been featured in dozens of media outlets, including Parenting Magazine, O – The Oprah Magazine, Town & Country, Vogue, Food & Wine, Men’s Journal, Nikon World, Professional Photographer Magazine, Rangefinder Magazine, Photoshop User Magazine, NBC’s The Martha Stewart Show, ABC’s Extreme Makeover: Home Edition, PBS’ Need to Know and NBC’s The Today Show.

Rich and Tamara discuss:

  • Travel/landscape photography while traveling
  • Why photography vacations
  • How to travel wisely?
  • Packing camera gear
  • Travel internet speeds and backups
  • Harddrives
  • Stolen gear
  • New classes coming up
  • Where to find Tamara?

Bill Fortney

Bill Fortney is a professional photographer who has now switched to being a self-described "very serious amateur shooter."  He has spent several years working with Nikon in their Professional Services group. He also has worked for many years shooting landscapes, nature, and sports.

Levi and Bill discuss:

  • Doing HDR in post
  • NIK Color Effects Pro 4
  • Using the sliders
  • Favorite editing tools for HDR
  • Not killing the integrity of the original image
  • Having options
 
Direct download: PF_11_15_14.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 5:54pm EDT

This week's podcast interviews photographers Frank Doorhof about his portrait work. Then, we catch up with Joel Grimes for an inspiring talk for all photographers.

Frank Doorhof

The Amsterdam-born Frank Doorhof is a noted international fashion and glamour photographer, as well as an expert on calibration. He is an active commercial photographer, with a particular interest in musical artists and high fashion, who also takes time for personal projects. His teaching style is based on his philosophy: “Why fake it, when you can create it?”

Photofocus catches up with international fashion photographer Frank Doorhof about his work and methods (which apply to all photographers).Vanelli and Frank discuss:

  • Where is Frank from?
  • What kind of photographer is Frank?
  • What got Frank into photographing models?
  • Having a husband and wife team
  • “It’s more then a scarf”
  • His love for teaching
  • Workshop talk, why is Frank’s workshops unique?
  • Light is the language, literally.
  • Being you as a photographer

Joel Grimes

Next up, Melissa Niu sets down with Joel Grimes. Joel is a commercial advertising photographer with a distinct style. His unique approach has earned him work from top advertising agencies and art buyers.

Melissa and Joel discuss:

  • The creative outlet
  • How long has Joel been with photography
  • How to think past certain barriers
  • The Human condition
  • Getting past hurt
  • Learning past rejection
  • Going down the path that fits you the best
  • Why being a photographer is so cool
  • Why technical proficient photos can be boring
  • Where to find Joel?
Direct download: PF_11_5_14.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 7:00pm EDT

This week's podcast interviews photographer Dave Black about his sports and light painting work. Then, get an overview of what's going on with Lightroom from product manager Sharad Mangalick.

Dave Black

We welcome back Dave Black to the show for an interview with Vanelli.  Dave is a freelance photographer for over 30 years.  His   work has primarily centered on the sports industry for such publications as Sports Illustrated, Time, Newsweek and the award-winning TV show Sports Century on ESPN. He's covered events like the Masters, Kentucky Derby, National Football League, NASCAR and extensive work regarding the United States Olympic Committee, Olympic athletes and coverage of twelve Olympic Games.

Vanelli and Dave discuss:

  • What are some of Dave's latest work?
  • How his latest project came about
  • The challenges of working with fog machines
  • Becoming a Nikon Ambassador
  • The great thing about learning lighting
  • What inspires Dave?
  • Why it’s important to dream?
  • Research, research, research

Sharad Mangalick

Melissa Niu catches up with Sharad Mangalick, product manager for Adobe Photoshop Lightroom and Camera Raw.  Find out about Lightroom Mobile and other things in the works.

Melissa and Sharad discuss:

  • What does Sharad do with Lightroom?
  • Excitement around Lightroom Mobile
  • What’s in the works with LR Mobile
  • The process behind LR Mobile
  • Sharad's start with photography
  • What kind of photographer is Sharad?
  • What is exciting about where Lightroom is right now?
  • What is his favorite thing about Lightroom
  • Great tools in Lightroom
  • Using presets
  • Where can you find Sharad?
Direct download: PF_10_25_14.mp3
Category:general -- posted at: 12:00am EDT

This week's podcast catches up with two industry greats who both have exiting new projects.  Melissa Niu digs deep with portrait photographer Brian Smith.  Then Rich Harrington catches up with the original Photoshop guru Bert Monroy.

Brian Smith

Screen Shot 2013-12-05 at 9.45.50 AMPulitzer Prize-winning photographer, Brian Smith, considers himself to be one of the luckiest guy on the planet. He’s told Bill Gates exactly what to do for an entire hour, appeared on The X Factor, exhibited at the Library of Congress, dined with the President, written an Amazon Best Seller, shared cupcakes with Anne Hathaway, gotten drunk with George Clooney and married the most beautiful woman he ever laid eyes on.

For the past 30 years, Brian Smith’s iconic portraits of famous celebrities, athletes and executives have been used in advertising, by corporations and have graced the covers and pages of hundreds of magazines including Sports Illustrated, ESPN the Magazine, Time, Forbes, New York Times Magazine, Elle and British GQ.

 

 

His first magazine photograph appeared in LIFE Magazine when Smith was a 20-year-old student at the University of Missouri. Five years later, Smith won the Pulitzer Prize for Spot News Photography for his photographs of the Los Angeles Olympic Games. He was again a finalist for the Pulitzer for his photographs of Haiti in Turmoil. His photograph of Greg Louganis hitting his head on the diving board at the Seoul Olympics won first place in both World Press Photo and the Pictures of the Year competition.

 

 

Melissa Niu and Brian Smith discuss:
  • What is Brian up to?
  • Brian's latest book
  • What is he shooting on?
  • Why would you need 36 megapixels in an image
  • What else is Brian working on and teaching?
  • Light and making the most of it in you photos
  • Opinions on editing skin
  • What’s next with Brian?
  • Where to find Brian?

Bert Monroy

Bert Monroy27_200x200_thumb is considered one of the preeminent pioneers of digital art. He builds his hyper-realistic digital paintings as a traditional artist would, adding color and texture, except he uses Adobe Photoshop and Illustrator as his media. Bert co-authored the first book on Photoshop.

His film credits include work for Industrial Light & Magic, Pacific Data Images, and R/GA. Bert has taught the Adobe Photoshop Creativity Seminar Tour, and he is a popular speaker at many conferences worldwide. He is a member of the Photoshop World Dream Team and was inducted into the Photoshop Hall of Fame in 2004.

Rich and Bert discuss:

  • Who is Bert Monroy
  • His latest painting — Amsterdam Mist
  • How he gets inspired for a painting
  • How does he document for his work with photos and research
  • How does shadows and highlights play a role in his work?
  • How he began teaching Dreamscapes and compositing
  • What classes on lynda.com is coming out?
  • What he hopes his paintings accomplish
  • Where to find Bert
Direct download: PF_10_15_14.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 5:00pm EDT

This week's show is a triple header. First, Pamela Berry sits down with photographer Michael Bonocore to discuss the importance of capturing moments and inspiration. Then Rich Harrington talks with Lindsay Adler on personal projects and self-assignments.  Finally Levi Sim and Rich Harrington talk with Matt Thompson from SongFreedom about music for photo and video projects.

Music on the show from our new partner — SongFreedom.

Michael Bonocore

Michael has been a fixture in the photography industry for over 7 years. His photography journey started as a hobby, primarily learning his way around a DSLR by shooting landscapes around his home in San Francisco, California. Soon, he started accepting paid assignments, from commercial ad campaigns to weddings, but his passion for traveling with camera in hand was too great to ignore. Michael started visiting locations all over the globe, documenting not only the beautiful landscapes of the countries he visited, but also the lives of the local communities.

Michael began working with international non profit organizations to help bring awareness to the causes that he was passionate about. Through the workshops that he leads for The Giving Lens, he has taught children the art of photography in countries such as Nicaragua, Peru, Jordan and India. He has documented the work of elephant sanctuaries in Thailand and he has helped bring awareness to Women’s Cooperatives in the Middle East.

Pamela and Michael talk about:

  • Who is Bonocore?
  • What is he working on?
  • What inspired the photography he does?
  • A favorite moment in photography
  • What is Giving Lens?
  • His switch of camera brands
  • Workshops coming up
  • Advice to photographers?
  • Where to find Bonocore?

Lindsay Adler

Lindsay Adler is a professional portrait and fashion photographer based in New York City. Her editorial work has appeared in numerous fashion and photography publications internationally including Noise, Bullett Magazine, Essence, Zink Magazine, Rangefinder and dozens more. A clean, bold and graphic style has become the hallmark of her work, making her in-demand for clients across the world.

Her portrait and commercial work includes look books, accessory lines, hair campaigns, cosmetic campaigns, professional athletes, television series promos and more. She is always working on new ways to share her passions and knowledge with others, and each year she lectures tens of thousands of photographers world-wide. She attributes a lot of her success to her parents NEVER suggesting that she ‘get a real job’ and encouraging her to pursue photography even in her pre-teens.

Rich and Lindsay talk about:

  • Personal projects
  • What she is currently working on and why?
  • Should you share personal projects?
  • What are goals to achieve from a personal project?
  • Do you expand the type of photography in a personal project?
  • Setting deadlines on a personal project
  • Surrounding yourself with people you like and respect
  • Her latest company for photographers?
  • How has sharing her editing and workflow helped
  • Where to find Lindsay?

Music for Photo and Video Projects

Nothing makes a slideshow or video better than a great soundtrack.  But there are a lot of rules when it comes to using music.  We demystify the process of using music in your project and offer some great techniques too.

Levi, Rich and Matt talk about:

  • What is SongFreedom?
  • Perspective on using music for clients
  • Emotional response
  • Making music your own in your work for emotional response
  • Music is inspiring
  • Technology barriers are falling
  • What your audience expects
  • Tips on finding music
  • Letting searching for music inspire you to create a project
  • Allow us as artists help other artists with licensing
  • We all want our rights protected
  • Legality of using music
  • This is why you do the right thing
  • Understanding terms of service
  • What does it mean to license music?
  • Where to find out more about SongFreedom
Direct download: PF_10_5_14a.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 9:08pm EDT

This week's show is a triple header. First, Melissa Niu chats with Evgeny Tchebotarev who is the co-founder of 500px about their site and future.  Vanelli then catches up with professional photographer Tim Wallace and his work with automotive and boating photography.  Then Rich Harrington and Chase Reynolds sit down to discuss the hottest gear shipping from Photokina.

Music on the show from our new partner — SongFreedom.

Evgeny Tchebotarev & 500px

In 2004, before Facebook and photo-sharing sites, Evgeny Tchebotarev created a community for photographers to meet, exchange information and share photos. He initially developed this as a LiveJournal blog and then teamed up with Oleg Gutsol and transformed the idea into 500px.

Originally from Moscow, Evgeny has a BA in Commerce and Finance from Ryerson University in Toronto. He began photography in 2002 and immediately became inspired by it, when he sold three photos to magazines from his first roll of film.

Melissa and Ev talk about:

  • How did 500px start?
  • Failing in order to succeed
  • The early days of 500px
  • What is 500px up to?
  • What kind of Photographer is Ev?
  • What gear does he shoot with?
  • Every tool has a purpose
  • Advice to start a new business
  • Where can we find Ev’s work?

Tim Wallace

Photographer Tim Wallace is the driving force and creative thinking behind Ambient Life. An award winning photographer his work is often described as both conceptual and dramatic. Tim works internationally with many high end brands and clients such as Aston Martin, Land Rover Jaguar and Morgan in the UK to Kenwood and Audi in the US.

His work has been published globally and was recently named by as one of the UK's most creative photographers. Tim's view is a little more straight forward, a man who's known for his down to earth attitude, his feet are firmly on the ground and his desire to produce creative work is one that he has been driven to from a very young age when he first picked up a camera, "Photography is for me simply a creative passion, the ability to use light and form to capture in a single image what I see in my own imagination..."

He is the humble recipient of many awards including International Advertising Photographer of the Year 2010, UK Motor Industry Photographer of the Year 2010, Hasselblad Photographer of the month Oct 2010, Professional Photographer of the Year 2009 as well as receiving Distinction Awards for his work from such professional boards as the RPS.

You can find Tim's portfolio here or follow him on Twitter.

Vanelli and Tim talk about:

  • What kind of photographer is Tim Wallace?
  • What inspires Tim to shoot cars
  • What he did before photography
  • How he got into photography
  • Don’t wait for the door to open
  • Why less is more
  • Tim’s 18-month project
  • Photography business is 90% business
  • What shapes Tim as a photographer 
  • Tim’s charity work

Hot Gear with Chase Reynolds

One a month we talk to our friends at LensRentals.com about the hottest new gear to hit the street. This month is a whopper with Photokina seeing the release of several hot new pieces of equipment.

Rich and Chase talk about:

Direct download: PF_9_25_14.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 5:04pm EDT

This week's we catch up with two photographers. First, one of the most passionate and respected photographers on the planet... Joe McNally.  We then catch up with new Photofocus contributor Mykii Liu.

Joe McNally

Joe McNally is an internationally acclaimed photographer whose career has spanned 30 years and included assignments in over 50 countries. He has shot cover stories for TIME, Newsweek, Fortune, New York, Entertainment Weekly, The New York Times Sunday Magazine, and Men's Journal. He has been at various times in his career a contract photographer for Sports Illustrated, a staff photographer at LIFE, and currently, an ongoing 23 year contributor to the National Geographic, shooting numerous cover stories for those publications.

Rich and Joe talk about:

  • Joe's upcoming projects
  • How they came about
  • Choosing the pictures to go into your portfolio
  • Letting the flaws be
  • What are Joe’s favorite images
  • Developing a thick skin
  • Why critique is essential to growth
  • How has changes in technology change Joe’s approach
  • How to create that spark to make a more interesting photo
  • What is the story you're telling?
  • Check out Where is the show to find Joe’s work?
  • Where to find Joe?
  • Check out the Monroe Gallery | October 3 — November 23

Mykii Liu

Mykii Liu is a new contributor to Photofocus (who's sense of humor pervades both his articles and his bio).  His jumping skills and abnormal love of tofu and argyles are antithetically a part of his nature.  But don’t be confused by his outpouring pranks, his photography and love of the craft make up for his passion for humor and horseplay.

Liu is currently a student of photography at the College of Southern Nevada while simultaneously and professionally shooting weddings, fashion, models and categorically formidable and socially accepted people.

You can find Mykii’s portfolio here or follow him on Facebook.

Melissa and Mykii talk about:

  • Who is Mykii?
  • What style is his Photography?
  • How personality comes out in portraits
  • Being a college student and a photographer
  • His background in photography
  • Re-learning the basics
  • Having Mentors
  • What inspires Mykii to shoot
  • Gear talk
  • Studying photos online to remake and learn
  • Some of his favorite Photofocus articles
  • Where to find Mykii
Direct download: PF_9_15_14_01a.mp3
Category:general -- posted at: 5:11pm EDT

This week's we catch up with two photographers.  Beauty and wedding photographer Roberto Valenzuela talks about working experimentally.  Then we join Bob Davis for some practical shooting and business advice.

NOTE — The first interview was recorded with a bit of audio interference.

Roberto Valenzuela

Roberto Valenzuela is a photographer based in Beverly Hills, CA. He developed his unique teaching style by following the same practice regimen he developed as a professional concert classical guitarist and educator.

Roberto believes that it is not talent but deliberate practice that is at the core of skill and achievement. He has traveled to every corner of the world motivating photographers to practice and break down the various elements of photography in order to master them through goal setting, self-training, and constant dedication.

Roberto serves as a judge for photographic print competitions in Europe, Mexico, South America, and the most prestigious International photography competitions held in the United States through the Wedding and Portrait Photographers International (WPPI) in Las Vegas, NV. 

  • How Roberto became a photographer?
  • Why he really loves being a wedding photographer
  • What is “Beauty” photography?
  • Where does Roberto find his clients?
  • The challenges and rewards of beauty photography
  • How to not memorize poses, but create energy.
  • Developing the language of what you want the photo to say
  • When do the subjects get to see the images being made?
  • How much preproduction goes into a shoot?
  • Practical advice about what he wish he knew starting out.
  • Where can you find out more about Roberto?

Bob Davis

Bob Davis is a Canon Explorers of Light. He is also a member of the Wescott Top Pro Elite, a group of talented photographers from around the world comprised for photographic education and inspiration.

His passion for photography began back in high school where he was the  editor of his newspaper. He then went on to Columbia College and was named College Photographer of the Year.  He worked for the Chicago Sun-Times newspaper for 14 years and covered countless events, such as presidential elections and Michael Jordan's entire career with the Chicago Bulls.

Levi and Bob talk about:

  • Lighting techniques
  • Using modifiers
  • Being creative with anything
  • Bob’s journey as a photographer
  • How he approaches a shoot.
  • Advice on allowing others tell their story
  • Having respect for those you are working with
  • Being a working dad
  • How he came into business with his wife Dawn?
  • Keeping the business side consistent
  • Word of mouth or word of mouse
  • How he approaches teaching lighting
  • Where to find more information
Direct download: PF_9_5_14.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 10:25pm EDT

Glyn Dewis & Robert Vanelli| Photofocus Podcast 8/25/14

This week's Is a double-header, packed with information and inspiration.  We'll catch up with two very different photographers who will both inspire you with practical tips and challenges.

Glyn Dewis

Glyn Dewis is a Photographer and a Retoucher.  He is also a Photoshop World Instructor based just outside of Oxford in the UK. He works internationally shooting promotional and commercial photos primarily focussed on Physique Athletes, Musicians, Bands and Up and Coming Actors.

Levi and Glyn discuss:

  • Who is Glyn Dewis?
  • What he’s working on
  • The importance of personal projects
  • How do you make personal projects happen?
  • Why are personal projects so important?
  • Taking personal projects seriously
  • The way you work with clients
  • Photography is a people business
  • Where to find Glyn online

Robert Vanelli

Rich Harrington catches up with photographer Robert Vanelli (aka V). After a successful career as a three time Triple Crown Karate champion, Robert Vanelli turned his attention to teaching. As an educator for over 30 years, Vanelli has created several photography and digital workflow programs including a special program, Click for Kids. Borrowing concepts from the martial arts, Vanelli instilled values such as integrity, and goal setting using photography as a vehicle to motivate children.

Rich and Vanelli talk about:

  • Who is V?
  • What struggles do new photographers face?
  • Practical advice for all photographers
  • Knowing your gear (in the dark)
  • How limitations can make you better
  • Taking self assignments and mental challenges
  • Rookie mistakes to avoid
  • Learning versus knowing
  • Stop shooting in the dark, embrace light

 

 

Direct download: PF_08_25_14.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 7:48pm EDT

This week's podcast is a Double Double...  We sit down with four great photographers two at a time. First, Levi Sim talks with Tamara Lackey and Peter Hurley. Then Melissa Niu talks with two of our Photofocus team members (and great photographers) Nicole S. Young and Brian Matiash.

Tamara Lackey & Peter Hurley

Tamara Lackey is a professional photographer, speaker, and author. She focusses on lifestyle photography, from children’s portraits to celebrity portraits. Tamara’s work has been featured in dozens of media outlets, including Parenting Magazine, O – The Oprah Magazine, Town & Country, Vogue, Food & Wine, Men’s Journal, Nikon World, Professional Photographer Magazine, Rangefinder Magazine, Photoshop User Magazine, NBC’s The Martha Stewart Show, ABC’s Extreme Makeover: Home Edition, PBS’ Need to Know and NBC’s The Today Show.

Peter Hurley is a New York photographer who found his way behind a camera after starting his career in front of one as a model and actor. He first picked up a camera to photograph his work making the US Sailing Team for the Olympics. This lead to a mentorship with photographer Bruce Weber who encouraged him. He's since gone on to shoot advertisements for Levi's, Reebok, DKNY, Johnnie Walker and Axe Deodorant to name a few.

  • What’s a visual identity?
  • What hats we wear as photographers?
  • Shooting headshots
  • Social media pictures
  • Shooting tips
  • Having direction and getting what you need from your subject
  • Creating the atmosphere
  • Communication
  • Finding your style and type of photography. Be drawn to it
  • Getting past criticism with vision and drive
  • Where you can find Tamara and Peter?

Nicole S. Young and Brian Matiash

Nicole is a full-time photographer and author. Her photography specialties are food and landscape, and sh also creates stock images for iStockphoto and Getty Images. She loves to teach, learn and share what she knows through her blog, articles, podcasts, interviews and training materials. 

Melissa, Nicole and Brian discuss:
  • Who are they
  • Nicole’s journey
  • What does Brian do?
  • Mobile photographer
  • What is happening next in the industry?
  • Definition of a Photographer
  • Why do you think every single camera has default setting jpeg?
  • What is the destiny of a typical photo?
  • Evolve or Die
  • Being married to a photographer
  • Where to find Brian and Nicole
Direct download: PF_08_15_14.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 4:00am EDT

This week's podcast is a whopper... packed with information and inspiration. We have the world's most popular photo instructor, Scott Kelby to share tips and news. Then Rich Harrington and Chase Reynolds explore new gear from Nikon and Sony. Lastly Levi Sim sits down with portrait photographer and Photofocus writer Kevin Ames.

Scott Kelby
Scott Kelby is the President and CEO of KelbyOne, is also the original “Photoshop Guy”, is the Cofounder and CEO of Kelby Media Group, the editor and publisher of Photoshop User Magazine and Light It Magazine, Conference Technical Chair for the Photoshop World Conference & Expo, Training Director and instructor for KelbyOne Live Seminars, and author of a string of bestselling technology books.

Scott’s brand new book

  • How teaching Photoshop and photography came about
  • Favorite Gear
  • Lighting talk
  • The type of instructors at Photoshop World
  • What kind of classes are at Photoshop World?
  • What’s new at Photoshop World this year?
  • The perks of attending Photoshop World
  • What makes a good portfolio review?

Hot Gear Segment
Rich Harrington and Chase Reynolds of LensRentals.com to talk about some of the hottest new pieces of gear to hit the shelfs. Once a month we'll explore some of the most popular pieces of equipment. Be sure to leave questions for future shows in the comments.

  • Nikon’s new D810 Camera
  • Options on file size with the Nikon Cameras
  • The evolution of Sony and what’s new with the A7S
  • Lenses for the Sony and what’s different
  • Consideration when purchasing a camera
  • Travel considerations
  • Perks of using lens rentals (Save 15% with Summer15 or 10% with FOCUS10). 
  • What kind of cameras are people actually using?
  • Special deal from Lensrental

Kevin Ames
Kevin Ames is a photographer who started shooting commercial photography while attending Boise State University and working full time at Idaho Camera. His career continued as part of the first generation of videographers working for the NBC and CBS affiliated television stations in Boise. He has also written, produced, photographed and directed television commercials.

His photographs have appeared in Time, Newsweek, The Wall Street Journal and on the covers of Professional Photographer, Photoshop User, Jezebel and Atlanta Sports and Fitness magazines. He works for corporate clients including AT&T, Coca-Cola, Carter’s, Honda and Westin Hotels as well as in brochures, annual reports, websites and trade show graphics.

Levi and Kevin discuss:

Kevin's role in photo industry
Goal behind his Exposure Tactics series
Photoshop World fun
New gear from Sigma Kevin is excited about
The Red Dress project
Shooting with the Sigma 40 f1/4
Thoughts in the new Mac Pro
Editing Video with Lightroom and Photoshop
Get the most from Adobe Camera Raw
Where to you find Kevin
Follow Kevin on Twitter — twitter.com/AmesPhoto

Direct download: PF_08_05_14.mp3
Category:general -- posted at: 8:26am EDT

This week's podcast interviews with two folks influencing the world of photography.  First up is well-known portrait photographer Brian Smith who walks us through his workflow of posing subjects and working with mirror-less cameras. Then find out about long exposure, night sky and timelapse photography.

Brian Smith

Screen Shot 2013-12-05 at 9.45.50 AMPulitzer Prize-winning photographer, Brian Smith, considers himself to be one of the luckiest guy on the planet. He’s told Bill Gates exactly what to do for an entire hour, appeared on The X Factor, exhibited at the Library of Congress, dined with the President, written an Amazon Best Seller, shared cupcakes with Anne Hathaway, gotten drunk with George Clooney and married the most beautiful woman he ever laid eyes on.

For the past 30 years, Brian Smith’s iconic portraits of famous celebrities, athletes and executives have been used in advertising, by corporations and have graced the covers and pages of hundreds of magazines including Sports Illustrated, ESPN the Magazine, Time, Forbes, New York Times Magazine, Elle and British GQ.

 

 

His first magazine photograph appeared in LIFE Magazine when Smith was a 20-year-old student at the University of Missouri. Five years later, Smith won the Pulitzer Prize for Spot News Photography for his photographs of the Los Angeles Olympic Games. He was again a finalist for the Pulitzer for his photographs of Haiti in Turmoil. His photograph of Greg Louganis hitting his head on the diving board at the Seoul Olympics won first place in both World Press Photo and the Pictures of the Year competition.

 

 

Levi Sim and Brian Smith discuss:
  • How Brian got his start?
  • What Brian has and continues to shoot on
  • Brian’s relationship with Sony
  • Advantages of mirror-less cameras
  • Using lens adapters
  • Sony A7R talk
  • Why he’s not a big tripod guy
  • Explaining 2K and 4K
  • Parting advice
  • His latest book on Sony A7R
Be sure to catch up with Brian at this year's Photoshop World.
 

Ron Risman

Ron is an award winning cinematographer, editor of Cameratown.com, and timelapse specialist and instructor located on the seacoast of New Hampshire.   Ron has been a photographer & videographer for over 25 years and continues to follow his passion when it comes to capturing and teaching night photography.

Ron has been commissioned to shoot time-lapses for corporations such as Liberty Mutual and Restoration Hardware; news organizations such as FOX CT News and WFTV-9 Orlando, and his timelapse work recently appeared in an HBO Film "The Crash Reel" which premiered last year at the Sundance Film Festival in Park City, Utah.

Rich and Ron discuss:

  • What type of imagery does Ron create?
  • What does he like about night photography?
  • Why he calls photography Romance
  • Learning the recipe of night photography
  • Walking through the steps of night photography
  • Useful apps for night photographers
  • How does nighttime photography change when shooting close to a city?
  • Is there a renewed interest in long exposure photography?
  • Why he was a terrible film photographer?
  • Timelapse talk
  • Workshop details
  • Where to find more information
Direct download: PF_7_25_14Podcast..mp3
Category:general -- posted at: 11:25am EDT

This week's podcast interviews photographer Matt Kloskowski from Kelby One.  Rich and Melissa also check in with Chase Reynolds about two hot pieces of gear and prime lenses.

Hot Gear Segment

Rich Harrington and Melissa Niu catch up with LensRentals.com to talk about some of the hottest new pieces of gear to hit the shelfs.  Once a month we'll explore some of the most popular pieces of gear.  Be sure to leave questions for future shows in the comments.

  • How is lensrentals doing right now?
  • Lomography x Zenit Petzva lens 
  • Why rent this lens?
  • Shooting same locations over and over again?
  • Canon 16-35 f/4 lens
  • Why be excited about this lens?
  • What does L-series mean?
  • Why primes?
  • What are some go to primes?
  • Where to start with Primes?
  • Homework assignment
  • Manual lens tips
  • What is lensrental.com all about?
  • Special promo code for Photofocus readers
  • Parting Advice

Matt Kloskowski

Matt Kloskowski is a full-time Education Director for Kelby Media Group and a Tampa-based photographer. He's the Editor of Lightroom Magazine and teaches Photoshop and Lightroom seminars around the world.

  • What he does for Kelby one?
  • How teaching and learning photography is better these days?
  • The best compliment he gets and keeps his passion going
  • What kind of photographer is Matt?
  • Where he would love to go shoot
  • Does he like going back to shoot the same places? Is it ok to that?
  • Talking Moab, UT
  • Gear talk
  • Camera, lens, filters, tripods
  • Where to find Matt?
Follow Matt on Twitter — twitter.com/MattKloskowski
Direct download: PF_7_15_14.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 3:30am EDT

This week's podcast interviews with two folks influencing the world of photography.  First up is Colin Smith who discusses his journey with Photoshop as well as photo realism and lighting.  Then Rich Harrington and Gerard Murphy sit down to talk about the evolving mobile workflows.

Get the show here  or get it on iTunes — Don't forget to post a review on iTunes.

Colin Smith

Colin Smith is a best-selling author, trainer, and award-winning digital artist who has caused a stir in the community with his stunning Photoshop work. Colin is also known as a pioneer of HDR photography. Colin is an Adobe ACP (Adobe Community Professional), He is founder of the world’s most popular Photoshop resource site, PhotoshopCAFE.com, which boasts over 30 million visitors.

Levi and Colin discuss:

  • What does Colin do?
  • A fun fact about Star Wars
  • How he got started in the business
  • How Photoshop Café became to be
  • How Collin sees a picture
  • Why he hates ring flashes
  • Learning to see things differently
  • Tips on observing and seeing color.
  • How to photograph glass
  • Where to find Collin
Be sure to catch up with Colin at this year's Photoshop World.

Gerard Murphy

Gerard has had a passion for photography since borrowing his Mom’s Pentax as a kid on family vacations. Later, Gerard turned this passion into Mosaic which he co-founded. He is also an avid Lightroom advocate and teacher of Lightroom tips and tricks.

Rich and Gerard discuss:

  • What happened to Apple Aperture?
  • Cloud storage changes
  • Unplugging from the computer
  • There is no RIGHT workflow
  • Google+ workflow
  • Lightroom Cloud based viewing
  • Phasing out of Aperture
  • What you can use Mosaic app on?
  • On-the-go workflow
  • Mosaic app time limited Special

Direct download: PF7_5_14.mp3
Category:general -- posted at: 10:16am EDT

This week's podcast interviews with two folks influencing the world of photography.  First up is Adobe's Sharad Mangalick who discusses how to use Lightroom Mobile. Then Melissa Niu sits down artist & photographer Renee Robyn.

Sharad Mangalick

Levi Sim catches up with Sharad Mangalick, product manager for Adobe Photoshop Lightroom and Camera Raw.  Find out about Lightroom Mobile and other things in the works.

Levi and Sharad discuss:

  •  Who is Sharad and what he does at Adobe
  • What he likes to photograph
  • What Sharad shoots with
  • What’s Lightroom Mobile
  • Why use Lightroom Mobile
  • Workflow tips on mobile
  • Where to give feedback on Lightroom Mobile
  • Where to find Sharad | Facebook | Twitter
Be sure to catch up with Sharad at this year's Photoshop World.

Renee Robyn

Renee's style is an ethereal combination of fact and fiction, merging together expertly shot photographs of unique and interesting subjects with hours of meticulous retouching in Photoshop to create easily recognizable imagery that is both stunning and distinctively her own. She currently teaches workshops around the world.
Melissa and Renee catch up about:
  • Who is Renee
  • How would Renee describe her work?
  • How Renee creates her images?
  • How Renee views her images?
  • What is essential on her sets?
  • How Renee learned photoshop?
  • What was a life changing experience for Renee?
  • Where can people find Renee?
Direct download: PF_06_25_14.mp3
Category:general -- posted at: 9:51am EDT

This week's podcast interviews three folks influencing the world of photography. First up is Adobe's Bryan O’Neil Hughes who discusses his view's on where photography is heading. Then Rich Harrington and Levi Sim talk about storytelling and photography. Finally, Melissa Niu sits down with top wedding photographer Jonas Peterson.

Bryan O’Neil Hughes

Bryan O’Neil Hughes is the Senior Product Manager for Adobe Photoshop software and a pinch hitter for the Photoshop Lightroom software team. Since 1999 he has helped to test, drive, demonstrate, and lead development of Adobe’s professional digital imaging applications. Bryan is the Photoshop team’s primary worldwide spokesman and can often be found leading seminars, user groups, and workshops.

Before joining Adobe, he was a professional photographer and retoucher. Beyond Adobe, Hughes is a published photographer, editor, and author. He is also a driving instructor for the BMW Car Club of America. When he isn’t driving very quickly, he enjoys running marathons very slowly. Bryan was inducted into the Photoshop Hall of Fame in 2011.

Be sure to catch up with Bryan at this year's Photoshop World.

Levi and Bryan discuss:

  • Who is Bryan?
  • What are his passions?
  • What cameras does he use?
  • iPhone talk and why it’s used the most
  • What's Going On with Photoshop
  • Editing Video in Photoshop
  • Adobe Camera Raw Improvements
  • Backing up memories
  • Where to find Bryan

Gerard Murphy
Gerard has had a passion for photography since borrowing his Mom’s Pentax as a kid on family vacations. Later, Gerard turned this passion into Mosaic which he co-founded. He is also an avid Lightroom advocate and teacher of Lightroom tips and tricks.

Rich and Gerard discuss:

  • The role of storytelling in photography
  • How to succeed in engaging others
  • What does it mean to be a visual storyteller
  • How to figure our what you are going to say in your photos
  • "What I’m telling you is going to be worth your time”
  • Human brains are wired to figure things out
  • How do you want your audience to feel?
  • Where to find Gerard?
  • What is upcoming with Mosaic?

Jonas Peterson
Jonas left a highly awarded career as a writer in advertising to become a wedding photographer. More than one eyebrow was raised, but he had an idea that stories through wedding photography could be told differently. Should be told differently.

Today he’s one of the most sought after destination wedding photographers around, shooting weddings all around the world. He has shot weddings in almost all parts of the world, using his unique storytelling through simple – yet beautiful – imagery.

His home is Melbourne, Australia, but he’s on the road around the world for half of the year, so never assume he won’t be able to shoot your wedding, no matter where it is.

Melissa Niu and Jonas Discuss:

  • Who is Jonas?
  • How he became a photographer?
  • Doing what made him happy
  • What kind of photographer is Jonas?
  • How has his past affected his photography?
  • What advice does he have for photographers trying to do what he does?
  • Shooting what makes you happy
  • Where can you find Jonas?
Direct download: PF_6_15_14.mp3
Category:general -- posted at: 12:00am EDT

This week's podcast interviews photographer Lindsay Adler who talks about her new studio and getting started in the world of fashion photography. Rich also gives you a quick update on the new photo options from Apple for Mac, Windows, and iOS  We then check in with Chase Reynolds about two hot new pieces of gear.  

Lindsay Adler

Lindsay Adler is a professional portrait and fashion photographer based in New York City. Her editorial work has appeared in numerous fashion and photography publications internationally including Noise, Bullett Magazine, Essence, Zink Magazine, Rangefinder and dozens more. A clean, bold and graphic style has become the hallmark of her work, making her in-demand for clients across the world.

Her portrait and commercial work includes look books, accessory lines, hair campaigns, cosmetic campaigns, professional athletes, television series promos and more. She is always working on new ways to share her passions and knowledge with others, and each year she lectures tens of thousands of photographers world-wide. She attributes a lot of her success to her parents NEVER suggesting that she ‘get a real job’ and encouraging her to pursue photography even in her pre-teens.

  • Collaboration on shoots.
  • Challenges of shooting in NYC
  • Renting out her studio in NYC
  • What is Skin 101?
  • Photographers are problem solvers
  • Tips on shooting different skins and faces
  • Example face on how to light.
  • The difference in silver and white reflectors
  • Post Processing tips
  • What is frequency separation?
  • What classes at Photoshop World will Lindsay be teaching?
  • Where can we find Lindsay?

Hot Gear Segment

Rich Harrington and Melissa Niu catch up with Chase Reynolds to talk about some of the hottest new pieces of gear to hit the shelfs at LensRentals.com.  Once a month we'll explore some of the most popular pieces of gear.  Be sure to leave questions for future shows in the comments.

  • Sony A7R & A7S talk
  • The benefits of full frame cameras
  • Using mirror less to shoot photo and video
  • The Freefly Movi M5 gimbal
  • How to use a gimbal?
  • Renting gear for specific reasons for specific jobs

This Post Sponsored by:

LensRentals.com Be a kid in a camera store. Rent lenses, cameras, lighting and more from the original and best online photographic and video equipment rental company.  Use PHOTOFOCUS15 in the checkout special instructions to receive 15% off any May rental.

Mosaic A complete solution for photographers using Lightroom who want to manage and share their photos. You can easily view images with their iOS app or web service. Plus your photos are backed up to the cloud with several plans to match your needs. Be sure to also check out the Lightroom Learning Center to learn new ways to work in Lightroom.

Photoshop World, the ultimate Photoshop, Photography & Lighting Conference. Las Vegas, NV, September 3-5.  Use the promo code PSWFOCUS414 to discount $50 OFF a full conference pass. Learn more in three days than you have in three years! 

ViewBug  Stick With ViewBug & Photofocus throughout 2014 – because we’ve announced the biggest contest in Photofocus history!

lynda.com Learn photography anytime, anywhere, and at your own pace—from bite-sized tutorials to comprehensive courses. Try lynda.com free for 10 days by visiting lynda.com/ Photofocus.

The HDR Learning Center Check out new ways to use High Dynamic Range photography to make compelling images. Free tutorials and posts to get results. Produced in partnership with HDRsoft.

Direct download: PF_6_5_15.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 7:44am EDT

This week's podcast interviews photographers Dixie Dixon and Doug Hansgate.  The show offers practical advice and inspiration from two photographers at different points in their careers.

Don't forget to post a review on iTunes.

Dixie Dixon

Dixie Dixon is a Texas born and bred commercial fashion photographer.  Just a few years out of college, this 20-something’s career is unfolding one adventure after another. She was given her first Nikon Camera, the Nikon FG, at just 12 years old, which peaked her curiosity in the field and served as her sidekick in exploring the world.  She would continually clock seven to ten hours in the darkroom without even realizing it.  While in college she studied in London with a world-renowned fashion photographer and became deeply inspired by the beautiful illusion of fashion and commercial photography. 

It has been said that her idealistic vision of the world is reflected into every single frame- full of life, beautiful energy, and most of all, Soul.  Her passion has lead her to shoot internationally in places such as Cannes, Toronto, Vancouver, New York, Miami, Los Angeles, Ibiza, and Barcelona recently for various brands, tv shows, commercial campaigns and editorial projects. 

  • How Dixie got started?
  • What she’s doing right now
  • What is her passion?
  • The importance of personal work
  • Getting to know your clients
  • Advice to starting out in the commercial industry.
  • Where to find Dixie

Doug Hansgate

Doug Hansgate has been shooting professionally for over 35 years. His work has been on display in galleries in New York City and Toronto. The photography bug bit Doug at a young age when his father gave him a Voigtlander camera. By the time he was 16, Doug was the high school yearbook photography editor and had built a darkroom in his parents’ home, where he processed black and white images.

  • Finding out about Doug
  • Why he loves Photography
  • “I don’t take pictures, I create images”
  •  Balancing the artist, the photographer and the agency
  • Discussing the ability to capture that moment at the right time
  • How studying classic techniques helps inspire 
  • Being aware with our subjects. Feeling that persons essence in your portraits
  • Where can we find Doug.
Direct download: PF_5_25_14.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 5:00am EDT

This week's podcast interviews photographer Dave Black about his sports and light painting work. Then, get an overview of what challenges photographers will face over the coming years with photography guru Jim Heid.

Dave Black

We welcome back Dave Black to the show for an interview with Levi Sim. Dave is a freelance photographer for over 30 years. His work has primarily centered on the sports industry for such publications as Sports Illustrated, Time, Newsweek and the award-winning TV show Sports Century on ESPN. He's covered events like the Masters, Kentucky Derby, National Football League, NASCAR and extensive work regarding the United States Olympic Committee, Olympic athletes and coverage of twelve Olympic Games.

Levi and Dave discuss:

  • What kind of photography does Dave make?
  • Light painting essentials
  • Favorite Light painting stories
  • The importance of personal projects
  • The business side of photography
  • Favorite sports to photograph
  • Why he loves light
  • Interacting with Sports stars
  • How a teacher changed his career path
  • Why he loves to teach

Remember you can take classes with Dave Black at Photoshop World in Las Vegas this September.

Jim Heid

Jim Heid has been taking photos, making movies, and playing music since he was a kid. He began writing about personal computers in 1980, when he computerized his home-built ham radio station with a Radio Shack TRS-80 Model I. He has also written for Macworld, PC World, Internet World, and Newsweek magazines, and a nationally syndicated technology column for the Los Angeles Times.

Jim Heid is one of the most admired writers and instructors and now oversees the photography segment for lynda.com. He helps guide which courses get developed and make sure that he keeps track of what's needed to help photographers get the most from their art and gear.

Rich and Jim discuss:

  • Who is Jim Heid?
  • What photographers are questioning in regards to business models
  • Staying on top of things in the changing world of photography
  • What he does with Lynda.com
  • Learning core skills
  • Camera bodies and gear.
  • Quadcopters
  • Why Jim pretends he shoots on film?
  • Why limitations can be catalysts to creativity?
  • Parting advice

Where to find Jim

Direct download: PG_5_15_14.mp3
Category:general -- posted at: 9:42am EDT

This week's podcast interviews popular photographer Zack Arias who discusses big changes in his work and professional life. We then check in with Chase Reynolds about two hot new pieces of gear. When that's done, find out about our latest contest with big prizes.

Zack Arias
Zack Arias is a professional photographer based in Atlanta, GA. He's spent a lot of time working in the music industry as well as working for a lot of editorial, corporate, and commercial assignments. He sees his approach as “simple, bold, classic, and true.”

What new gear excites Zack?
What Zack is shooting these days.
Zack’s transformation of his career and why he's changing
Goals for a new project
Why should you house clean your photography?
What is his new blog is about
"When God said let there be light, Joe McNally handed him a flash"
Zack’s new series he’s about to work on

Hot Gear Segment
Rich Harrington and Melissa Niu catch up with Chase Reynolds to talk about some of the hottest new pieces of gear to hit the shelfs at LensRentals.com. Once a month we'll explore some of the most popular pieces of gear. Be sure to leave questions for future shows in the comments.

The new Sigma 50mm f1/4 lens
Differences between Canon, Nikon, and Sigma 50mm primes
The LensCap program
The Panasonic GH4

New Contest
Melissa sits down with Orri from ViewBug to talk about the new Photofocus contest which just kicked off. Learn about some of the fantastic prizes as well as how to enter.

What does Orri do at View Bug
Big Contest announcement
Details about the contest
Where to find more details

Direct download: PF_5_5_14.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 4:00am EDT

This week's podcast interviews both a new and a returning guest. First up, Melissa Niu talks with retoucher and artist Julia Kuzmenko. Then new podcast member Levi Sim interviews Photoshop hall of famed Dave Cross.
Julia Kuzmenko
Los Angeles based Julia Kuzmenko is a professional photographer, digital artist, retoucher, and educator. She's an International College of Professional Photography (Melbourne, Australia) graduate.
Note, Julia's interview was captured on location and has some background noise.
What kind of Photography does Julia do?
What is the Retouching Academy?
Being a photographer/retoucher in Russia
What are retouching problems that Julia sees?
How to train you eye first
Where can you find Julia’s work?
Last words of advice
Dave Cross
For close to 25 years, Dave Cross has been helping photographers and creative professionals get the most out of their software. Dave has taught at Photoshop World , written numerous articles and several books, co-hosted Photoshop User TV and has appeared in many DVDs and online courses for Kelby Training. Dave teaches for creativeLIVE and runs his own studio/workshop space in Tampa, FL. Dave is well-known for his engaging style, his humor and his ability to make complex topics easy to understand. In 2009 Dave was inducted into the Photoshop Hall of Fame.
Levi and Dave discuss
What's new going on with Dave?
What are Dave’s passions?
Pre-visualing with Dave
Why Dave takes advanced of cheap storage these days?
Super Hero talk
Why he’s all about nondestructive editing
How Dave balances family and work?
Where can you find Dave?
Direct download: PF_4_25_14.mp3
Category:general -- posted at: 3:30am EDT

This week's podcast takes a look at two very different topics in the photo industry.  Our first guest Mike Corrado discusses his concert photography and passion projects.  Then we catch up with Photofocus contributor and industry expert Gerard Murphy about photo sharing services like SnapChat and the new Lightroom Mobile.

Mike Corrado

Mike Corrado is a photographer and visual artist with over 35 years experience. He also works with Nikon as the Manager of Nikon Professional Services: Pro Relations and Product Marketing. Assignments have taken him to several Super Bowls, World Series and Indy 500 races. He has covered the Kentucky Derby for 14 of 16 years and has worked with the New York Mets, New York Jets and other professional sports teams.

Note, Mike's interview was captured on location and has some background noise.

  • Who is Mike?
  • What are his passions?
  • What does Mike do for Nikon?
  • Shooting concerts and tips.
  • Why he loves to shoot the drummer
  • Current passion projects
  • Seeing new talents
  • Advice for photographers
  • Where can you find Mike’s work?

Gerard Murphy

Gerard has had a passion for photography since borrowing his Mom’s Pentax as a kid on family vacations. Later, Gerard turned this passion into Mosaic which he co-founded. He is also an avid Lightroom advocate and teacher of Lightroom tips and tricks.

Rich and Gerard discuss

  • Who is Gerard Murphy?
  • Private photo sharing and what SnapChat is doing
  • The appeal of services like SnapChat
  • Immediate sharing and the up and coming generation of photographers
  • Future of photo sharing and photo management
  • How is this evolving in a mobile world
  • The announcement of Lightroom mobile

 

Direct download: PF_04_15_14.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 3:00am EDT

This week's podcast adds a brand new guest as well as a segment to the show.  First up, Rich catches up with Drew Geraci of District 7 Media who's timelapse and HDR photography has appeared in television shows and commercials.  Then Melissa Niu chats with Chase Reynolds and Joey Miller about the most in-demand gear and what's hot in the photo world.

Drew Geraci

Drew Geraci is a passionate and award winning photographer/videographer who has been in the business for nearly 15 years. He has spent 9 years working as a Mass Communication’s specialist in the US Navy and 3 years as Multimedia Producer for the Washington Times in Washington, DC. He specializes in motion time-lapse photography and video production.

  • Who is Drew and how did he get into motion time-lapse?
  • His HDR time-lapse workflow
  • What goes into making a time-lapse shoot
  • Challenges of time-lapse
  • Getting permits and shooting legal
  • What keeps Drew going and staying excited about Time-lapse
  • Advice for shooters of all levels
  • Setting up multiple cameras
  • Protecting your rights and work
  • New gear
  • Where to find Drew’s work?

Hot Gear Segment

Melissa Niu introduces a new segment to the show.  She talks with some experts from LensRentals.com about the hottest cameras on the market.  Once a month she'll explore some of the most popular equipment and dig deeper to see what people enjoy so much about the gear.  Be sure to leave questions for future shows in the comments.

  • How did Lens Rentals get started?
  • Hot camera gear right now
  • Favorite lenses
  • Where to find Lens rentals and the process
  • Special code for Photofocus listeners to save 15%
Direct download: PF_4_15_14.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 10:31am EDT

This week's podcast features a triple dose of photo knowledge. First up, Melissa Niu catches up with portrait photographer Tamara Lackey.  The Rich Harrington and Ron Pepper discuss panoramic photography workflows.  Then we jump back to Melissa as she interviews Jerry Ghionis for his take on shooting portraits and where the photo industry is headed.

Tamara Lackey

Tamara Lackey is a professional photographer, speaker, and author. She focusses on lifestyle photography, from children’s portraits to celebrity portraits. Tamara’s work has been featured in dozens of media outlets, including Parenting Magazine, O – The Oprah Magazine, Town & Country, Vogue, Food & Wine, Men’s Journal, Nikon World, Professional Photographer Magazine, Rangefinder Magazine, Photoshop User Magazine, NBC’s The Martha Stewart Show, ABC’s Extreme Makeover: Home Edition, PBS’ Need to Know and NBC’s The Today Show.

What Tamara has coming up

What it’s like at Photoshop World

Why should you go to photography conferences?

Why community matters?

Tip on working with children

Where to find more information?

Ron Pepper

Ron Pepper is the primary of PanoramaNETWORK. We explore his work with panoramic photography and architectural photography. PanoramaNETWORK was founded in 2003 in Madrid, Spain. His photography consists of modern, 360 degree by 180 degree panoramic photography showing any location in a realistic immersive way, from ceiling to floor!.

What brought Ron into Panoramic Photography?

How panoramic photography has changed over the years

What 360 photography is being used for?

What skills can Landscape and Interior photographers learn to make more panoramic images?

Tips on shooting panoramic images

Tools for postproduction

Working with dynamic range issues

Time spent on editing

Information about his upcoming workshop with Rich

Where to learn more about Ron, HDR, & panoramic photography?

Jerry Ghionis

As one of the few modern masters of wedding photography not proficient in Photoshop, Jerry Ghionis has learned to create stunning images in camera. Known as the “MacGyver” of photography, Jerry has the innate ability to turn ordinary situations into extraordinary images using any light source and ordinary objects around him. A United States Nikon Ambassador, Jerry was named in the first ever list of Top Ten Wedding Photographers in the World by American Photo magazine. In 2011 Jerry was named by PDN magazine as one of the top photography workshop instructors in the world.

Where is the wedding industry headed?

Challenges to grow as a wedding photographer

Talking to people face to face

Acting like you are a business

Advice to people starting out

How to have a long and successful career

What is Jerry working on

Where to find Jerry online?

Direct download: PF_3_25_14_01.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 12:00am EDT

This week's podcast features two photographer's who are well-respected in their field.  First up Rich Harrington catches up with landscape and aviation photographer Moose Peterson.  Then Melissa Niu interviews Canon Explorer of Light, Eddie Tapp.

Moose Peterson

Moose’s true passion is wildlife photography and he considers himself incredibly fortunate to be amongst North Americas critters and bring back their story with his camera. Along the way Moose has been fortunate to be recognized for his passion. One of the original Nikon shooters to receive the D1 in 1999, Moose embraced this new technology becoming the only wildlife photographer in the world to shoot strictly digital in the early years. While a beta site for all the major hardware and software manufacturers, Moose continues his main goal of photographing the life history of North America’s endangered wildlife and wildplaces. Being a creative innovator of new techniques both behind the camera and the computer is the driving force behind his photography and goals.

  • What is Moose’s speciality?
  • What led Moose to his photography interests?
  • Aviation photography tips
  • Moose’s schedule at Photoshop World
  • Tips on when to shoot
  • Tips on getting access to locations
  • Why you need to get it right in the camera
  • Where to find Moose?

Eddie Tapp

A gifted photographer and artist, Eddie Tapp has become a tireless educator for professional photographers and a prominent figure in the world of digital imaging. His digital imaging seminars have been hosted around the world, and he’s a regular consultant to businesses large and small. Today, he’s recognized as one of the top experts on digital photography and Photoshop in the world. With a reputation as an authority on workflow, color management, calibration and Photoshop, he is associated with Adobe Systems along with some of the world’s most prominent photographic manufacturers and distributors.

  • What is Eddie up to right now?
  • What is it that Eddie LOVES about photography?
  • What does Creative Cloud mean to Eddie?
  • Discussion about marketing
  • Using Social Media effectively
  • Comparing your work to others
  • Gear talk
  • Post Processing a dice and approach
  • Advice for up and coming photographers
  • Where can you find Eddie?

Direct download: PF_3_15_14.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 7:43am EDT

This week's podcast features three great folks from the photo industry. First up Rich Harrington catches up with one of the best image makers on the planet, Joe McNally. Melissa Niu then catches up with photographer and Adobe expert Terry White.  You'll then learn all about ViewBug, a great site for entering photo contests and winning prizes.

Joe McNally

Joe McNally is an internationally acclaimed photographer whose career has spanned 30 years and included assignments in over 50 countries. He has shot cover stories for TIME, Newsweek, Fortune, New York, Entertainment Weekly, The New York Times Sunday Magazine, and Men's Journal. He has been at various times in his career a contract photographer for Sports Illustrated, a staff photographer at LIFE, and currently, an ongoing 23 year contributor to the National Geographic, shooting numerous cover stories for those publications.

Learn about:

  • Joe's workflow and recent changes
  • Why he's back to experimenting with film
  • Joe's thoughts on how Film and digital can co-exist
  • What he's been up to with small flashes.
  • What Joe's teaching at Photoshop World
  • What you can do with a flash
  • What features do users overlook on a flash
  • Why you should sometimes "think within the box"
  • The challenges of traveling with gear
  • When to use multiple lights (plus tech tips for multiple flashes)
  • How to shape the light
  • The impotence of gaining confidence to improvise with using different light set-ups
  • Parting advice

Terry White

Terry White – Worldwide Design Evangelist for Adobe Systems, Inc. In his job, he leads the charge of getting customers excited and educated about  Adobe Creative Cloud products and services. Terry is an Adobe Certified Expert. He has been active in the industry for over 25 years and is the founder and president of MacGroup-Detroit.

Discover :

  • What does Terry do?
  • What is Terry’s photography style
  • Marketing talk and building a following
  • How important is gear?
  • Inspiration can come from anywhere
  • What kind of lighting does Terry use and why
  • Camera and lens advice
  • How does Terry approach post-processing
  • His best piece of advice
  • Where to find Terry

Ori Guttin & ViewBug

From time to time we tell you about some of our great partners.  Since we're getting ready to launch our biggest photo contest ever, we decided to bring you up to speed on ViewBug. Learn all about this cool photo community and photo contest site.

Learn about

  • What is ViewBug?
  • Type of contests View Bug runs
  • What can you win?
  • Rules of the contests
  • Why everyone has a chance to win
  • The benefits of joining ViewBug
  • Why contests aren’t just about winning
  • What are Ori’s favorite styles of photography?
  • How to keep your rights to your own photos
Direct download: PF_3_5_14.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 4:00am EDT

This week's podcast features two diverse subjects who both have interesting perspectives on the photo industry.  First up Rich Harrington catches up with portrait photographer Peter Hurley who's well-known for his approach to head shots.  Melissa Niu then speaks with Ed Greenberg about the rights of photographers.

It turns out that both our guests will be speaking at Photoshop World in April.  Be sure to catch them both (and save on registration with the code PSWFOCUS414).

Peter Hurley

Peter Hurley is a New York photographer who found his way behind a camera after starting his career in front of one as a model and actor. He first picked up a camera to photograph his work making the US Sailing Team for the Olympics. This lead to a mentorship with photographer Bruce Weber who encouraged him. He's since gone on to shoot advertisements for Levi's, Reebok, DKNY, Johnnie Walker and Axe Deodorant to name a few.

Learn about:

  • How Peter started as a photographer
  • What's the key to his work?
  • What Peter does when he meets a new client?
  • Why the jaw matters when taking a portrait or headshot.
  • What you can learn from Peter at Photoshop World.
  • Top headshot blunders
  • How to direct your subjects.
  • Why personality can make the difference
  • How to gain confidence when working with clients
  • How to maintain a connection with you subjects from behind the camera
  • Were to find Peter and closing advice

Ed Greenberg

Ed Greenberg has been a litigator practicing in New York City for over thirty years. He's represented some of the top photographers and illustrators in the business as well as the average Joes and Janes striving to make a name for themselves. He has been on the faculty and a guest lecturer in the Masters Program in Digital Photography at The School of Visual Arts in New York and has lectured nationwide on photographers’, artists’ and models’ rights.

Discover 

  • How Ed got involved in photography law
  • Ongoing problems photographers are facing right now
  • How can a photographer avoid giving their work away for free?
  • Paperwork and being a photographer
  • Why you shouldn't take legal advice from someone who is not an attorney.
  • What can photographers just starting out do?
  • Photographers and being Business minded
  • Trusting your gut.
  • Social Media Advice
  • Where can you find Ed Greenberg

Direct download: PF_02_25_14.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 5:00am EDT

This week's podcast features two diverse subjects who both have interesting perspectives on the photo industry.  First up Rich Harrington catches up with portrait photographer Peter Hurley who's well-known for his approach to head shots.  Melissa Niu then speaks with Ed Greenberg about the rights of photographers.

It turns out that both our guests will be speaking at Photoshop World in April.  Be sure to catch them both (and save on registration with the code PSWFOCUS414).

Peter Hurley

Peter Hurley is a New York photographer who found his way behind a camera after starting his career in front of one as a model and actor. He first picked up a camera to photograph his work making the US Sailing Team for the Olympics. This lead to a mentorship with photographer Bruce Weber who encouraged him. He's since gone on to shoot advertisements for Levi's, Reebok, DKNY, Johnnie Walker and Axe Deodorant to name a few.

Learn about:

  • How Peter started as a photographer
  • What's the key to his work?
  • What Peter does when he meets a new client?
  • Why the jaw matters when taking a portrait or headshot.
  • What you can learn from Peter at Photoshop World.
  • Top headshot blunders
  • How to direct your subjects.
  • Why personality can make the difference
  • How to gain confidence when working with clients
  • How to maintain a connection with you subjects from behind the camera
  • Were to find Peter and closing advice

Ed Greenberg

Ed Greenberg has been a litigator practicing in New York City for over thirty years. He's represented some of the top photographers and illustrators in the business as well as the average Joes and Janes striving to make a name for themselves. He has been on the faculty and a guest lecturer in the Masters Program in Digital Photography at The School of Visual Arts in New York and has lectured nationwide on photographers’, artists’ and models’ rights.

Discover 

  • How Ed got involved in photography law
  • Ongoing problems photographers are facing right now
  • How can a photographer avoid giving their work away for free?
  • Paperwork and being a photographer
  • Why you shouldn't take legal advice from someone who is not an attorney.
  • What can photographers just starting out do?
  • Photographers and being Business minded
  • Trusting your gut.
  • Social Media Advice
  • Where can you find Ed Greenberg
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 12:40am EDT

This week's podcast features tips on how to organize and manipulate your images.  First up, Rich Harrington and Peter Krogh explore backup and organization workflows for all users.  Then Melissa Niu catches up with Wes Maggio from Wacom.

Peter Krogh 

Peter Krogh is a photographer, writer, filmmaker, publisher and consultant. In the last decade, Peter has become one of the world’s foremost authorities on Digital Asset Management and workflow. He has worked with companies that create the digital photography ecosystem, such as Adobe, Microsoft, iView, Phase One, CRU, O’Reilly Media and PhotoShelter.

Rich and Peter discuss:

  • How did Peter balance creativity and organization?
  • Once you have all your files, what’s next?
  • Organization includes backing up
  • A simple start
  • Keeping files stored in multiple locations
  • What is Peter’s 3-2-1 Rule?
  • Should you keep everything you shoot?
  • Opportunities for photographers to expand into multimedia jobs
  • Storing, Tagging, Relating. Why it’s important to your workflow
  • Warning signs that storage is failing
  • The easiest way to find your photos
  • Where can you find Peter and his books

Follow Peter on Twitter

Wes Maggio

Weston (Wes) Maggio is a Senior Solutions Manager and Evangelist for Wacom. Wes regularly consults with creative professionals and enthusiasts, helping them learn new ways to control their software. Wes is also an avid photographer. Het enjoys shooting adventure sports and  landscapes.

Melissa and Wes discuss

  • Who is Wes and what does he do?
  • How do tablets work?
  • What is the learning curve for a tablet
  • How can having tablet benefit a photographer?
  • Where can you get more information about tablets
  • Ending advice about having a tablet and just starting out.
  • Differences between tablets
  • Where can we find Wes Maggio’s work?

Follow Wes on Twitter

Direct download: PF_2_15_04.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 4:03am EDT

This week's podcast features a popular guest who's returned to visit us and a photo industry influencer who's usually invisible behind the scenes. First up Melissa Niu speaks with Tamara. Then Rich Harrington speaks with Dave Moser and his work with Photoshop World.

Tamara Lackey

Tamara Lackey who is a professional photographer, speaker, and author. She focusses on  lifestyle photography, from children’s portraits to celebrity portraits.  Tamara’s work has been featured in dozens of media outlets, including Parenting Magazine, O – The Oprah Magazine, Town & Country, Vogue, Food & Wine, Men’s Journal, Nikon World, Professional Photographer Magazine, Rangefinder Magazine, Photoshop User Magazine, NBC’s The Martha Stewart Show, ABC’s Extreme Makeover: Home Edition, PBS’ Need to Know and NBC’s The Today Show.

Melissa and Tamara discuss:

  • How Tamara got into photography
  • Marketing goals and building new relationships
  • Word of mouth
  • Building your professional network
  • Networking and connectors
  • How important relationships are to photography
  • Balance: Being a mom, wife, and having a career
  • Where to find Tamara online?

Follow Tamara on Twitter

Dave Moser

Dave Moser is the Executive Vice President of Kelby One. While they may sound a little stiff, Dave is fully plugged in to the world of creative professionals.  He started as one of the original publishers in the Mac community with MacCentral. Dave is involved in putting together great events like Photoshop World. Rich and Dave talked before the name change from Kelby Training to Kelby One.

Rich and Dave discuss

  • Who is Dave Moser and what he does with Kelby One
  • Changes in the photo industry
  • Trade shows and being face to face in training
  • Coming to events to learn and connect both for the instructors and the attendees
  • It’s about the people and the real time in person connections and learning
  • Photoshop World culture and how 1st timers can feel included
  • The type of speakers at Photoshop World. It’s all about the attendees

Direct download: PF_2_5_14.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 8:18am EDT

Be sure to listen to this week's podcast.  We catch up with two photo gurus. First up Melissa Niu speaks with Frank Doorhof.  Then Rich Harrington speaks with Gerard Murphy about the evolution of Lightroom and mobile libraries.

Frank Doorhof

Amsterdam based photographer Frank Doorhof is well-known for his approach to lighting.   His primary subjects include artists and high fashion. Frank also spends a lot of time leading workshops and sharing his wisdom through his blog.

Melissa and Frank discuss:

How did Frank get into photography?

Why he uses both Dutch and English to reach the world.

The importance of knowing your audience.

How he does portfolio reviews

How to standing out from other photographers

What he likes to shoot on and why

How he uses film and digital to get the job done.

Where can you find Frank?

Last bit of advice regarding gear and tools

Follow Frank on Twitter

Gerard Murphy

Gerard has had a passion for photography since borrowing his Mom’s Pentax as a kid on family vacations. Later, Gerard turned this passion into Mosaic which he co-founded. He is also an avid Lightroom advocate and teacher of Lightroom tips and tricks.

Rich and Gerard discuss

Why are so many people wanting constant access to photos?

How growth of mobile technology is affecting this cloud based world

Tech talk on tools getting smarter and details getting smarter to find and locate photos

Gerard's theory on why photography is 10 years behind music technology.

What's going on with camera manufacturers?

Why is the iPhone so successful?

How to have a mobile or multi-user workflow

The Lightroom mobile app

How to protect your RAWs & back them up.

General trends with mobile devices and photography.

Multi-machine/device workflows

Direct download: PF_1_25_14.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 5:00am EDT

This week's show features interviews with two photo gurus.  Melissa Niu catches up with photographer Bill Fortney about his approach to shooting and life. Then Rich Harrington talks with Bruce Dorn about his photography and cinematography.

Bill Fortney

Bill Fortney is a professional photographer who has now switched to being a self-described "very serious amateur shooter."  He has spent several years working with Nikon in their Professional Services group. He also has worked for many years shooting landscapes, nature, and sports.

Melissa and Bill discuss:

Who is Bill and what is his background?

What is Bill teaching?

What changed for Bill so personally that affected the path his photography career to this day?

What is his simple truth to him in his life drives how he treats others and teaches others?

What is happening with technology and how does he foresee the future of photography?

Exceptional photographers are a dime a dozen and how that is a good thing

Gear talk & advice about gear

Where can you find Bill online?

Bruce Dorn

Bruce Dorn has been a full-time professional image-maker since 1973.  He began his career working for Conde Nast – the publishers of Architectural Digest, Glamour, Vogue, Women’s Wear Daily, and Vanity Fair magazines. He eventually added television commercials to his resume and was inducted into the Directors Guild of America in 1984. 

Rich and Bruce discuss:

What is Bruce's Background?

What excites him right now in the media industry?

Finding a story and telling a story

Tips on getting comfortable with the video and photography

Advice on learning filmmaking

His creative process

Projects and upcoming workshops.

Where to find Bruce online?

His latest project that's taking him around the world.

Follow Bruce on Twitter — twitter.com/brucehdorn

Direct download: PF_01_15_14.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 5:00am EDT

This week's show features three interviews with three experts in the photo industry.  Melissa Niu catches up with photographer and retoucher Glyn Dewis. Then Rich Harrington welcomes back Ron Pepper to talk about changes to HDRSoft's Photomatix. Finally Kevin Stohlmeyer discusses strategies to learn new tools and techniques for post-processing and publishing.

Here is the new podcast feed:

feed://feeds.feedburner.com/photofocuspodcast
Get the show here  or get it on iTunes — Don't forget to post a review on iTunes.

Glyn Dewis

Glyn Dewis is a Photographer and a Retoucher.  He is also a Photoshop World Instructor based just outside of Oxford in the UK. He works internationally shooting promotional and commercial photos primarily focussed on Physique Athletes, Musicians, Bands and Up and Coming Actors.

Melissa and Glyn discuss:

  • Glyn's background
  • Glyn's path to teaching
  • Glyn's past life and how it works into his photography
  • Where should you start with post-processing?
  • Advice to starting to find your way into photography
  • How Zack Aries changed the path of his photography?
  • How does Glyn "label" himself?
  • Marketing side of doing what you love and making money
  • Where can you find Glyn's work?

Follow Glyn on Twitter — twitter.com/GlynDewis

Ron Pepper

Ron Pepper is the primary of Panorama Network. We explore his work with HDR, panoramic photography, and architectural photography.  He also works as a consultant to HDRSoft and Photomatix. We get a detailed update of what's new in the software and some hidden gems. Even if you don't use HDR, you'll get new ideas on how to tackle tough exposures.

Rich and Ron discuss:

  • How is the new release of Photomatix being received?
  • New features that really standout
  • How to avoid the stereotypical HDR look
  • What is contrast optimizer?
  • What techniques are best suited to Architecture photography?
  • Why can everyone benefit from an HDR approach?
  • How to bust HDR ghosts
  • Fake bracketing techniques from a single file
  • Why you need a 64-bit operating system to get the most done on your computer.
  • Using HDR with time-lapse photography
  • How to preview your results in less time.
  • How to post-process multiple for large jobs.
  • Where to explore more with HDR?
  • How Photomatix 4 customers can upgrade for free

Follow Ron on Twitter — twitter.com/ronpepper

Kevin Stohlmeyer

Kevin Stohlmeyer is a designer who frequently helps teach photographers how to take advantage of digital publishing tools.  He's based in Milwaukee, Wisconsin but works with students around the world. He works with professionals and universities to help them embrace new digital publishing technologies.  He is also a regular writer for Photoshop User and Adobe Inspire Magazines.

Rich and Kevin discuss:

  • What is Kevin's background?
  • How being knowledgable in more then one aspect of design is normal nowadays.
  • Why photographers need to also be designers
  • What are some new things with Creative Cloud that stands out?
  • Three quick tips to learn new tools
  • What excites Kevin in the world of Photography with technological advance and opportunities
  • Favorite resources to learn Creative Cloud
  • Where to find Kevin and learn more

Follow Kevin on Twitter — twitter.com/kstohl

Direct download: PF_1_5_14_01.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 6:00am EDT

This week's show features two interviews from different points of view in the photo industry.  Melissa Niu catches up with noted portrait and fashion photographer Kevin Ames to discuss his approach to working with light.  Then Rich Harrington talks to photographer Scott Diussa about his concert photography and work with Nikon.

Kevin Ames

Kevin Ames is a commercial photographer who started doing commercial photography while attending Boise State University and working full time at Idaho Camera. His career continued as part of the first generation of videographers working for the NBC and CBS affiliated television stations in Boise. He has also written, produced, photographed and directed television commercials.

His photographs have appeared in Time, Newsweek, The Wall Street Journal and on the covers of Professional Photographer, Photoshop User, Jezebel and Atlanta Sports and Fitness magazines. He works for corporate clients including AT&T, Coca-Cola, Carter’s, Honda and Westin Hotels as well as in brochures, annual reports, websites and trade show graphics.

Melissa and Kevin discuss:

  • Who is Kevin Ames?
  • How he got into photography
  • His love of Brownie cameras
  • Should you start with film or digital to learn photography?
  • Why you should not look at the back of your DSLR
  • What he loves about film
  • A power tip for Nik Software users
  • Practical marketing advice for photographers
  • The importance of relationships
  • Learning about social media and how to become unstuck
  • Kevin's favorite gear
  • Why he uses strobe lighting
  • Why use a color checking chart?
  • How to post process faster
  • How to get skin tones right
  • The benefits of shooting in manual mode
  • How to get more control when shooting
  • The opportunity to shoot tethered

Follow Kevin on Twitter — twitter.com/amesphoto

Scott Diussa

Scott Diussa is a photographer, teacher, musician, traveler and part-time writer. His photographic background started with weddings, portraits and architectural photography but quickly changed to teaching photography at the Disney Institute at Walt Disney World in Orlando, FL. From there he joined Nikon and is currently the Manager of Nikon Professional Services and Training.

Rich and Scott discuss:

  • What brought Scott into photography?
  • The impact of phones on photography
  • How is technology and digital photography changing the way we view photography
  • The decline in printing
  • Why do photographers need to re invent themselves
  • The benefits of shooting faster
  • The three song rule of concert photography
  • The difference between pretty good and really good
  • Recent camera improvements that are impacting shooting
  • How many megapixels are enough
  • Camera talk about the D7100
  • Why a cropped sensor may be a good match for your shooting style
  • How to use WIFI on your camera

Follow Scott on Twitter —twitter.com/sdiussa

Direct download: PF_12_25_13.mp3
Category:general -- posted at: 5:00am EDT

This week's show, Rich tracks down Scott Bourne (who really is enjoying being retired) to talk photography.  Rich showed up at Scott's place in Vegas with a microphone and refused to leave until Scott agreed to be on the show. Okay... that's a slight exaggeration, but we hope you have as much fun with the show as we did. We talk about a bunch of timely issues for photographers of all skill levels.

Join Rich and Scott as they talk about a bunch of winter oriented photo topics.  Get ready for shooting great pictures this holiday season with a buffet of photo knowledge.

Rich and Scott discuss:

  • How to properly expose for white backgrounds (snow and sand)
  • How to avoid condensation on your lens from temperature changes
  • How to get your gear ready to shoot outdoors
  • Great gifts for photographers (or yourself)
  • Why batteries run down fast in the cold
  • Long exposure and remote controls
  • How to be in your holiday photos
  • The Nikon Df

Disclaimer: This show presents several ideas and techniques that we hope help you.  These are just some ways of approaching the issues at hand.  Combine with your own skill for best results.

Download  — http://photofocuspodcast.libsyn.com/webpage

Hosted by Rich Harrington & Scott Bourne

Direct download: PF_12_15_13.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 3:00am EDT

This week's show features two interviews from different points of view in the photo industry.  This week we catch up with noted portrait photographer Brian Smith about his workflow to capture unique images of some of the most photographed subjects in the world.  Then we speak with Bryan O'Neil Hughes to learn about the next generation of digital imaging tools and workflows from Adobe.

Here is the new podcast feed:

feed://feeds.feedburner.com/photofocuspodcast
Get the show here  or get it on iTunes — Don't forget to post a review on iTunes.

Brian Smith

Pulitzer Prize-winning photographer Brian Smith is the luckiest guy on the planet. He’s told Bill Gates exactly what to do for an entire hour, appeared on The X Factor, exhibited at the Library of Congress, dined with the President and 3,000 of their closest friends, written an Amazon Best Seller, shared cupcakes with Anne Hathaway, gotten drunk with George Clooney and married the most beautiful woman he ever laid eyes on…

For the past 30 years, Brian Smith’s iconic portraits of famous celebrities, athletes and executives have been used in advertising, by corporations and have graced the covers and pages of hundreds of magazines including Sports Illustrated, ESPN the Magazine, Time, Forbes, New York Times Magazine, Elle and British GQ.

Rich and Brian discuss:

  • How would we recognize some of his images?
  • Coming up with something fresh for clients.
  • The Art & Soul book project.
  • How does his creative process work.
  • What brought Brian into photography?
  • How did Brian get this work to take pictures of these high profile clients?
  • How does Brian balance his style with showing diversity for magazines?
  • How does Brian balance his style and the perceived public personality of his subject?
  • The most important thing about shooting portraits.
  • Advice on photographing people.
  • What's a pet peeve about other portrait photography?
  • Brian's views on retouching.
  • What is Brian's role with the make up artist on set?
  • Post processing discussion.
  • Shooting advice
  • Where can we find Brian?

Follow Brian on Twitter — twitter.com/briansmithphoto

Bryan O’Neil Hughes

Bryan O’Neil Hughes is the Senior Product Manager for Adobe® Photoshop® software and a pinch hitter for the Photoshop Lightroom® software team. Since 1999 he has helped to test, drive, demonstrate, and lead development of Adobe’s professional digital imaging applications. Bryan is the Photoshop team’s primary worldwide spokesman and can often be found leading seminars, user groups, and workshops.

Before joining Adobe, he was a professional photographer and retoucher. Beyond Adobe, Hughes is a published photographer, editor, and author. He is also a driving instructor for the BMW Car Club of America. When he isn’t driving very quickly, he enjoys running marathons very slowly. Bryan was inducted into the Photoshop Hall of Fame in 2011.

Melissa and Bryan discuss:

  • Who is Bryan?
  • What does he do for Adobe?
  • What are some of the issues that Adobe has addressed from its users?
  • How is Adobe Creative Cloud different from other versions?
  • How does feedback directly impact the user experience?
  • The behind the scenes and progression of photoshop.
  • Some of the latest features of Photoshop for mobile and how's its utilized?
  • The future of Creative Cloud?
  • Misconceptions of Creative Cloud.
  • Where can you go to learn more about Adobe by the Photoshop team?
  • Where can you find Bryan?

Check out some of Bryan's classes on Lynda.com.  You can also email him here.

Direct download: PF_12_15a.mp3
Category:general -- posted at: 12:00am EDT

This week's show features two interviews to give you insight into the photo industry. This week we catch up with photographer and digital artist Jack Davis to learn new ways photographers can process their images.  Then we speak with Gerard Murphy to learn how photographers should store and back up their images to prevent loss.

Jack Davis

Jack Davis is one of the world’s leading experts on Photoshop, as well as himself being an award-winning photographer. Jack is coauthor of the bestselling (a million copies+ in 12 languages) guide to Photoshop, The Photoshop Wow! Book. His latest book, How to Wow: Photoshop for Photography, showcases the process of going beyond what was shot, to crafting what was experienced.

For over 20 years Jack has been an internationally renowned spokesperson on digital imagery, and routinely teaching at conferences and workshops around the world. Davis is part of the “Dream Team” at the Photoshop World Conferences and was one of the first inductees into the Photoshop Hall of Fame for his lifetime contributions to the industry.

Jack has an MA and MFA in Digital Imagery, and when he’s not in his studio in San Diego, he’s usually somewhere in Polynesia, camera in hand, capturing the local color.

Rich and Jack discuss:

  • How did Jack find himself in this career?
  • Jack's pioneering spirit.
  • Idea of creating "recipes" to solve problems by experimenting
  • Working non destructively and how it all began.
  • Jack's painting work and what he loves about it.
  • How he prints his work and what determines what he prints on.
  • How painting is a different outlet for photographers.
  • Where you can find out more about Jack Davis.
  • What does Jack love more then anything when he's teaching?

Follow Jack on Twitter — twitter.com/jackwowdavis

Gerard Murphy

Gerard has had a passion for photography since borrowing his Mom’s Pentax as a kid on family vacations. Later, Gerard turned this passion into Mosaic which he co-founded. Gerard grew Mosaic from a PowerPoint and a dream into a service used by tens of thousands of Lightroom users daily.

He is also an avid Lightroom advocate and teacher of Lightroom tips and tricks. His blog features several stories about Lightroom workflows.

Melissa and Gerard discuss:

  • What Gerard does in the photography world
  • What kind of problems does he see with Photographers and their images.
  • How to browse your Lightroom images from a smartphone or tablet.
  • Why the best photos are often not the ones we're sharing on social media sites.
  • The process of working with Mosaic and Lightroom.
  • How to back up your images to the cloud.
  • How to get a Mosaic account for free.

Follow Gerard on Twitter — twitter.com/mosaicarchive

Direct download: PF_11_25_13.mp3
Category:general -- posted at: 4:00am EDT

This week's show features two greats of the photo industry. First up,  Melissa Niu interviews Joe McNally a photographer who's had an extensive career as a journalist and author. Next Rich Harrington interviews Erik Valind about his approach to making the most out of any shooting situation.

Joe McNally

Joe McNally is an internationally acclaimed photographer whose career has spanned 30 years and included assignments in over 50 countries. He has shot cover stories for TIME, Newsweek, Fortune, New York, Entertainment Weekly, The New York Times Sunday Magazine, and Men's Journal. He has been at various times in his career a contract photographer for Sports Illustrated, a staff photographer at LIFE, and currently, an ongoing 23 year contributor to the National Geographic, shooting numerous cover stories for those publications.

Melissa asks Joe about:

  • Who is Joe McNally and his work background?
  • Different clients Joe works with
  • How has the industry changed?
  • Why is personal work so important?
  • Where Joe gets his influences and ideas?
  • Joe's thoughts on lighting
  • Gear talk and finding the balance
  • Is film dead?
  • His view on what Photography means
  • What is the best advice Joe gives to photographers?
  • Where can you find Joe's work?

Follow Joe on Twitter — twitter.com/JoeMcNallyPhoto

Erik Valind

Erik Valind is a freelance photographer, born and raised on the Florida beaches, now living in New York City. Specializing in commercial lifestyle photography and environmental portraiture - airy and energetic imagery defines the style and vision of this top pro photographer. Inspired by the form, activity and diversity of people, Erik has lent his expertise to shape the public image of numerous personas and national brands. Erik also shares his visual approach, techniques and passion for photography internationally as a speaker at major photo conferences, as an author, and online as a Kelby Training instructor.

Rich and Erik discuss:

  • What does Erik do for a living and his recent projects?
  • How did he come to this place in his career by shooting in bad lighting?
  • How others perceive Erik's choice to keep shooting in bad lighting?
  • How Erik became involved in teaching?
  • What is Erik's unique look and style?
  • Why does Erik like shooting on prime lenses?
  • Crew sizes & budgets
  • Rent or buy?
  • Erik's approach on moving to a bigger market to work.
  • 3 things that Erik learned the hard way when working with clients
  • Where can you find Erik?
  • Erik discusses his latest book, "How to shoot in Sh*tty lighting"

Follow Erik on Twitter — twitter.com/ErikVPhoto

Direct download: PF_11_15.mp3
Category:general -- posted at: 3:00am EDT

This week's show features three of the photo industry's best and brightest.  First up,  Melissa Niu interviews Damien Lovegrove, a portrait photographer from the UK. Next Rich Harrington interviews Mike Kubeisy about his work in Hollywood. Finally, Julieanne Kost shares her insights into photography and Adobe.

Damien Lovegrove

Professional portrait and wedding photography expert, Damien Lovegrove learned his trade as a cameraman and lighting director during 14 years at the BBC. He spent his free days taking photographs for a variety of top name clients including Peugeot, Motorola, and Adidas. Damien has become one of the foremost trainers of photography and entrepreneurial business strategies in the industry.

Melissa asks Damien about:

  • Who is Damien and what is his background?
  • How did he start in the industry?
  • The process and art of lighting
  • How he transitioned into photography
  • How he balanced paying the bills and becoming an artist
  • His role now with photography
  • The evolution of his gear
  • Why he uses mirrorless cameras now
  • How Damien approaches light
  • Advice about lighting
  • Where can we find Damien

Follow Damien on Twitter — twitter.com/damienlovegrove

Check out his personal blog — www.prophotonut.com

Mike Kubeisy

Mike Kubeisy covers everything from crime scenes to crime scenes to Hollywood celebrities. Since 1984, as a Motion Picture and Television Stills Photographer. He is currently shooting on shows being televised worldwide. He's taught everywhere from Photoshop World to the Federal Bureau of Investigation’s Photo Operations Unit. He is an active member of the Cinematographers Guild Local 600 and the National Association of Photoshop Professionals. You can view his work at www.4stills.com.

Rich and Mike discuss:

  • What Mike has learned being in Hollywood
  • What it is like working union jobs and how to become a union member
  • What are some of the most useful skills on set?
  • Lighting trends and pet peeves
  • How to keep up on hot looks
  • What it means to be a team player
  • How he does post processing
  • Shooting wirelessly and tethered on set
  • What he loves about Hollywood
  • Three practical advice tips on getting into the industry

Follow Mike on Twitter — twitter.com/mike4stills and his Facebook page — facebook.com/4Stills

Julieanne Kost

Since joining Adobe in 1992, Julieanne Kost has learned her craft through hands-on experience and now serves as the Principal Digital Imaging Evangelist for Lightroom and Photoshop. Her role includes customer education, product development, and market research for photography, digital imaging, and illustration. She publishes is the author of “Window Seat – The Art of Digital Photography” as well as an author of Photoshop training with Lynda.com. In addition, she is a frequent contributor to several publications, a speaker at numerous conferences and industry events, and a guest lecturer at distinguished photography workshops and fine art schools around the world.

Melissa and Julieanne discuss:

  • Who is Julianne?
  • What she started out doing with Adobe
  • What she loves about photography
  • Her approach to compositing
  • How she uses her dreams as inspiration
  • The benefits of personal assignments
  • Changes in the photo industry
  • Her advice to become a stronger photographer

Follow Julieanne on Twitter — twitter.com/julieannekost

Direct download: PF_11_5_13.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 3:00am EDT

This week's show is both a look back and a look forward with Photofocus founder Scott Bourne.  Scott shares with us the history of Photofocus.  We also talk through his upcoming plans and some big news.

Rich and Scott discuss:

  • The history of Photofocus
  • What will happen on November 2nd
  • What is Scott most proud of
  • Challenges in the early days of the web
  • History of podcasting on Photofocus
  • Best part of running Photofocus
  • The future of Scott Bourne

Direct download: PF_10_25_13.mp3
Category:general -- posted at: 3:00am EDT

This week's show features two tremendous talents. First up, Melissa Niu interviews Brooke Shaden, a fine art photographer and explore her creative process. Then Rich Harrington catches up with Canon Explorer of Light Eddie Tapp about his new project—aerial photography.

Brooke Shaden

Brooke Shaden began creating self-portraits for ease and to have full control over the images, and has since grown into a self-portrait artist. Self portraiture for her is not autobiographical in nature. Instead, she attempts to place herself within worlds she wishes we could live in, where secrets float out in the open, where the impossible becomes possible.

Brooke works to create new worlds within her photographic frame. By using painterly techniques as well as the square format, traditional photographic properties are replaced by otherworldly elements. Brooke's photography questions the definition of what it means to be alive.

Melissa asks Brooke about:

  • Who is Brooke Shaden?
  • How would someone describe her work?
  • What photography means to her
  • Where does her work come from
  • How did Brooke get started in her field
  • Brooke's favorite gear
  • Brooke's advice on getting work seen
  • Brooke's goals with her art
  • Her post processing approach
  • Advice on listening to what others say about your work
  • What is Brooke's favorite time of day to shoot and why?
  • Advice to those starting out
  • Where can you find Brooke's work

Follow Brooke on Twitter —www.twitter.com/brookeshaden

Eddie Tapp

A gifted photographer and artist, Eddie Tapp has become a tireless educator for professional photographers and a prominent figure in the world of digital imaging. His digital imaging seminars have been hosted around the world, and he’s a regular consultant to businesses large and small. Today, he’s recognized as one of the top experts on digital photography and Photoshop in the world. With a reputation as an authority on workflow, color management, calibration and Photoshop, he is associated with Adobe Systems along with some of the world’s most prominent photographic manufacturers and distributors.

Rich and Eddie discuss:

  • What does Eddie do?
  • What is he currently working on and learning to master right now?
  • How Eddie practices to become a master at a new skill?
  • What brought his childhood passion back to the surface?
  • How does having a photography background come into play?
  • What was his biggest surprise as he learns this new technique?
  • What are some of the challenges including local laws and costs?
  • How does this new skill set work into his establishing business?
  • What else should you know about this style of photography?
  • Where can we find Eddie?


Check out Eddie's flight videos:

Follow Eddie on Twitter —twitter.com/eddietapp

Direct download: PF_10_15_13b.mp3
Category:general -- posted at: 4:00am EDT

This week's show is a triple feature... we tackle three areas of the photo industry that are hot topics. First up, Scott Bourne interviews Rich Harrington about how to get started in DSLR video. Rich Harrington then takes the microphone and talks to Terry White from Adobe about changes at Adobe as well as Terry's photography. Our third segment, Melissa Niu interviews Matt Kloskowski of Kelby Training to find out about how the photo industry is evolving.

Getting Started with DSLR Video

Scott Bourne asks Rich about the 10 hardest things photographers need to know when switching to video. Rich shares practical advice for all levels of shooters and offers insight on how to overcome tough challenges.

Scott and Rich discuss:

  • Why tripods are a must
  • Panning & tilting to add motion
  • Which camera settings to use
  • The exposure triangle explained for video and how it's different from shooting stills
  • Recording lengths and why they are restricted
  • What are "handles"
  • Getting great audio (and why it's just as important as the video)
  • Why focus is really hard
  • The 180˚ Rule
  • Story telling: Photography verses video
  • Follow Rich on Twitter — www.twitter.com/rhedpixel

Terry White

Terry White – Worldwide Design Evangelist for Adobe Systems, Inc. In his job, he leads the charge of getting customers excited and educated about Adobe Creative Cloud products and services. Terry is an Adobe Certified Expert. He has been active in the industry for over 25 years and is the founder and president of MacGroup-Detroit.

Rich and Terry discuss:

  • What does Terry do with Adobe
  • How Adobe saw the creative process changing
  • How creative professionals have been asked to do more
  • What is happening as content creators have access to more tools
  • Three myths about Creative Cloud debunked
  • Where Terry finds his creativity
  • Terry's advice to learning software
  • Advice to those feeling creatively overwhelmed
  • Where to find Terry

Follow Terry on Twitter — twitter.com/terrylwhite

Watch Terry's Videos — www.youtube.com/user/terrywhitetechblog

Matt Kloskowski

Matt Kloskowski is a full-time Education Director for Kelby Media Group and a Tampa-based photographer. He's the Editor of Lightroom Magazine and teaches Photoshop and Lightroom seminars around the world.

  • Matt's official job at Kelby Training (besides hosting podcasts and blogging)
  • How the past 10 years has changed the way Kelby Media has done business
  • Why video plays such an important role in the creative industry
  • The difference between technique-based and result-based learning
  • The changes photography is going through
  • Why it's okay to break the rules?
  • How to succeed as a photo educator in today's market
  • The Future of Kelby Training
  • What is Matt's passion with photography?
  • Where to find Matt

Follow Matt on Twitter — twitter.com/MattKloskowski

Direct download: PF_10_5_13.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 3:00am EDT

This week's show is a double dose of Photo inspiration that will work both sides of your brain.  First we take a look at new Adobe tech for Lightroom and Camera Raw, then we jump over and catch up with music photographer Adam Elmakias.  Join hosts Rich Harrington and Melissa Niu for interviews with important thought leaders.

Lightroom 5.2 and Adobe Camera Raw 8.2 Updates

Rich catches back up with Sharad Mangalick, product manager for Adobe Photoshop Lightroom and Camera Raw.  Adobe is shipping a new update that adds a lot of cool features for both Creative Cloud and CS6 users.

Rich and Sharad discuss:

  • What specific change will we see in Camera Raw
  • What small tweaks have been improved
  • What can you do with video clips
  • What are some new Lightroom specific changes
  • How to get access to tech early with Adobe Labs
  • Where can you learn more about Lightroom

Follow Sharad on Twitter — www.twitter.com/smangalick

Adam Elmakias 

Adam Elmakias is a music and travel photographer based out of San Diego, California. He started shooting at age 16 by going to local shows with his camera.  This eventually grew into applying for photo passes, then going out on the road with bands. He's spent the last several years touring almost nonstop. Adam is also one of the most followed photographers on Instagram.

Melissa Niu catches up with Adam:

  • Who is Adam and what does he do?
  • How does is monetize his work?
  • How did Adam get his foot in the door and grow?
  • Why trust has been essential in the process?
  • Advice on working with social media
  • Gear talk: what he uses and how
  • How he gets his unique photos
  • What advice does he offer to those starting out?
  • Where to find Adam online?

Follow Adam on Twitter — www.twitter.com/emakias

Direct download: PF_9_25_13.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 3:30am EDT

This week's show is a triple scoop of goodness.  We've got three interviews to satisfy your creative, technical, and business needs. Join hosts Rich Harrington and Melissa Niu for interviews with important thought leaders.

First up, Rich talks with Tamara Lackey who is a professional photographer, speaker, and author. She focusses on  lifestyle photography, from children’s portraits to celebrity portraits.  Tamara’s work has been featured in dozens of media outlets, including Parenting Magazine, O – The Oprah Magazine, Town & Country, Vogue, Food & Wine, Men’s Journal, Nikon World, Professional Photographer Magazine, Rangefinder Magazine, Photoshop User Magazine, NBC’s The Martha Stewart Show, ABC’s Extreme Makeover: Home Edition, PBS’ Need to Know and NBC’s The Today Show.

Rich and Tamara discuss:

  • What she's been working on lately
  • The What If Day Camps to recharge your creativity
  • How bringing art and business together taught her a lesson
  • Tips on balancing your personal, business, and family life
  • Three things that you can do to change bad habits that are holding you back
  • Practicing with your equipment so you know it cold

Next up, Melissa Niu sets down with Joel Grimes. Joel is a commercial advertising photographer with a distinct style. His unique approach has earned him work from top advertising agencies and art buyers.

Melissa and Joel discuss:

  • How he started out
  • Advice for branding your work
  • How Joel defined his look
  • How compositing and digital photography affected his workflow
  • What you need to do to master your look
  • Advantages of HDR
  • Our handicaps and the beauty of working and overcoming them
  • How his color blindness affected and contributed to his look
  • Tips to achieve your goals

Last up, we dig deep into the recent Facebook controversy. Photographers are giving up even more rights by posting to the social network.  We went straight to the top to get a leading legal expert.  Terry Hart, the Director of Legal Policy for the Copyright Alliance breaks through the hype and rumors and walks us through the real repercussions.

Rich and Terry discuss:

  • Why is this Facebook change creating such a buzz
  • Why Facebook wants your content
  • What are you granting Facebook to do with your content?
  • What Facebook says they will do versus what the terms of service says they can do
  • Suggestions on how to protect your interests when using a social network
  • Why watermarking your content won't protect you
  • Can you change your mind and "un-post" content?
  • How to use 3rd party sites to share links
  • Why is this becoming  a legal issue and Congress getting involved?
  • How can groups like the Copyright Alliance and American Society of Media Photographers help?
  • Where can you go to learn more about copyright

Disclaimer: This show presents several ideas and techniques that we hope help you.  These are just some ways of approaching the issues at hand.  Combine with your own skill for best results.

Direct download: PF_9_15_13.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 3:00am EDT

Rich Harrington has two great guests on the show this week.

First up, a return from Panoramic, Landscape, and HDR guru Ron Pepper.  We explore myths about HDR, killer techniques, and advanced controls.  No matter what your style of shooting or subject matter, you'll learn a ton.

You'll learn:

  • A complete understanding of exposure
  • Bracketing tips for capturing any scene
  • How to master exposure
  • Shooting HDR handheld
  • How to remove Ghosting objects and deal with moving subjects
  • How to work within the limitations of your camera
  • How many shots to take for  the best HDR
  • Using Photomatix and Photoshop for HDR

You'll also meet the new editor of Photofocus, Melissa Niu.  She's got a true passion for showcasing the best folks in the photo industry.  You'll hear Melissa on future shows and see her work on the website.

Disclaimer: This show presents several ideas and techniques that we hope help you.  These are just some ways of approaching the issues at hand.  Combine with your own skill for best results.

Hosted by Rich Harrington

Please post a review for the Podcast on iTunes — http://itunes.apple.com/us/podcast/photofocus/id512223214

Direct download: PF_9_5_13.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 3:00am EDT


Images © Robert O'Toole

Rich Harrington has a special guest this week.  Robert OToole joins us to discuss his migration from commercial photographer to world-renowned nature photographer. Robert was the co-leader for our Alaska trip this year and a fantastic photographer and instructor.

Robert O’Toole is an award-winning professional photographer. He was named American Bald Eagle Foundation “Photographer of the Year” in 2008. His vertical banking Bald Eagle image was awarded highly commended in the 2006 BBC Wildlife Photographer of the Year competition.

otoole2
Image © Robert O'Toole Photography

Rich and Robert discuss:

  • His move into nature photography
  • How to practice wildlife photography in your own neighborhood
  • Strategies for photographing nature
  • What makes a great image
  • Where to position the sun when shooting outdoors for the best light
  • The best times of day to shoot outdoors
  • Why Robert loves snow and eagles
  • The role of postprocessing and nature photography
  • The best camera settings for outdoor shooting to preserve highlights and exposure
  • Why he shoots manual 90% of the time
  • His favorite plugins for nature and landscape work
  • How to use your back focus button
  • How tracking sensitivity impacts your shots
  • Where you can travel with Robert for workshops
otoole1
Image © Robert O'Toole Photography

Disclaimer: This show presents several ideas and techniques that we hope help you.  These are just some ways of approaching the issues at hand.  Combine with your own skill for best results.
Download  — http://photofocuspodcast.libsyn.com/webpage

Hosted by Rich Harrington

Follow Robert on Twitter and read his blog

Please post a review for the Podcast on iTunes — http://itunes.apple.com/us/podcast/photofocus/id512223214

Direct download: PF_08_25_13.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 3:00am EDT

PLEASE BE PATIENT - OUR SERVERS SEE LARGE LOADS ON PUBLISHING DAYS. THE DOWNLOADS MAY GO SLOWLY BUT THEY WILL FINISH.

Rich Harrington has a special guests on this week's show. We catch up with best-selling author Jeff Revell, creator of the Snapshots to Great Shots series. Jeff is specializes in travel, landscape, urban, and nature photography. 

Rich and Jeff discuss:

  • What matters most when buying a new camera.
  • What are the coolest new features to show up the latest crop of cameras.
  • What is photowalking and 

    why you should get involved.

  • Jeff's favorite places to learn photography
  • Practical advice for photographers 
  • Where to find Jeff.Disclaimer: This show presents several ideas and techniques that we hope help you.  These are just some ways of approaching the issues at hand.  Combine with your own skill for best results.

Download  — http://photofocuspodcast.libsyn.com/webpage

Hosted by Rich Harrington

Circle Jeff on Google+.

Please post a review for the Podcast on iTunes — http://itunes.apple.com/us/podcast/photofocus/id512223214

Direct download: PF_8_15_13a.mp3
Category:Audio podcast -- posted at: 1:30am EDT

Rich Harrington has two special guests on this week's show. We're joined by Dave Wilson, a freelance art photographer from Texas. Dave shares his approach to getting the best shot (no matter how many exposures it takes). Dave is a native of Scotland  who likes to photograph subjects, scenes, locations and objects which symbolize Texas, the American Southwest and the United States in general.

In the second half of the show we catch up with Lightroom expert Gerard Murphy. Gerard has had a passion for photography since borrowing his Mom’s Pentax while on family vacations. He is also one of the inventors of Mosaic which helps photographers organize and backup their Lightroom catalogs.

Rich and Dave discuss:

  • How Dave got into photography
  • How he balances his art career while having a second job
  • Why Dave loves HDR
  • Dave's Favorite shooting techniques
  • How to create stunning black and white photos
  • How to determine the number of brackets to shoot for a HDR photo
  • When to use a fisheye lens
  • How to spot and fix chromatic aberration
  • Can you "fix" an image too much?
  • Selling strategies to help photographers make money
  • Developing multiple versions of a file
  • What is "Clown Vomit?"
  • Shooting with ND filters for long exposures

Rich and Gerard discuss:

  • The most important features added to Lightroom 5
  • What's missing from Lightroom and needs to be added
  • When to work in Lightroom vs.  Photoshop
  • How search can be used (